From ebb28392cdd58ac5483adcdf792c0627ab7551e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 01/35] chore: update docs/dyn/index.md --- docs/dyn/index.md | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index 034ba64f43..154a4739a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -914,6 +914,10 @@ * [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/oauth2_v2.html) +## observability +* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/observability_v1.html) + + ## ondemandscanning * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.html) * [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.html) From 9d050cee8d3f9530ce0c9fbf9ec57e53ea9511a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/35] feat(aiplatform): update the api #### aiplatform:v1 The following keys were added: - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ImportRagFilesConfig.properties.importResultBigquerySink.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ImportRagFilesConfig.properties.importResultGcsSink.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpec.properties.agentFramework.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VertexAISearch.properties.engine.type (Total Keys: 1) #### aiplatform:v1beta1 The following keys were added: - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.datasets.methods.assemble (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.datasets.methods.assess (Total Keys: 12) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssembleDataRequest (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssessDataRequest (Total Keys: 12) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GeminiExample (Total Keys: 15) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GeminiTemplateConfig (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ImportRagFilesConfig.properties.importResultBigquerySink.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ImportRagFilesConfig.properties.importResultGcsSink.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpec.properties.agentFramework.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexAISearch.properties.engine.type (Total Keys: 1) --- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html | 3 + ..._v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html | 6 + ...tform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 3 + ...ts.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html | 10 +- ...1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html | 6 +- ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 3 + ...rojects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html | 6 + ...1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html | 3 + docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html | 3 + ...ta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html | 6 + ...m_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html | 741 ++++++++++++++++++ ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 3 + ...ts.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html | 10 +- ...1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html | 6 +- ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 3 + ...rojects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html | 6 + ...1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html | 12 +- .../aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html | 3 + .../documents/aiplatform.v1.json | 25 +- .../documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json | 220 +++++- 21 files changed, 1060 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html index cc282d7c62..a4065bc92f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html @@ -443,6 +443,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -773,6 +774,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1317,6 +1319,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index 80609b646c..4fcf5f54d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -309,6 +309,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -551,6 +552,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -818,6 +820,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1071,6 +1074,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1332,6 +1336,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1575,6 +1580,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 1b4ebee80d..f0ea9ae405 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -507,6 +507,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1756,6 +1757,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -3759,6 +3761,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html index f4fbc21439..77a40d4d10 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html index fbaf817877..40b5e23bfe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 6aed849e8d..29dfa214e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -458,6 +458,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -830,6 +831,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1647,6 +1649,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html index 7ce11ad1b4..2c86f62be6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html @@ -254,6 +254,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "importResultBigquerySink": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery destination to write import result to. It should be a bigquery table resource name (e.g. "bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId"). The dataset must exist. If the table does not exist, it will be created with the expected schema. If the table exists, the schema will be validated and data will be added to this existing table. + "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. + }, + "importResultGcsSink": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage path to write import result to. + "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist. + }, "jiraSource": { # The Jira source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # Jira queries with their corresponding authentication. "jiraQueries": [ # Required. The Jira queries. { # JiraQueries contains the Jira queries and corresponding authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index 719527ec20..e122890b65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Required. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -150,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. + "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. Ignored when users directly specify a deployment image through `deployment_spec.first_party_image_override`, but keeping the field_behavior to avoid introducing breaking changes. "dependencyFilesGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the dependency files in tar.gz format. "pickleObjectGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the pickled python object. "pythonVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Python version. Currently support 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11. If not specified, default value is 3.10. @@ -245,6 +246,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Required. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -267,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. + "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. Ignored when users directly specify a deployment image through `deployment_spec.first_party_image_override`, but keeping the field_behavior to avoid introducing breaking changes. "dependencyFilesGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the dependency files in tar.gz format. "pickleObjectGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the pickled python object. "pythonVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Python version. Currently support 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11. If not specified, default value is 3.10. @@ -305,6 +307,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Required. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -327,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. + "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. Ignored when users directly specify a deployment image through `deployment_spec.first_party_image_override`, but keeping the field_behavior to avoid introducing breaking changes. "dependencyFilesGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the dependency files in tar.gz format. "pickleObjectGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the pickled python object. "pythonVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Python version. Currently support 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11. If not specified, default value is 3.10. @@ -370,6 +373,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Required. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -392,7 +396,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. + "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. Ignored when users directly specify a deployment image through `deployment_spec.first_party_image_override`, but keeping the field_behavior to avoid introducing breaking changes. "dependencyFilesGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the dependency files in tar.gz format. "pickleObjectGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the pickled python object. "pythonVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Python version. Currently support 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11. If not specified, default value is 3.10. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html index cf8803af0b..c64d999719 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html @@ -446,6 +446,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -776,6 +777,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1871,6 +1873,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html index 5d5db4ea87..dc3981b40d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html @@ -446,6 +446,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -792,6 +793,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1356,6 +1358,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index 8c9a58b89f..05528358e1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -311,6 +311,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -569,6 +570,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -852,6 +854,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1121,6 +1124,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1398,6 +1402,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1657,6 +1662,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html index 3f0eb629c9..46c26612c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -99,6 +99,12 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the savedQueries Resource.

+

+ assemble(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Assembles each row of a multimodal dataset and writes the result into a BigQuery table.

+

+ assess(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Assesses the state or validity of the dataset with respect to a given use case.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -133,6 +139,741 @@

Instance Methods

searchDataItems_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

+
+ assemble(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Assembles each row of a multimodal dataset and writes the result into a BigQuery table.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Dataset resource (used only for MULTIMODAL datasets). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DatasetService.AssembleData. Used only for MULTIMODAL datasets.
+  "geminiTemplateConfig": { # Template configuration to create Gemini examples from a multimodal dataset. # Optional. Config for assembling templates with a Gemini API structure.
+    "fieldMapping": { # Required. Map of template params to the columns in the dataset table.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "geminiExample": { # Format for Gemini examples used for Vertex Multimodal datasets. # Required. The template that will be used for assembling the request to use for downstream applications.
+      "cachedContent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}`
+      "contents": [ # Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request.
+        { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
+          "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+            { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+              "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the [ExecutableCode]. Always follows a `part` containing the [ExecutableCode]. # Optional. Result of executing the [ExecutableCode].
+                "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+              },
+              "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the [FunctionDeclaration] tool and [FunctionCallingConfig] mode is set to [Mode.CODE]. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed.
+                "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+              },
+              "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is not currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls.
+                "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+              },
+              "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+                "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+              },
+              "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+                "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+                "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+                "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is not currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+              },
+              "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+              "thought": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the part is thought from the model.
+              "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+        },
+      ],
+      "generationConfig": { # Generation config. # Optional. Generation config.
+        "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamp will be included in the request to the model.
+        "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. Number of candidates to generate.
+        "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
+        "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
+        "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+        "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
+        "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
+        "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
+        "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
+        "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response.
+          "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+            # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+          ],
+          "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+          "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+          "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+          "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+          "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+          "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+          "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+          "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+          "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+          "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+          "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+          "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+          "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+          "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+          },
+          "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+        },
+        "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+          "autoMode": { # When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # Automated routing.
+            "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+          },
+          "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing.
+            "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'.
+          },
+        },
+        "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed.
+        "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+          "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use.
+            "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use.
+              "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
+        "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
+        "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
+      },
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned model endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+      "safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates.
+        { # Safety settings.
+          "category": "A String", # Required. Harm category.
+          "method": "A String", # Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score.
+          "threshold": "A String", # Required. The harm block threshold.
+        },
+      ],
+      "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. Note: only text should be used in parts and content in each part will be in a separate paragraph.
+        "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+          { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+            "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the [ExecutableCode]. Always follows a `part` containing the [ExecutableCode]. # Optional. Result of executing the [ExecutableCode].
+              "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+              "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+            },
+            "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the [FunctionDeclaration] tool and [FunctionCallingConfig] mode is set to [Mode.CODE]. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed.
+              "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+              "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+            },
+            "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is not currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls.
+              "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+              "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+            },
+            "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+              "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+              "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is not currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+            "thought": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the part is thought from the model.
+            "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+              "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+              "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+      },
+      "toolConfig": { # Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request. # Optional. Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request.
+        "functionCallingConfig": { # Function calling config. # Optional. Function calling config.
+          "allowedFunctionNames": [ # Optional. Function names to call. Only set when the Mode is ANY. Function names should match [FunctionDeclaration.name]. With mode set to ANY, model will predict a function call from the set of function names provided.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "mode": "A String", # Optional. Function calling mode.
+        },
+        "retrievalConfig": { # Retrieval config. # Optional. Retrieval config.
+          "languageCode": "A String", # The language code of the user.
+          "latLng": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # The location of the user.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model.
+        { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+          "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also [ExecutableCode]and [CodeExecutionResult] which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation.
+          },
+          "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance.
+          },
+          "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 128 function declarations can be provided.
+            { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+              "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+                "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+              },
+              "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+                "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.
+          },
+          "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search.
+            "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+              "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+              "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+            },
+          },
+          "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+            "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+            "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+              "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+              "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
+            },
+            "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+              "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+                { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+                  "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+                  "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+              "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                  "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                  "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                  "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                },
+                "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+                  "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+                },
+                "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+                  "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+                  },
+                  "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+                  },
+                },
+                "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+              },
+              "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ assess(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Assesses the state or validity of the dataset with respect to a given use case.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Dataset resource. Used only for MULTIMODAL datasets. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DatasetService.AssessData. Used only for MULTIMODAL datasets.
+  "geminiTemplateConfig": { # Template configuration to create Gemini examples from a multimodal dataset. # Optional. Config for assembling templates with a Gemini API structure to assess assembled data.
+    "fieldMapping": { # Required. Map of template params to the columns in the dataset table.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "geminiExample": { # Format for Gemini examples used for Vertex Multimodal datasets. # Required. The template that will be used for assembling the request to use for downstream applications.
+      "cachedContent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}`
+      "contents": [ # Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request.
+        { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
+          "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+            { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+              "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the [ExecutableCode]. Always follows a `part` containing the [ExecutableCode]. # Optional. Result of executing the [ExecutableCode].
+                "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+              },
+              "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the [FunctionDeclaration] tool and [FunctionCallingConfig] mode is set to [Mode.CODE]. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed.
+                "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+              },
+              "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is not currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls.
+                "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+              },
+              "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+                "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+              },
+              "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+                "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+                "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+                "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is not currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+              },
+              "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+              "thought": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the part is thought from the model.
+              "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+        },
+      ],
+      "generationConfig": { # Generation config. # Optional. Generation config.
+        "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamp will be included in the request to the model.
+        "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. Number of candidates to generate.
+        "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
+        "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
+        "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+        "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
+        "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
+        "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
+        "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
+        "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response.
+          "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+            # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+          ],
+          "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+          "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+          "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+          "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+          "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+          "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+          "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+          "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+          "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+          "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+          "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+          "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+          "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+          "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+          },
+          "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+        },
+        "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+          "autoMode": { # When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # Automated routing.
+            "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+          },
+          "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing.
+            "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'.
+          },
+        },
+        "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed.
+        "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+          "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use.
+            "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use.
+              "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
+        "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
+        "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
+      },
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned model endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+      "safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates.
+        { # Safety settings.
+          "category": "A String", # Required. Harm category.
+          "method": "A String", # Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score.
+          "threshold": "A String", # Required. The harm block threshold.
+        },
+      ],
+      "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. Note: only text should be used in parts and content in each part will be in a separate paragraph.
+        "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+          { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+            "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the [ExecutableCode]. Always follows a `part` containing the [ExecutableCode]. # Optional. Result of executing the [ExecutableCode].
+              "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+              "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+            },
+            "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the [FunctionDeclaration] tool and [FunctionCallingConfig] mode is set to [Mode.CODE]. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed.
+              "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+              "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+            },
+            "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is not currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls.
+              "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+              "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+            },
+            "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+              "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+              "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is not currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+            "thought": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the part is thought from the model.
+            "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+              "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+              "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+      },
+      "toolConfig": { # Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request. # Optional. Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request.
+        "functionCallingConfig": { # Function calling config. # Optional. Function calling config.
+          "allowedFunctionNames": [ # Optional. Function names to call. Only set when the Mode is ANY. Function names should match [FunctionDeclaration.name]. With mode set to ANY, model will predict a function call from the set of function names provided.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "mode": "A String", # Optional. Function calling mode.
+        },
+        "retrievalConfig": { # Retrieval config. # Optional. Retrieval config.
+          "languageCode": "A String", # The language code of the user.
+          "latLng": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # The location of the user.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model.
+        { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+          "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also [ExecutableCode]and [CodeExecutionResult] which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation.
+          },
+          "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance.
+          },
+          "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 128 function declarations can be provided.
+            { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+              "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+                "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+              },
+              "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+                "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.
+          },
+          "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search.
+            "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+              "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+              "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+            },
+          },
+          "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+            "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+            "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+              "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+              "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
+            },
+            "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+              "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+                { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+                  "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+                  "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+              "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                  "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                  "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                  "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                },
+                "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+                  "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+                },
+                "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+                  "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+                  },
+                  "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+                  },
+                },
+                "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+              },
+              "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "tuningResourceUsageAssessmentConfig": { # Configuration for the tuning resource usage assessment. # Optional. Configuration for the tuning resource usage assessment.
+    "modelName": "A String", # Required. The name of the model used for tuning.
+  },
+  "tuningValidationAssessmentConfig": { # Configuration for the tuning validation assessment. # Optional. Configuration for the tuning validation assessment.
+    "datasetUsage": "A String", # Required. The dataset usage (e.g. training/validation).
+    "modelName": "A String", # Required. The name of the model used for tuning.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
close() 
Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 2ac12d188b..3cc9c5cbff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -519,6 +519,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1941,6 +1942,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -4130,6 +4132,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html index 2f1096f4a9..fdb058c6a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html index 939a117578..1be0112693 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@

Method Details

"postStartupScriptConfig": { # Post startup script config. # Optional. Post startup script config. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script to run after runtime is started. "postStartupScriptBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script behavior that defines download and execution behavior. - "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh + "postStartupScriptUrl": "A String", # Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh` }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 88dd9a2467..4804579a6c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -464,6 +464,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -852,6 +853,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1724,6 +1726,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html index 06e24e7209..40459f7e06 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html @@ -256,6 +256,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "importResultBigquerySink": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery destination to write import result to. It should be a bigquery table resource name (e.g. "bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId"). The dataset must exist. If the table does not exist, it will be created with the expected schema. If the table exists, the schema will be validated and data will be added to this existing table. + "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. + }, + "importResultGcsSink": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage path to write import result to. + "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist. + }, "jiraSource": { # The Jira source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # Jira queries with their corresponding authentication. "jiraQueries": [ # Required. The Jira queries. { # JiraQueries contains the Jira queries and corresponding authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index 441ab97405..a1584b4564 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Required. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -150,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. + "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. Ignored when users directly specify a deployment image through `deployment_spec.first_party_image_override`, but keeping the field_behavior to avoid introducing breaking changes. "dependencyFilesGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the dependency files in tar.gz format. "pickleObjectGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the pickled python object. "pythonVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Python version. Currently support 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11. If not specified, default value is 3.10. @@ -245,6 +246,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Required. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -267,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. + "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. Ignored when users directly specify a deployment image through `deployment_spec.first_party_image_override`, but keeping the field_behavior to avoid introducing breaking changes. "dependencyFilesGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the dependency files in tar.gz format. "pickleObjectGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the pickled python object. "pythonVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Python version. Currently support 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11. If not specified, default value is 3.10. @@ -305,6 +307,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Required. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -327,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. + "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. Ignored when users directly specify a deployment image through `deployment_spec.first_party_image_override`, but keeping the field_behavior to avoid introducing breaking changes. "dependencyFilesGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the dependency files in tar.gz format. "pickleObjectGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the pickled python object. "pythonVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Python version. Currently support 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11. If not specified, default value is 3.10. @@ -370,6 +373,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Required. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -392,7 +396,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. + "packageSpec": { # User provided package spec like pickled object and package requirements. # Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. Ignored when users directly specify a deployment image through `deployment_spec.first_party_image_override`, but keeping the field_behavior to avoid introducing breaking changes. "dependencyFilesGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the dependency files in tar.gz format. "pickleObjectGcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the pickled python object. "pythonVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Python version. Currently support 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11. If not specified, default value is 3.10. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html index 6858a8a6de..1840e509dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html @@ -455,6 +455,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -801,6 +802,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -2512,6 +2514,7 @@

Method Details

"disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index 297627d67a..e259533ba2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -19449,7 +19449,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250304", +"revision": "20250307", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -28107,6 +28107,14 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleDriveSource", "description": "Google Drive location. Supports importing individual files as well as Google Drive folders." }, +"importResultBigquerySink": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BigQueryDestination", +"description": "The BigQuery destination to write import result to. It should be a bigquery table resource name (e.g. \"bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId\"). The dataset must exist. If the table does not exist, it will be created with the expected schema. If the table exists, the schema will be validated and data will be added to this existing table." +}, +"importResultGcsSink": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GcsDestination", +"description": "The Cloud Storage path to write import result to." +}, "jiraSource": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1JiraSource", "description": "Jira queries with their corresponding authentication." @@ -29754,6 +29762,7 @@ "NVIDIA_L4", "NVIDIA_H100_80GB", "NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", +"NVIDIA_H200_141GB", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -29774,6 +29783,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -29788,6 +29798,7 @@ false "Nvidia L4 GPU.", "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", "Nvidia H100 Mega 80Gb GPU.", +"Nvidia H200 141Gb GPU.", "TPU v2.", "TPU v3.", "TPU v4.", @@ -33927,7 +33938,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "postStartupScriptUrl": { -"description": "Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh", +"description": "Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -35889,6 +35900,10 @@ false "description": "ReasoningEngine configurations", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpec", "properties": { +"agentFramework": { +"description": "Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: \"langchain\", \"langgraph\", \"ag2\", \"custom\".", +"type": "string" +}, "classMethods": { "description": "Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format.", "items": { @@ -35906,7 +35921,7 @@ false }, "packageSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecPackageSpec", -"description": "Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine." +"description": "Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. Ignored when users directly specify a deployment image through `deployment_spec.first_party_image_override`, but keeping the field_behavior to avoid introducing breaking changes." } }, "type": "object" @@ -45093,6 +45108,10 @@ false "datastore": { "description": "Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`", "type": "string" +}, +"engine": { +"description": "Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index cf343f9208..c722f46c89 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -2439,6 +2439,62 @@ }, "datasets": { "methods": { +"assemble": { +"description": "Assembles each row of a multimodal dataset and writes the result into a BigQuery table.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}:assemble", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.assemble", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Dataset resource (used only for MULTIMODAL datasets). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:assemble", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssembleDataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"assess": { +"description": "Assesses the state or validity of the dataset with respect to a given use case.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}:assess", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.assess", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Dataset resource. Used only for MULTIMODAL datasets. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:assess", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssessDataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "create": { "description": "Creates a Dataset.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets", @@ -22154,7 +22210,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250304", +"revision": "20250307", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -22901,6 +22957,72 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssembleDataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DatasetService.AssembleData. Used only for MULTIMODAL datasets.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssembleDataRequest", +"properties": { +"geminiTemplateConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GeminiTemplateConfig", +"description": "Optional. Config for assembling templates with a Gemini API structure." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssessDataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DatasetService.AssessData. Used only for MULTIMODAL datasets.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssessDataRequest", +"properties": { +"geminiTemplateConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GeminiTemplateConfig", +"description": "Optional. Config for assembling templates with a Gemini API structure to assess assembled data." +}, +"tuningResourceUsageAssessmentConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssessDataRequestTuningResourceUsageAssessmentConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the tuning resource usage assessment." +}, +"tuningValidationAssessmentConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssessDataRequestTuningValidationAssessmentConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the tuning validation assessment." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssessDataRequestTuningResourceUsageAssessmentConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the tuning resource usage assessment.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssessDataRequestTuningResourceUsageAssessmentConfig", +"properties": { +"modelName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the model used for tuning.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssessDataRequestTuningValidationAssessmentConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the tuning validation assessment.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssessDataRequestTuningValidationAssessmentConfig", +"properties": { +"datasetUsage": { +"description": "Required. The dataset usage (e.g. training/validation).", +"enum": [ +"DATASET_USAGE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SFT_TRAINING", +"SFT_VALIDATION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"Supervised fine-tuning training dataset.", +"Supervised fine-tuning validation dataset." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"modelName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the model used for tuning.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssignNotebookRuntimeOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata information for NotebookService.AssignNotebookRuntime.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AssignNotebookRuntimeOperationMetadata", @@ -30905,6 +31027,79 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GeminiExample": { +"description": "Format for Gemini examples used for Vertex Multimodal datasets.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GeminiExample", +"properties": { +"cachedContent": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"contents": { +"description": "Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Content" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"generationConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfig", +"description": "Optional. Generation config." +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter.", +"type": "object" +}, +"model": { +"description": "Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned model endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"safetySettings": { +"description": "Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SafetySetting" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"systemInstruction": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Content", +"description": "Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. Note: only text should be used in parts and content in each part will be in a separate paragraph." +}, +"toolConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolConfig", +"description": "Optional. Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request." +}, +"tools": { +"description": "Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Tool" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GeminiTemplateConfig": { +"description": "Template configuration to create Gemini examples from a multimodal dataset.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GeminiTemplateConfig", +"properties": { +"fieldMapping": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Required. Map of template params to the columns in the dataset table.", +"type": "object" +}, +"geminiExample": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GeminiExample", +"description": "Required. The template that will be used for assembling the request to use for downstream applications." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenAiAdvancedFeaturesConfig": { "description": "Configuration for GenAiAdvancedFeatures.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenAiAdvancedFeaturesConfig", @@ -32033,6 +32228,14 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GoogleDriveSource", "description": "Google Drive location. Supports importing individual files as well as Google Drive folders." }, +"importResultBigquerySink": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1BigQueryDestination", +"description": "The BigQuery destination to write import result to. It should be a bigquery table resource name (e.g. \"bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId\"). The dataset must exist. If the table does not exist, it will be created with the expected schema. If the table exists, the schema will be validated and data will be added to this existing table." +}, +"importResultGcsSink": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GcsDestination", +"description": "The Cloud Storage path to write import result to." +}, "jiraSource": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1JiraSource", "description": "Jira queries with their corresponding authentication." @@ -33846,6 +34049,7 @@ "NVIDIA_L4", "NVIDIA_H100_80GB", "NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", +"NVIDIA_H200_141GB", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -33866,6 +34070,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -33880,6 +34085,7 @@ false "Nvidia L4 GPU.", "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", "Nvidia H100 Mega 80Gb GPU.", +"Nvidia H200 141Gb GPU.", "TPU v2.", "TPU v3.", "TPU v4.", @@ -38956,7 +39162,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "postStartupScriptUrl": { -"description": "Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: https://bucket/script.sh", +"description": "Optional. Post startup script url to download. Example: `gs://bucket/script.sh`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -41282,6 +41488,10 @@ false "description": "ReasoningEngine configurations", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpec", "properties": { +"agentFramework": { +"description": "Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: \"langchain\", \"langgraph\", \"ag2\", \"custom\".", +"type": "string" +}, "classMethods": { "description": "Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format.", "items": { @@ -41299,7 +41509,7 @@ false }, "packageSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecPackageSpec", -"description": "Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine." +"description": "Required. User provided package spec of the ReasoningEngine. Ignored when users directly specify a deployment image through `deployment_spec.first_party_image_override`, but keeping the field_behavior to avoid introducing breaking changes." } }, "type": "object" @@ -51089,6 +51299,10 @@ false "datastore": { "description": "Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`", "type": "string" +}, +"engine": { +"description": "Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" From db87ff7dae1643a94fcfcf8ac4adeb4a62646abc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 03/35] feat(alloydb): update the api #### alloydb:v1alpha The following keys were added: - schemas.ConnectionPoolConfig (Total Keys: 17) - schemas.Instance.properties.connectionPoolConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) #### alloydb:v1beta The following keys were added: - schemas.ConnectionPoolConfig (Total Keys: 17) - schemas.Instance.properties.connectionPoolConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) --- ...projects.locations.clusters.instances.html | 100 ++++++++++++++++++ ...projects.locations.clusters.instances.html | 100 ++++++++++++++++++ .../documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json | 80 +++++++++++++- .../documents/alloydb.v1beta.json | 80 +++++++++++++- 4 files changed, 358 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 62bd1da742..82471da1cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -137,6 +137,26 @@

Method Details

"sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior. }, }, + "connectionPoolConfig": { # Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). # Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "defaultPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20. + "enable": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "flags": { # Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of "key": "value" pairs. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "ignoreStartupParameters": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to ["extra_float_digits"] + "A String", + ], + "maxClientConn": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed. + "maxPreparedStatements": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0. + "minPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0. + "poolMode": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`. + "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables. + "serverIdleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables. + "statsUsers": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database. + "A String", + ], + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp "databaseFlags": { # Database flags. Set at the instance level. They are copied from the primary instance on secondary instance creation. Flags that have restrictions default to the value at primary instance on read instances during creation. Read instances can set new flags or override existing flags that are relevant for reads, for example, for enabling columnar cache on a read instance. Flags set on read instance might or might not be present on the primary instance. This is a list of "key": "value" pairs. "key": The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance setup time, so include both server options and system variables for Postgres. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. "value": The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. "a_key": "A String", @@ -294,6 +314,26 @@

Method Details

"sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior. }, }, + "connectionPoolConfig": { # Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). # Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "defaultPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20. + "enable": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "flags": { # Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of "key": "value" pairs. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "ignoreStartupParameters": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to ["extra_float_digits"] + "A String", + ], + "maxClientConn": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed. + "maxPreparedStatements": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0. + "minPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0. + "poolMode": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`. + "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables. + "serverIdleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables. + "statsUsers": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database. + "A String", + ], + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp "databaseFlags": { # Database flags. Set at the instance level. They are copied from the primary instance on secondary instance creation. Flags that have restrictions default to the value at primary instance on read instances during creation. Read instances can set new flags or override existing flags that are relevant for reads, for example, for enabling columnar cache on a read instance. Flags set on read instance might or might not be present on the primary instance. This is a list of "key": "value" pairs. "key": The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance setup time, so include both server options and system variables for Postgres. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. "value": The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. "a_key": "A String", @@ -542,6 +582,26 @@

Method Details

"sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior. }, }, + "connectionPoolConfig": { # Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). # Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "defaultPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20. + "enable": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "flags": { # Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of "key": "value" pairs. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "ignoreStartupParameters": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to ["extra_float_digits"] + "A String", + ], + "maxClientConn": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed. + "maxPreparedStatements": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0. + "minPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0. + "poolMode": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`. + "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables. + "serverIdleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables. + "statsUsers": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database. + "A String", + ], + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp "databaseFlags": { # Database flags. Set at the instance level. They are copied from the primary instance on secondary instance creation. Flags that have restrictions default to the value at primary instance on read instances during creation. Read instances can set new flags or override existing flags that are relevant for reads, for example, for enabling columnar cache on a read instance. Flags set on read instance might or might not be present on the primary instance. This is a list of "key": "value" pairs. "key": The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance setup time, so include both server options and system variables for Postgres. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. "value": The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. "a_key": "A String", @@ -750,6 +810,26 @@

Method Details

"sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior. }, }, + "connectionPoolConfig": { # Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). # Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "defaultPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20. + "enable": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "flags": { # Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of "key": "value" pairs. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "ignoreStartupParameters": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to ["extra_float_digits"] + "A String", + ], + "maxClientConn": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed. + "maxPreparedStatements": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0. + "minPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0. + "poolMode": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`. + "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables. + "serverIdleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables. + "statsUsers": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database. + "A String", + ], + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp "databaseFlags": { # Database flags. Set at the instance level. They are copied from the primary instance on secondary instance creation. Flags that have restrictions default to the value at primary instance on read instances during creation. Read instances can set new flags or override existing flags that are relevant for reads, for example, for enabling columnar cache on a read instance. Flags set on read instance might or might not be present on the primary instance. This is a list of "key": "value" pairs. "key": The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance setup time, so include both server options and system variables for Postgres. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. "value": The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. "a_key": "A String", @@ -896,6 +976,26 @@

Method Details

"sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior. }, }, + "connectionPoolConfig": { # Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). # Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "defaultPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20. + "enable": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "flags": { # Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of "key": "value" pairs. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "ignoreStartupParameters": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to ["extra_float_digits"] + "A String", + ], + "maxClientConn": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed. + "maxPreparedStatements": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0. + "minPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0. + "poolMode": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`. + "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables. + "serverIdleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables. + "statsUsers": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database. + "A String", + ], + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp "databaseFlags": { # Database flags. Set at the instance level. They are copied from the primary instance on secondary instance creation. Flags that have restrictions default to the value at primary instance on read instances during creation. Read instances can set new flags or override existing flags that are relevant for reads, for example, for enabling columnar cache on a read instance. Flags set on read instance might or might not be present on the primary instance. This is a list of "key": "value" pairs. "key": The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance setup time, so include both server options and system variables for Postgres. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. "value": The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 689f75f1bb..5395d0e7ca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -137,6 +137,26 @@

Method Details

"sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior. }, }, + "connectionPoolConfig": { # Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). # Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "defaultPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20. + "enable": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "flags": { # Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of "key": "value" pairs. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "ignoreStartupParameters": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to ["extra_float_digits"] + "A String", + ], + "maxClientConn": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed. + "maxPreparedStatements": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0. + "minPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0. + "poolMode": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`. + "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables. + "serverIdleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables. + "statsUsers": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database. + "A String", + ], + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp "databaseFlags": { # Database flags. Set at the instance level. They are copied from the primary instance on secondary instance creation. Flags that have restrictions default to the value at primary instance on read instances during creation. Read instances can set new flags or override existing flags that are relevant for reads, for example, for enabling columnar cache on a read instance. Flags set on read instance might or might not be present on the primary instance. This is a list of "key": "value" pairs. "key": The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance setup time, so include both server options and system variables for Postgres. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. "value": The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. "a_key": "A String", @@ -293,6 +313,26 @@

Method Details

"sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior. }, }, + "connectionPoolConfig": { # Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). # Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "defaultPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20. + "enable": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "flags": { # Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of "key": "value" pairs. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "ignoreStartupParameters": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to ["extra_float_digits"] + "A String", + ], + "maxClientConn": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed. + "maxPreparedStatements": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0. + "minPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0. + "poolMode": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`. + "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables. + "serverIdleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables. + "statsUsers": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database. + "A String", + ], + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp "databaseFlags": { # Database flags. Set at the instance level. They are copied from the primary instance on secondary instance creation. Flags that have restrictions default to the value at primary instance on read instances during creation. Read instances can set new flags or override existing flags that are relevant for reads, for example, for enabling columnar cache on a read instance. Flags set on read instance might or might not be present on the primary instance. This is a list of "key": "value" pairs. "key": The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance setup time, so include both server options and system variables for Postgres. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. "value": The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. "a_key": "A String", @@ -540,6 +580,26 @@

Method Details

"sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior. }, }, + "connectionPoolConfig": { # Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). # Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "defaultPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20. + "enable": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "flags": { # Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of "key": "value" pairs. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "ignoreStartupParameters": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to ["extra_float_digits"] + "A String", + ], + "maxClientConn": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed. + "maxPreparedStatements": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0. + "minPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0. + "poolMode": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`. + "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables. + "serverIdleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables. + "statsUsers": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database. + "A String", + ], + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp "databaseFlags": { # Database flags. Set at the instance level. They are copied from the primary instance on secondary instance creation. Flags that have restrictions default to the value at primary instance on read instances during creation. Read instances can set new flags or override existing flags that are relevant for reads, for example, for enabling columnar cache on a read instance. Flags set on read instance might or might not be present on the primary instance. This is a list of "key": "value" pairs. "key": The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance setup time, so include both server options and system variables for Postgres. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. "value": The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. "a_key": "A String", @@ -747,6 +807,26 @@

Method Details

"sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior. }, }, + "connectionPoolConfig": { # Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). # Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "defaultPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20. + "enable": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "flags": { # Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of "key": "value" pairs. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "ignoreStartupParameters": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to ["extra_float_digits"] + "A String", + ], + "maxClientConn": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed. + "maxPreparedStatements": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0. + "minPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0. + "poolMode": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`. + "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables. + "serverIdleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables. + "statsUsers": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database. + "A String", + ], + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp "databaseFlags": { # Database flags. Set at the instance level. They are copied from the primary instance on secondary instance creation. Flags that have restrictions default to the value at primary instance on read instances during creation. Read instances can set new flags or override existing flags that are relevant for reads, for example, for enabling columnar cache on a read instance. Flags set on read instance might or might not be present on the primary instance. This is a list of "key": "value" pairs. "key": The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance setup time, so include both server options and system variables for Postgres. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. "value": The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. "a_key": "A String", @@ -892,6 +972,26 @@

Method Details

"sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior. }, }, + "connectionPoolConfig": { # Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). # Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "defaultPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20. + "enable": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP). + "flags": { # Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of "key": "value" pairs. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "ignoreStartupParameters": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to ["extra_float_digits"] + "A String", + ], + "maxClientConn": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed. + "maxPreparedStatements": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0. + "minPoolSize": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0. + "poolMode": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`. + "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables. + "serverIdleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables. + "statsUsers": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database. + "A String", + ], + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp "databaseFlags": { # Database flags. Set at the instance level. They are copied from the primary instance on secondary instance creation. Flags that have restrictions default to the value at primary instance on read instances during creation. Read instances can set new flags or override existing flags that are relevant for reads, for example, for enabling columnar cache on a read instance. Flags set on read instance might or might not be present on the primary instance. This is a list of "key": "value" pairs. "key": The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance setup time, so include both server options and system variables for Postgres. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. "value": The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json index 8330b0238d..d226cb5213 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json @@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250308", +"revision": "20250312", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -2315,6 +2315,80 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ConnectionPoolConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP).", +"id": "ConnectionPoolConfig", +"properties": { +"defaultPoolSize": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enable": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"flags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of \"key\": \"value\" pairs.", +"type": "object" +}, +"ignoreStartupParameters": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to [\"extra_float_digits\"]", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"maxClientConn": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed.", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxPreparedStatements": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0.", +"type": "string" +}, +"minPoolSize": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0.", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolMode": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`.", +"enum": [ +"POOL_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"POOL_MODE_SESSION", +"POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The pool mode is not specified. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`.", +"Server is released back to pool after a client disconnects.", +"Server is released back to pool after a transaction finishes." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"queryWaitTimeout": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serverIdleTimeout": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables.", +"type": "string" +}, +"statsUsers": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ContinuousBackupConfig": { "description": "ContinuousBackupConfig describes the continuous backups recovery configurations of a cluster.", "id": "ContinuousBackupConfig", @@ -2799,6 +2873,10 @@ false "$ref": "ClientConnectionConfig", "description": "Optional. Client connection specific configurations" }, +"connectionPoolConfig": { +"$ref": "ConnectionPoolConfig", +"description": "Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP)." +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Create time stamp", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json index 3bc436570d..1c8564d623 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json @@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250308", +"revision": "20250312", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -2296,6 +2296,80 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ConnectionPoolConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP).", +"id": "ConnectionPoolConfig", +"properties": { +"defaultPoolSize": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The default pool size. Defaults to 20.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enable": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated; Prefer 'enabled' as this will be removed soon. TODO(b/394996708) move to reserved once the field is removed from the gcloud client.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to enable Managed Connection Pool (MCP).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"flags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Connection Pool flags, as a list of \"key\": \"value\" pairs.", +"type": "object" +}, +"ignoreStartupParameters": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of startup parameters to ignore. Defaults to [\"extra_float_digits\"]", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"maxClientConn": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of client connections allowed.", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxPreparedStatements": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of prepared statements allowed. MCP makes sure that any statement prepared by a client, up to this limit, is available on the backing server connection in transaction and statement pooling mode. Even if the statement was originally prepared on another server connection. Defaults to 0.", +"type": "string" +}, +"minPoolSize": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The minimum pool size. Defaults to 0.", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolMode": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The pool mode. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`.", +"enum": [ +"POOL_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"POOL_MODE_SESSION", +"POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The pool mode is not specified. Defaults to `POOL_MODE_TRANSACTION`.", +"Server is released back to pool after a client disconnects.", +"Server is released back to pool after a transaction finishes." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"queryWaitTimeout": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds queries are allowed to spend waiting for execution. If the query is not assigned to a server during that time, the client is disconnected. 0 disables.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serverIdleTimeout": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The maximum number of seconds a server is allowed to be idle before it is disconnected. 0 disables.", +"type": "string" +}, +"statsUsers": { +"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Use 'flags' instead. The list of users that are allowed to connect to the MCP stats console. The users must exist in the database.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ContinuousBackupConfig": { "description": "ContinuousBackupConfig describes the continuous backups recovery configurations of a cluster.", "id": "ContinuousBackupConfig", @@ -2780,6 +2854,10 @@ false "$ref": "ClientConnectionConfig", "description": "Optional. Client connection specific configurations" }, +"connectionPoolConfig": { +"$ref": "ConnectionPoolConfig", +"description": "Optional. The configuration for Managed Connection Pool (MCP)." +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Create time stamp", "format": "google-datetime", From 07165389511a00e46ac1c37de9b30c196ee7d526 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 04/35] feat(analyticshub): update the api #### analyticshub:v1 The following keys were added: - schemas.MessageTransform.properties.disabled.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.MessageTransform.properties.enabled.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) --- ...hub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html | 3 ++- .../discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json | 9 +++++++-- 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html index 58b8e3ae5d..1d4eab9c6f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html @@ -846,7 +846,8 @@

Method Details

"messageRetentionDuration": "A String", # Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes. "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages before they are delivered to subscribers. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json index 770491d527..0c69191018 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250303", +"revision": "20250310", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsHubSubscriptionInfo": { @@ -1966,8 +1966,13 @@ "description": "All supported message transforms types.", "id": "MessageTransform", "properties": { +"disabled": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "enabled": { -"description": "Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms.", "type": "boolean" }, "javascriptUdf": { From 2fb0b5170e84bf571f1b694d18f3e47604710e8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 05/35] feat(apigee): update the api #### apigee:v1 The following keys were added: - resources.organizations.resources.dnsZones.methods.create (Total Keys: 14) - resources.organizations.resources.dnsZones.methods.delete (Total Keys: 11) - resources.organizations.resources.dnsZones.methods.get (Total Keys: 11) - resources.organizations.resources.dnsZones.methods.list (Total Keys: 16) - resources.organizations.resources.securityMonitoringConditions.methods.create (Total Keys: 14) - resources.organizations.resources.securityMonitoringConditions.methods.delete (Total Keys: 11) - resources.organizations.resources.securityMonitoringConditions.methods.get (Total Keys: 11) - resources.organizations.resources.securityMonitoringConditions.methods.list (Total Keys: 18) - resources.organizations.resources.securityMonitoringConditions.methods.patch (Total Keys: 15) - schemas.GoogleCloudApigeeV1DnsZone (Total Keys: 17) - schemas.GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListDnsZonesResponse (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListSecurityMonitoringConditionsResponse (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityMonitoringCondition (Total Keys: 19) --- .../dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.dnsZones.html | 265 +++++++++++ docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html | 10 + ...izations.securityMonitoringConditions.html | 332 +++++++++++++ .../discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json | 443 +++++++++++++++++- 4 files changed, 1049 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) create mode 100644 docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.dnsZones.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.html diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.dnsZones.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.dnsZones.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..755d012386 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.dnsZones.html @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ + + + +

Apigee API . organizations . dnsZones

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, dnsZoneId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new DNS zone.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a previously created DNS zone.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Fetches the representation of an existing DNS zone.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Enumerates DNS zones that have been created but not yet deleted.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, dnsZoneId=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Creates a new DNS zone.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Organization where the DNS zone will be created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A DNS zone is a resource under an Apigee organization that is used to create a DNS peering with Apigee's network. DNS peering will let Apigee instances resolve the hostnames created in a peered network.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this resource was created on the server.
+  "description": "A String", # Required. Description of the resource. String of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user's convenience.
+  "domain": "A String", # Required. The domain name for hosts in this private zone, for instance "example.com.".
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name for the resource. Defined by the server Format: "organizations/{organization}/dnsZones/{dns_zone}".
+  "peeringConfig": { # Fields for DNS PEERING zone. # DNS PEERING zone configuration.
+    "targetNetworkId": "A String", # Required. The VPC network where the records for that private DNS zone's namespace are available. Apigee will be performing DNS peering with this VPC network.
+    "targetProjectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project that contains the producer VPC network.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the DNS Peering. Values other than `ACTIVE` mean the resource is not ready to use.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this resource was updated on the server.
+}
+
+  dnsZoneId: string, Required. User assigned ID for this resource. Must be unique within the organization. The name must be 1-63 characters long, must begin with a letter, end with a letter or digit, and only contain lowercase letters, digits or dashes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Deletes a previously created DNS zone.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the DNS zone to delete. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}/dnsZones/{dns_zone}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Fetches the representation of an existing DNS zone.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the DNS zone to fetch. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}/dnsZones/{dns_zone}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A DNS zone is a resource under an Apigee organization that is used to create a DNS peering with Apigee's network. DNS peering will let Apigee instances resolve the hostnames created in a peered network.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this resource was created on the server.
+  "description": "A String", # Required. Description of the resource. String of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user's convenience.
+  "domain": "A String", # Required. The domain name for hosts in this private zone, for instance "example.com.".
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name for the resource. Defined by the server Format: "organizations/{organization}/dnsZones/{dns_zone}".
+  "peeringConfig": { # Fields for DNS PEERING zone. # DNS PEERING zone configuration.
+    "targetNetworkId": "A String", # Required. The VPC network where the records for that private DNS zone's namespace are available. Apigee will be performing DNS peering with this VPC network.
+    "targetProjectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project that contains the producer VPC network.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the DNS Peering. Values other than `ACTIVE` mean the resource is not ready to use.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this resource was updated on the server.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Enumerates DNS zones that have been created but not yet deleted.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Name of the organization for which to list the DNS zones. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of DNS zones to return. If unspecified, at most 25 DNS zones will be returned.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token, returned from a previous `ListDnsZones` call, that you can use to retrieve the next page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for list DNS zones.
+  "dnsZones": [ # DNS zones in a given organization.
+    { # A DNS zone is a resource under an Apigee organization that is used to create a DNS peering with Apigee's network. DNS peering will let Apigee instances resolve the hostnames created in a peered network.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this resource was created on the server.
+      "description": "A String", # Required. Description of the resource. String of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user's convenience.
+      "domain": "A String", # Required. The domain name for hosts in this private zone, for instance "example.com.".
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name for the resource. Defined by the server Format: "organizations/{organization}/dnsZones/{dns_zone}".
+      "peeringConfig": { # Fields for DNS PEERING zone. # DNS PEERING zone configuration.
+        "targetNetworkId": "A String", # Required. The VPC network where the records for that private DNS zone's namespace are available. Apigee will be performing DNS peering with this VPC network.
+        "targetProjectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project that contains the producer VPC network.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the DNS Peering. Values other than `ACTIVE` mean the resource is not ready to use.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this resource was updated on the server.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token that you can include in an `ListDnsZones` request to retrieve the next page. If omitted, no subsequent pages exist.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html index 79d33aa33f..db454d1d1c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html @@ -114,6 +114,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the developers Resource.

+

+ dnsZones() +

+

Returns the dnsZones Resource.

+

endpointAttachments()

@@ -174,6 +179,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the securityAssessmentResults Resource.

+

+ securityMonitoringConditions() +

+

Returns the securityMonitoringConditions Resource.

+

securityProfiles()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8ac164109 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.html @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ + + + +

Apigee API . organizations . securityMonitoringConditions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, securityMonitoringConditionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a security monitoring condition.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a security monitoring condition.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a security monitoring condition.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List security monitoring conditions.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a security monitoring condition.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, securityMonitoringConditionId=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Create a security monitoring condition.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `organizations/{org}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation.
+  "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources.
+    "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources.
+      { # Resource for which we are computing security assessment.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of this resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. Type of this resource.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "includeAllResources": { # Message for include_all_resources option. # Include all resources under the scope.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}
+  "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition.
+  "scope": "A String", # Required. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources.
+  "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope.
+  "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update.
+}
+
+  securityMonitoringConditionId: string, Optional. Optional: The security monitoring condition id. If not specified, a monitoring condition uuid will be generated by the backend. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation.
+  "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources.
+    "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources.
+      { # Resource for which we are computing security assessment.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of this resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. Type of this resource.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "includeAllResources": { # Message for include_all_resources option. # Include all resources under the scope.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}
+  "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition.
+  "scope": "A String", # Required. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources.
+  "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope.
+  "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Delete a security monitoring condition.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the security monitoring condition to delete. Format: `organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Get a security monitoring condition.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the security monitoring condition to get. Format: `organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation.
+  "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources.
+    "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources.
+      { # Resource for which we are computing security assessment.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of this resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. Type of this resource.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "includeAllResources": { # Message for include_all_resources option. # Include all resources under the scope.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}
+  "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition.
+  "scope": "A String", # Required. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources.
+  "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope.
+  "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
List security monitoring conditions.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. For a specific organization, list all the security monitoring conditions. Format: `organizations/{org}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter for the monitoring conditions. For example: `profile=profile1 AND scope=env1`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of monitoring conditions to return.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListSecurityMonitoringConditions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListSecurityMonitoringConditions.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "securityMonitoringConditions": [ # List of security monitoring conditions in the organization.
+    { # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation.
+      "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources.
+        "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources.
+          { # Resource for which we are computing security assessment.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. Name of this resource.
+            "type": "A String", # Required. Type of this resource.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "includeAllResources": { # Message for include_all_resources option. # Include all resources under the scope.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}
+      "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition.
+      "scope": "A String", # Required. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources.
+      "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope.
+      "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Update a security monitoring condition.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation.
+  "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources.
+    "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources.
+      { # Resource for which we are computing security assessment.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of this resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. Type of this resource.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "includeAllResources": { # Message for include_all_resources option. # Include all resources under the scope.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}
+  "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition.
+  "scope": "A String", # Required. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources.
+  "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope.
+  "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update. Valid fields to update are `profile`, `scope`, `include_all_resources`, `include`, and `exclude`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation.
+  "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources.
+    "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources.
+      { # Resource for which we are computing security assessment.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of this resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. Type of this resource.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "includeAllResources": { # Message for include_all_resources option. # Include all resources under the scope.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}
+  "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition.
+  "scope": "A String", # Required. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources.
+  "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope.
+  "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json index b960a50062..d2116780af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json @@ -3821,6 +3821,129 @@ } } }, +"dnsZones": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new DNS zone.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/dnsZones", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apigee.organizations.dnsZones.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"dnsZoneId": { +"description": "Required. User assigned ID for this resource. Must be unique within the organization. The name must be 1-63 characters long, must begin with a letter, end with a letter or digit, and only contain lowercase letters, digits or dashes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Organization where the DNS zone will be created.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/dnsZones", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1DnsZone" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a previously created DNS zone.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/dnsZones/{dnsZonesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apigee.organizations.dnsZones.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the DNS zone to delete. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}/dnsZones/{dns_zone}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/dnsZones/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Fetches the representation of an existing DNS zone.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/dnsZones/{dnsZonesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apigee.organizations.dnsZones.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the DNS zone to fetch. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}/dnsZones/{dns_zone}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/dnsZones/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1DnsZone" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Enumerates DNS zones that have been created but not yet deleted.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/dnsZones", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apigee.organizations.dnsZones.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of DNS zones to return. If unspecified, at most 25 DNS zones will be returned.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token, returned from a previous `ListDnsZones` call, that you can use to retrieve the next page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Name of the organization for which to list the DNS zones. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/dnsZones", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListDnsZonesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "endpointAttachments": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -9405,6 +9528,168 @@ } } }, +"securityMonitoringConditions": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a security monitoring condition.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/securityMonitoringConditions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apigee.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: `organizations/{org}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"securityMonitoringConditionId": { +"description": "Optional. Optional: The security monitoring condition id. If not specified, a monitoring condition uuid will be generated by the backend. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/securityMonitoringConditions", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityMonitoringCondition" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityMonitoringCondition" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a security monitoring condition.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/securityMonitoringConditions/{securityMonitoringConditionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apigee.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the security monitoring condition to delete. Format: `organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/securityMonitoringConditions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get a security monitoring condition.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/securityMonitoringConditions/{securityMonitoringConditionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apigee.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the security monitoring condition to get. Format: `organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/securityMonitoringConditions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityMonitoringCondition" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List security monitoring conditions.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/securityMonitoringConditions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apigee.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter for the monitoring conditions. For example: `profile=profile1 AND scope=env1`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of monitoring conditions to return.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListSecurityMonitoringConditions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. For a specific organization, list all the security monitoring conditions. Format: `organizations/{org}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/securityMonitoringConditions", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListSecurityMonitoringConditionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a security monitoring condition.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/securityMonitoringConditions/{securityMonitoringConditionsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apigee.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/securityMonitoringConditions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Valid fields to update are `profile`, `scope`, `include_all_resources`, `include`, and `exclude`.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityMonitoringCondition" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityMonitoringCondition" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "securityProfiles": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -10778,7 +11063,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250306", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": { @@ -13670,6 +13955,75 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudApigeeV1DnsZone": { +"description": "A DNS zone is a resource under an Apigee organization that is used to create a DNS peering with Apigee's network. DNS peering will let Apigee instances resolve the hostnames created in a peered network.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1DnsZone", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time that this resource was created on the server.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Required. Description of the resource. String of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user's convenience.", +"type": "string" +}, +"domain": { +"description": "Required. The domain name for hosts in this private zone, for instance \"example.com.\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Unique name for the resource. Defined by the server Format: \"organizations/{organization}/dnsZones/{dns_zone}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"peeringConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1DnsZonePeeringConfig", +"description": "DNS PEERING zone configuration." +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. State of the DNS Peering. Values other than `ACTIVE` mean the resource is not ready to use.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"DELETING", +"UPDATING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Resource is in an unspecified state.", +"Resource is being created.", +"Resource is provisioned and ready to use.", +"The resource is being deleted.", +"The resource is being updated." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time that this resource was updated on the server.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApigeeV1DnsZonePeeringConfig": { +"description": "Fields for DNS PEERING zone.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1DnsZonePeeringConfig", +"properties": { +"targetNetworkId": { +"description": "Required. The VPC network where the records for that private DNS zone's namespace are available. Apigee will be performing DNS peering with this VPC network.", +"type": "string" +}, +"targetProjectId": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the project that contains the producer VPC network.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudApigeeV1DocumentationFile": { "description": "Documentation file contents for a catalog item.", "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1DocumentationFile", @@ -15179,6 +15533,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListDnsZonesResponse": { +"description": "Response for list DNS zones.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListDnsZonesResponse", +"properties": { +"dnsZones": { +"description": "DNS zones in a given organization.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1DnsZone" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Page token that you can include in an `ListDnsZones` request to retrieve the next page. If omitted, no subsequent pages exist.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListEndpointAttachmentsResponse": { "description": "Response for ListEndpointAttachments method.", "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListEndpointAttachmentsResponse", @@ -15426,6 +15798,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListSecurityMonitoringConditionsResponse": { +"description": "Response for ListSecurityMonitoringConditions.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListSecurityMonitoringConditionsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"securityMonitoringConditions": { +"description": "List of security monitoring conditions in the organization.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityMonitoringCondition" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListSecurityProfileRevisionsResponse": { "description": "Response for ListSecurityProfileRevisions.", "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListSecurityProfileRevisionsResponse", @@ -18036,6 +18426,57 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityMonitoringCondition": { +"description": "Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityMonitoringCondition", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"include": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1BatchComputeSecurityAssessmentResultsRequestResourceArray", +"description": "Include only these resources." +}, +"includeAllResources": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1BatchComputeSecurityAssessmentResultsRequestIncludeAll", +"description": "Include all resources under the scope." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}", +"type": "string" +}, +"profile": { +"description": "Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scope": { +"description": "Required. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources.", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalDeployedResources": { +"description": "Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"totalMonitoredResources": { +"description": "Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityProfile": { "description": "Represents a SecurityProfile resource.", "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityProfile", From 0f85078845d2962164c36fdb080172f2caa521c0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 06/35] feat(bigquery): update the api #### bigquery:v2 The following keys were added: - schemas.JobConfiguration.properties.reservation.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.QueryRequest.properties.reservation.type (Total Keys: 1) --- docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html | 6 ++++++ .../discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json | 10 +++++++++- 2 files changed, 15 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html index b676feca54..3c50e4453b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html @@ -566,6 +566,7 @@

Method Details

"writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. "writeIncrementalResults": True or False, # Optional. This is only supported for a SELECT query using a temporary table. If set, the query is allowed to write results incrementally to the temporary result table. This may incur a performance penalty. This option cannot be used with Legacy SQL. This feature is not yet available. }, + "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. A hash of this resource. "id": "A String", # Output only. Opaque ID field of the job. @@ -2026,6 +2027,7 @@

Method Details

"writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. "writeIncrementalResults": True or False, # Optional. This is only supported for a SELECT query using a temporary table. If set, the query is allowed to write results incrementally to the temporary result table. This may incur a performance penalty. This option cannot be used with Legacy SQL. This feature is not yet available. }, + "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. A hash of this resource. "id": "A String", # Output only. Opaque ID field of the job. @@ -3567,6 +3569,7 @@

Method Details

"writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. "writeIncrementalResults": True or False, # Optional. This is only supported for a SELECT query using a temporary table. If set, the query is allowed to write results incrementally to the temporary result table. This may incur a performance penalty. This option cannot be used with Legacy SQL. This feature is not yet available. }, + "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. A hash of this resource. "id": "A String", # Output only. Opaque ID field of the job. @@ -4998,6 +5001,7 @@

Method Details

"writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. "writeIncrementalResults": True or False, # Optional. This is only supported for a SELECT query using a temporary table. If set, the query is allowed to write results incrementally to the temporary result table. This may incur a performance penalty. This option cannot be used with Legacy SQL. This feature is not yet available. }, + "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. A hash of this resource. "id": "A String", # Output only. Opaque ID field of the job. @@ -6452,6 +6456,7 @@

Method Details

"writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. "writeIncrementalResults": True or False, # Optional. This is only supported for a SELECT query using a temporary table. If set, the query is allowed to write results incrementally to the temporary result table. This may incur a performance penalty. This option cannot be used with Legacy SQL. This feature is not yet available. }, + "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. }, "errorResult": { # Error details. # A result object that will be present only if the job has failed. "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. @@ -7525,6 +7530,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A unique user provided identifier to ensure idempotent behavior for queries. Note that this is different from the job_id. It has the following properties: 1. It is case-sensitive, limited to up to 36 ASCII characters. A UUID is recommended. 2. Read only queries can ignore this token since they are nullipotent by definition. 3. For the purposes of idempotency ensured by the request_id, a request is considered duplicate of another only if they have the same request_id and are actually duplicates. When determining whether a request is a duplicate of another request, all parameters in the request that may affect the result are considered. For example, query, connection_properties, query_parameters, use_legacy_sql are parameters that affect the result and are considered when determining whether a request is a duplicate, but properties like timeout_ms don't affect the result and are thus not considered. Dry run query requests are never considered duplicate of another request. 4. When a duplicate mutating query request is detected, it returns: a. the results of the mutation if it completes successfully within the timeout. b. the running operation if it is still in progress at the end of the timeout. 5. Its lifetime is limited to 15 minutes. In other words, if two requests are sent with the same request_id, but more than 15 minutes apart, idempotency is not guaranteed. + "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that jobs.query request would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job.query. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. "timeoutMs": 42, # Optional. Optional: Specifies the maximum amount of time, in milliseconds, that the client is willing to wait for the query to complete. By default, this limit is 10 seconds (10,000 milliseconds). If the query is complete, the jobComplete field in the response is true. If the query has not yet completed, jobComplete is false. You can request a longer timeout period in the timeoutMs field. However, the call is not guaranteed to wait for the specified timeout; it typically returns after around 200 seconds (200,000 milliseconds), even if the query is not complete. If jobComplete is false, you can continue to wait for the query to complete by calling the getQueryResults method until the jobComplete field in the getQueryResults response is true. "useLegacySql": true, # Specifies whether to use BigQuery's legacy SQL dialect for this query. The default value is true. If set to false, the query will use BigQuery's GoogleSQL: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/sql-reference/ When useLegacySql is set to false, the value of flattenResults is ignored; query will be run as if flattenResults is false. "useQueryCache": true, # Optional. Whether to look for the result in the query cache. The query cache is a best-effort cache that will be flushed whenever tables in the query are modified. The default value is true. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index 91c9c3fa79..205bbec22d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250302", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { @@ -5281,6 +5281,10 @@ "query": { "$ref": "JobConfigurationQuery", "description": "[Pick one] Configures a query job." +}, +"reservation": { +"description": "Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -7606,6 +7610,10 @@ "description": "Optional. A unique user provided identifier to ensure idempotent behavior for queries. Note that this is different from the job_id. It has the following properties: 1. It is case-sensitive, limited to up to 36 ASCII characters. A UUID is recommended. 2. Read only queries can ignore this token since they are nullipotent by definition. 3. For the purposes of idempotency ensured by the request_id, a request is considered duplicate of another only if they have the same request_id and are actually duplicates. When determining whether a request is a duplicate of another request, all parameters in the request that may affect the result are considered. For example, query, connection_properties, query_parameters, use_legacy_sql are parameters that affect the result and are considered when determining whether a request is a duplicate, but properties like timeout_ms don't affect the result and are thus not considered. Dry run query requests are never considered duplicate of another request. 4. When a duplicate mutating query request is detected, it returns: a. the results of the mutation if it completes successfully within the timeout. b. the running operation if it is still in progress at the end of the timeout. 5. Its lifetime is limited to 15 minutes. In other words, if two requests are sent with the same request_id, but more than 15 minutes apart, idempotency is not guaranteed.", "type": "string" }, +"reservation": { +"description": "Optional. The reservation that jobs.query request would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job.query. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`.", +"type": "string" +}, "timeoutMs": { "description": "Optional. Optional: Specifies the maximum amount of time, in milliseconds, that the client is willing to wait for the query to complete. By default, this limit is 10 seconds (10,000 milliseconds). If the query is complete, the jobComplete field in the response is true. If the query has not yet completed, jobComplete is false. You can request a longer timeout period in the timeoutMs field. However, the call is not guaranteed to wait for the specified timeout; it typically returns after around 200 seconds (200,000 milliseconds), even if the query is not complete. If jobComplete is false, you can continue to wait for the query to complete by calling the getQueryResults method until the jobComplete field in the getQueryResults response is true.", "format": "uint32", From 98c07716c1b9a55a338297754162446c4f1c015b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 07/35] feat(bigqueryreservation): update the api #### bigqueryreservation:v1 The following keys were added: - schemas.MergeCapacityCommitmentsRequest.properties.capacityCommitmentId.type (Total Keys: 1) --- ...servation_v1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html | 1 + .../discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json | 6 +++++- 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html index baa637db89..e92e70f4f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html @@ -295,6 +295,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The request for ReservationService.MergeCapacityCommitments. + "capacityCommitmentId": "A String", # Optional. The optional resulting capacity commitment ID. Capacity commitment name will be generated automatically if this field is empty. This field must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. The first and last character cannot be a dash. Max length is 64 characters. "capacityCommitmentIds": [ # Ids of capacity commitments to merge. These capacity commitments must exist under admin project and location specified in the parent. ID is the last portion of capacity commitment name e.g., 'abc' for projects/myproject/locations/US/capacityCommitments/abc "A String", ], diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json index 3738bae859..9ba6cf7dab 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250304", +"revision": "20250316", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assignment": { @@ -1266,6 +1266,10 @@ false "description": "The request for ReservationService.MergeCapacityCommitments.", "id": "MergeCapacityCommitmentsRequest", "properties": { +"capacityCommitmentId": { +"description": "Optional. The optional resulting capacity commitment ID. Capacity commitment name will be generated automatically if this field is empty. This field must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. The first and last character cannot be a dash. Max length is 64 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, "capacityCommitmentIds": { "description": "Ids of capacity commitments to merge. These capacity commitments must exist under admin project and location specified in the parent. ID is the last portion of capacity commitment name e.g., 'abc' for projects/myproject/locations/US/capacityCommitments/abc", "items": { From eceac9d703d0187965a8b09b9e03a39b3fce8e6b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 08/35] fix(chat): update the api #### chat:v1 The following keys were changed: - resources.spaces.resources.spaceEvents.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.spaces.resources.spaceEvents.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1) --- docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html | 4 ++-- docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html | 4 ++-- googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json | 10 +++++++--- 3 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html index 841dee5b88..8ff8456826 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Instance Methods

Creates a space. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request. Space membership upon creation depends on whether the space is created in `Import mode`: * **Import mode:** No members are created. * **All other modes:** The calling user is added as a member. This is: * The app itself when using app authentication. * The human user when using user authentication. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.

delete(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources—like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space—are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

+

Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources—like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space—are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

findDirectMessage(name=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the existing direct message with the specified user. If no direct message space is found, returns a `404 NOT_FOUND` error. For an example, see [Find a direct message](/chat/api/guides/v1/spaces/find-direct-message). With [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the calling Chat app. With [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the authenticated user. // Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user)

@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@

Method Details

delete(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) - 
Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources—like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space—are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.
+  
Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources—like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space—are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the space to delete. Format: `spaces/{space}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
index 4b38be6fa9..21ed295b9d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

+
Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.
+  
Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. Resource name of the membership, assigned by the server. Format: `spaces/{space}/members/{member}` (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
index b4ce556857..f3a40ee40c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources\u2014like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space\u2014are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.",
+"description": "Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources\u2014like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space\u2014are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.",
 "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
 "id": "chat.spaces.delete",
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.",
+"description": "Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.",
 "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/members/{membersId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "chat.spaces.members.patch",
@@ -1184,6 +1184,8 @@
 "$ref": "SpaceEvent"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages",
@@ -1232,6 +1234,8 @@
 "$ref": "ListSpaceEventsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages",
@@ -1410,7 +1414,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250311",
+"revision": "20250316",
 "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessSettings": {

From f4a86928004960984b525486838f605c2e2e6a4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 09/35] feat(civicinfo): update the api

#### civicinfo:v2

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.AdministrationRegion (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.AdministrativeBody (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.Candidate (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.Channel (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.Contest (Total Keys: 31)
- schemas.DivisionByAddressResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.DivisionSearchResponse (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.DivisionSearchResult (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.Election (Total Keys: 19)
- schemas.ElectoralDistrict (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GeographicDivision (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.Office (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.Official (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.PollingLocation (Total Keys: 15)
- schemas.Precinct (Total Keys: 23)
- schemas.RepresentativeInfoData (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.RepresentativeInfoResponse (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.SimpleAddressType (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.Source (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.VoterInfoResponse (Total Keys: 22)

The following keys were added:
- schemas.CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionByAddressResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionSearchResponse (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionSearchResult (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.CivicinfoApiprotosV2ElectionsQueryResponse (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.CivicinfoApiprotosV2RepresentativeInfoData (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.CivicinfoApiprotosV2RepresentativeInfoResponse (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.CivicinfoApiprotosV2VoterInfoResponse (Total Keys: 22)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2AdministrationRegion (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2AdministrativeBody (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2Candidate (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2Channel (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2Contest (Total Keys: 31)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2Election (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2ElectoralDistrict (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2GeographicDivision (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2Office (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2Official (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2PollingLocation (Total Keys: 15)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2Precinct (Total Keys: 23)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2SimpleAddressType (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.CivicinfoSchemaV2Source (Total Keys: 4)

The following keys were changed:
- resources.divisions.methods.queryDivisionByAddress.response.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.divisions.methods.search.response.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.elections.methods.electionQuery.response.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.elections.methods.voterInfoQuery.response.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.representatives.methods.representativeInfoByAddress.response.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.representatives.methods.representativeInfoByDivision.response.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.elections.html          |   2 +-
 .../documents/civicinfo.v2.json               | 534 +++++++++---------
 2 files changed, 268 insertions(+), 268 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.elections.html b/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.elections.html
index eb69ce178e..501d537f8c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.elections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.elections.html
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "votingLocationFinderUrl": "A String", # A URL provided by this administrative body for looking up where to vote.
       },
-      "local_jurisdiction": # Object with schema name: AdministrationRegion # The city or county that provides election information for this voter. This object can have the same elements as state.
+      "local_jurisdiction": # Object with schema name: CivicinfoSchemaV2AdministrationRegion # The city or county that provides election information for this voter. This object can have the same elements as state.
       "name": "A String", # The name of the jurisdiction.
       "sources": [ # A list of sources for this area. If multiple sources are listed the data has been aggregated from those sources.
         { # Contains information about the data source for the element containing it.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json
index 3a7f164d54..61e0bb0c89 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 },
 "path": "civicinfo/v2/divisionsByAddress",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "DivisionByAddressResponse"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionByAddressResponse"
 }
 },
 "search": {
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 },
 "path": "civicinfo/v2/divisions",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "DivisionSearchResponse"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionSearchResponse"
 }
 }
 }
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 },
 "path": "civicinfo/v2/elections",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "ElectionsQueryResponse"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2ElectionsQueryResponse"
 }
 },
 "voterInfoQuery": {
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 },
 "path": "civicinfo/v2/voterinfo",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "VoterInfoResponse"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2VoterInfoResponse"
 }
 }
 }
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 },
 "path": "civicinfo/v2/representatives",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "RepresentativeInfoResponse"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2RepresentativeInfoResponse"
 }
 },
 "representativeInfoByDivision": {
@@ -373,25 +373,240 @@
 },
 "path": "civicinfo/v2/representatives/{ocdId}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "RepresentativeInfoData"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2RepresentativeInfoData"
 }
 }
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240910",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://civicinfo.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
-"AdministrationRegion": {
+"CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionByAddressResponse": {
+"id": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionByAddressResponse",
+"properties": {
+"divisions": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2GeographicDivision"
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"normalizedInput": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2SimpleAddressType",
+"description": "The normalized version of the requested address."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionSearchResponse": {
+"description": "The result of a division search query.",
+"id": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionSearchResponse",
+"properties": {
+"kind": {
+"default": "civicinfo#divisionSearchResponse",
+"description": "Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string \"civicinfo#divisionSearchResponse\".",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"results": {
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionSearchResult"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionSearchResult": {
+"description": "Represents a political geographic division that matches the requested query.",
+"id": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2DivisionSearchResult",
+"properties": {
+"aliases": {
+"description": "Other Open Civic Data identifiers that refer to the same division -- for example, those that refer to other political divisions whose boundaries are defined to be coterminous with this one. For example, ocd-division/country:us/state:wy will include an alias of ocd-division/country:us/state:wy/cd:1, since Wyoming has only one Congressional district.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the division.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ocdId": {
+"description": "The unique Open Civic Data identifier for this division",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CivicinfoApiprotosV2ElectionsQueryResponse": {
+"description": "The list of elections available for this version of the API.",
+"id": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2ElectionsQueryResponse",
+"properties": {
+"elections": {
+"description": "A list of available elections",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Election"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"kind": {
+"default": "civicinfo#electionsQueryResponse",
+"description": "Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string \"civicinfo#electionsQueryResponse\".",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CivicinfoApiprotosV2RepresentativeInfoData": {
+"id": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2RepresentativeInfoData",
+"properties": {
+"divisions": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2GeographicDivision"
+},
+"description": "A map of political geographic divisions that contain the requested address, keyed by the unique Open Civic Data identifier for this division.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"offices": {
+"description": "Elected offices referenced by the divisions listed above. Will only be present if includeOffices was true in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Office"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"officials": {
+"description": "Officials holding the offices listed above. Will only be present if includeOffices was true in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Official"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CivicinfoApiprotosV2RepresentativeInfoResponse": {
+"description": "The result of a representative info lookup query.",
+"id": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2RepresentativeInfoResponse",
+"properties": {
+"divisions": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2GeographicDivision"
+},
+"description": "A map of political geographic divisions that contain the requested address, keyed by the unique Open Civic Data identifier for this division.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"kind": {
+"default": "civicinfo#representativeInfoResponse",
+"description": "Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string \"civicinfo#representativeInfoResponse\".",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"normalizedInput": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2SimpleAddressType",
+"description": "The normalized version of the requested address"
+},
+"offices": {
+"description": "Elected offices referenced by the divisions listed above. Will only be present if includeOffices was true in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Office"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"officials": {
+"description": "Officials holding the offices listed above. Will only be present if includeOffices was true in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Official"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CivicinfoApiprotosV2VoterInfoResponse": {
+"description": "The result of a voter info lookup query.",
+"id": "CivicinfoApiprotosV2VoterInfoResponse",
+"properties": {
+"contests": {
+"description": "Contests that will appear on the voter's ballot.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Contest"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"dropOffLocations": {
+"description": "Locations where a voter is eligible to drop off a completed ballot. The voter must have received and completed a ballot prior to arriving at the location. The location may not have ballots available on the premises. These locations could be open on or before election day as indicated in the pollingHours field.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2PollingLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"earlyVoteSites": {
+"description": "Locations where the voter is eligible to vote early, prior to election day.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2PollingLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"election": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Election",
+"description": "The election that was queried."
+},
+"kind": {
+"default": "civicinfo#voterInfoResponse",
+"description": "Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string \"civicinfo#voterInfoResponse\".",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mailOnly": {
+"description": "Specifies whether voters in the precinct vote only by mailing their ballots (with the possible option of dropping off their ballots as well).",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"normalizedInput": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2SimpleAddressType",
+"description": "The normalized version of the requested address"
+},
+"otherElections": {
+"description": "When there are multiple elections for a voter address, the otherElections field is populated in the API response and there are two possibilities: 1. If the earliest election is not the intended election, specify the election ID of the desired election in a second API request using the electionId field. 2. If these elections occur on the same day, the API doesn?t return any polling location, contest, or election official information to ensure that an additional query is made. For user-facing applications, we recommend displaying these elections to the user to disambiguate. A second API request using the electionId field should be made for the election that is relevant to the user.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Election"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"pollingLocations": {
+"description": "Locations where the voter is eligible to vote on election day.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2PollingLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"precinctId": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"precincts": {
+"description": "The precincts that match this voter's address. Will only be returned for project IDs which have been allowlisted as \"partner projects\".",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Precinct"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Local Election Information for the state that the voter votes in. For the US, there will only be one element in this array.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2AdministrationRegion"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2AdministrationRegion": {
 "description": "Describes information about a regional election administrative area.",
-"id": "AdministrationRegion",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2AdministrationRegion",
 "properties": {
 "electionAdministrationBody": {
-"$ref": "AdministrativeBody",
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2AdministrativeBody",
 "description": "The election administration body for this area."
 },
 "local_jurisdiction": {
-"$ref": "AdministrationRegion",
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2AdministrationRegion",
 "description": "The city or county that provides election information for this voter. This object can have the same elements as state."
 },
 "name": {
@@ -401,16 +616,16 @@
 "sources": {
 "description": "A list of sources for this area. If multiple sources are listed the data has been aggregated from those sources.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "Source"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Source"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AdministrativeBody": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2AdministrativeBody": {
 "description": "Information about an election administrative body (e.g. County Board of Elections).",
-"id": "AdministrativeBody",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2AdministrativeBody",
 "properties": {
 "absenteeVotingInfoUrl": {
 "description": "A URL provided by this administrative body for information on absentee voting.",
@@ -421,7 +636,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "correspondenceAddress": {
-"$ref": "SimpleAddressType",
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2SimpleAddressType",
 "description": "The mailing address of this administrative body."
 },
 "electionInfoUrl": {
@@ -439,7 +654,7 @@
 "electionOfficials": {
 "description": "The election officials for this election administrative body.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "ElectionOfficial"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2ElectionOfficial"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
@@ -464,7 +679,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "physicalAddress": {
-"$ref": "SimpleAddressType",
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2SimpleAddressType",
 "description": "The physical address of this administrative body."
 },
 "voter_services": {
@@ -481,9 +696,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"Candidate": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2Candidate": {
 "description": "Information about a candidate running for elected office.",
-"id": "Candidate",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Candidate",
 "properties": {
 "candidateUrl": {
 "description": "The URL for the candidate's campaign web site.",
@@ -492,7 +707,7 @@
 "channels": {
 "description": "A list of known (social) media channels for this candidate.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "Channel"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Channel"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
@@ -524,9 +739,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"Channel": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2Channel": {
 "description": "A social media or web channel for a candidate.",
-"id": "Channel",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Channel",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
 "description": "The unique public identifier for the candidate's channel.",
@@ -539,9 +754,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"Contest": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2Contest": {
 "description": "Information about a contest that appears on a voter's ballot.",
-"id": "Contest",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Contest",
 "properties": {
 "ballotPlacement": {
 "description": "A number specifying the position of this contest on the voter's ballot.",
@@ -555,12 +770,12 @@
 "candidates": {
 "description": "The candidate choices for this contest.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "Candidate"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Candidate"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "district": {
-"$ref": "ElectoralDistrict",
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2ElectoralDistrict",
 "description": "Information about the electoral district that this contest is in."
 },
 "electorateSpecifications": {
@@ -698,7 +913,7 @@
 "sources": {
 "description": "A list of sources for this contest. If multiple sources are listed, the data has been aggregated from those sources.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "Source"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Source"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
@@ -713,65 +928,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"DivisionByAddressResponse": {
-"id": "DivisionByAddressResponse",
-"properties": {
-"divisions": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"$ref": "GeographicDivision"
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"normalizedInput": {
-"$ref": "SimpleAddressType",
-"description": "The normalized version of the requested address."
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"DivisionSearchResponse": {
-"description": "The result of a division search query.",
-"id": "DivisionSearchResponse",
-"properties": {
-"kind": {
-"default": "civicinfo#divisionSearchResponse",
-"description": "Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string \"civicinfo#divisionSearchResponse\".",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"results": {
-"items": {
-"$ref": "DivisionSearchResult"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"DivisionSearchResult": {
-"description": "Represents a political geographic division that matches the requested query.",
-"id": "DivisionSearchResult",
-"properties": {
-"aliases": {
-"description": "Other Open Civic Data identifiers that refer to the same division -- for example, those that refer to other political divisions whose boundaries are defined to be coterminous with this one. For example, ocd-division/country:us/state:wy will include an alias of ocd-division/country:us/state:wy/cd:1, since Wyoming has only one Congressional district.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "The name of the division.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"ocdId": {
-"description": "The unique Open Civic Data identifier for this division",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"Election": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2Election": {
 "description": "Information about the election that was queried.",
-"id": "Election",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Election",
 "properties": {
 "electionDay": {
 "description": "Day of the election in YYYY-MM-DD format.",
@@ -806,9 +965,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"ElectionOfficial": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2ElectionOfficial": {
 "description": "Information about individual election officials.",
-"id": "ElectionOfficial",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2ElectionOfficial",
 "properties": {
 "emailAddress": {
 "description": "The email address of the election official.",
@@ -833,28 +992,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"ElectionsQueryResponse": {
-"description": "The list of elections available for this version of the API.",
-"id": "ElectionsQueryResponse",
-"properties": {
-"elections": {
-"description": "A list of available elections",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "Election"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"kind": {
-"default": "civicinfo#electionsQueryResponse",
-"description": "Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string \"civicinfo#electionsQueryResponse\".",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"ElectoralDistrict": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2ElectoralDistrict": {
 "description": "Describes the geographic scope of a contest.",
-"id": "ElectoralDistrict",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2ElectoralDistrict",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
 "description": "An identifier for this district, relative to its scope. For example, the 34th State Senate district would have id \"34\" and a scope of stateUpper.",
@@ -903,9 +1043,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GeographicDivision": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2GeographicDivision": {
 "description": "Describes a political geography.",
-"id": "GeographicDivision",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2GeographicDivision",
 "properties": {
 "alsoKnownAs": {
 "description": "Any other valid OCD IDs that refer to the same division.\\n\\nBecause OCD IDs are meant to be human-readable and at least somewhat predictable, there are occasionally several identifiers for a single division. These identifiers are defined to be equivalent to one another, and one is always indicated as the primary identifier. The primary identifier will be returned in ocd_id above, and any other equivalent valid identifiers will be returned in this list.\\n\\nFor example, if this division's OCD ID is ocd-division/country:us/district:dc, this will contain ocd-division/country:us/state:dc.",
@@ -929,9 +1069,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"Office": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2Office": {
 "description": "Information about an Office held by one or more Officials.",
-"id": "Office",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Office",
 "properties": {
 "divisionId": {
 "description": "The OCD ID of the division with which this office is associated.",
@@ -1016,28 +1156,28 @@
 "sources": {
 "description": "A list of sources for this office. If multiple sources are listed, the data has been aggregated from those sources.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "Source"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Source"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"Official": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2Official": {
 "description": "Information about a person holding an elected office.",
-"id": "Official",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Official",
 "properties": {
 "address": {
 "description": "Addresses at which to contact the official.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "SimpleAddressType"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2SimpleAddressType"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "channels": {
 "description": "A list of known (social) media channels for this official.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "Channel"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Channel"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
@@ -1077,12 +1217,12 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"PollingLocation": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2PollingLocation": {
 "description": "A location where a voter can vote. This may be an early vote site, an election day voting location, or a drop off location for a completed ballot.",
-"id": "PollingLocation",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2PollingLocation",
 "properties": {
 "address": {
-"$ref": "SimpleAddressType",
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2SimpleAddressType",
 "description": "The address of the location."
 },
 "endDate": {
@@ -1114,7 +1254,7 @@
 "sources": {
 "description": "A list of sources for this location. If multiple sources are listed the data has been aggregated from those sources.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "Source"
+"$ref": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Source"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
@@ -1129,8 +1269,8 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"Precinct": {
-"id": "Precinct",
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2Precinct": {
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Precinct",
 "properties": {
 "administrationRegionId": {
 "description": "ID of the AdministrationRegion message for this precinct. Corresponds to LocalityId xml tag.",
@@ -1210,73 +1350,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"RepresentativeInfoData": {
-"id": "RepresentativeInfoData",
-"properties": {
-"divisions": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"$ref": "GeographicDivision"
-},
-"description": "A map of political geographic divisions that contain the requested address, keyed by the unique Open Civic Data identifier for this division.",
-"type": "object"
-},
-"offices": {
-"description": "Elected offices referenced by the divisions listed above. Will only be present if includeOffices was true in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "Office"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"officials": {
-"description": "Officials holding the offices listed above. Will only be present if includeOffices was true in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "Official"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"RepresentativeInfoResponse": {
-"description": "The result of a representative info lookup query.",
-"id": "RepresentativeInfoResponse",
-"properties": {
-"divisions": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"$ref": "GeographicDivision"
-},
-"description": "A map of political geographic divisions that contain the requested address, keyed by the unique Open Civic Data identifier for this division.",
-"type": "object"
-},
-"kind": {
-"default": "civicinfo#representativeInfoResponse",
-"description": "Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string \"civicinfo#representativeInfoResponse\".",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"normalizedInput": {
-"$ref": "SimpleAddressType",
-"description": "The normalized version of the requested address"
-},
-"offices": {
-"description": "Elected offices referenced by the divisions listed above. Will only be present if includeOffices was true in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "Office"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"officials": {
-"description": "Officials holding the offices listed above. Will only be present if includeOffices was true in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "Official"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"SimpleAddressType": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2SimpleAddressType": {
 "description": "A simple representation of an address.",
-"id": "SimpleAddressType",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2SimpleAddressType",
 "properties": {
 "city": {
 "description": "The city or town for the address.",
@@ -1309,9 +1385,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"Source": {
+"CivicinfoSchemaV2Source": {
 "description": "Contains information about the data source for the element containing it.",
-"id": "Source",
+"id": "CivicinfoSchemaV2Source",
 "properties": {
 "name": {
 "description": "The name of the data source.",
@@ -1323,82 +1399,6 @@
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
-},
-"VoterInfoResponse": {
-"description": "The result of a voter info lookup query.",
-"id": "VoterInfoResponse",
-"properties": {
-"contests": {
-"description": "Contests that will appear on the voter's ballot.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "Contest"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"dropOffLocations": {
-"description": "Locations where a voter is eligible to drop off a completed ballot. The voter must have received and completed a ballot prior to arriving at the location. The location may not have ballots available on the premises. These locations could be open on or before election day as indicated in the pollingHours field.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "PollingLocation"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"earlyVoteSites": {
-"description": "Locations where the voter is eligible to vote early, prior to election day.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "PollingLocation"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"election": {
-"$ref": "Election",
-"description": "The election that was queried."
-},
-"kind": {
-"default": "civicinfo#voterInfoResponse",
-"description": "Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string \"civicinfo#voterInfoResponse\".",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"mailOnly": {
-"description": "Specifies whether voters in the precinct vote only by mailing their ballots (with the possible option of dropping off their ballots as well).",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"normalizedInput": {
-"$ref": "SimpleAddressType",
-"description": "The normalized version of the requested address"
-},
-"otherElections": {
-"description": "When there are multiple elections for a voter address, the otherElections field is populated in the API response and there are two possibilities: 1. If the earliest election is not the intended election, specify the election ID of the desired election in a second API request using the electionId field. 2. If these elections occur on the same day, the API doesn?t return any polling location, contest, or election official information to ensure that an additional query is made. For user-facing applications, we recommend displaying these elections to the user to disambiguate. A second API request using the electionId field should be made for the election that is relevant to the user.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "Election"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"pollingLocations": {
-"description": "Locations where the voter is eligible to vote on election day.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "PollingLocation"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"precinctId": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"precincts": {
-"description": "The precincts that match this voter's address. Will only be returned for project IDs which have been allowlisted as \"partner projects\".",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "Precinct"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"state": {
-"description": "Local Election Information for the state that the voter votes in. For the US, there will only be one element in this array.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "AdministrationRegion"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
 }
 },
 "servicePath": "",

From daa99db3acb0dcb70bdfae1d713040ac4a379ffa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 10/35] feat(compute): update the api

#### compute:alpha

The following keys were added:
- resources.machineImages.methods.setLabels (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.reliabilityRisks.methods.get (Total Keys: 15)
- resources.reliabilityRisks.methods.list (Total Keys: 24)
- resources.snapshotGroups.methods.delete (Total Keys: 17)
- resources.snapshotGroups.methods.get (Total Keys: 33)
- resources.snapshotGroups.methods.insert (Total Keys: 14)
- resources.snapshotGroups.methods.list (Total Keys: 24)
- resources.snapshotGroups.methods.setIamPolicy (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.snapshotGroups.methods.testIamPermissions (Total Keys: 16)
- schemas.ListSnapshotGroups (Total Keys: 18)
- schemas.MachineImage.properties.labelFingerprint (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.MachineImage.properties.labels (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ReliabilityRisk (Total Keys: 29)
- schemas.RiskDetails (Total Keys: 18)
- schemas.RiskRecommendation (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.Snapshot.properties.snapshotGroupId.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Snapshot.properties.snapshotGroupName.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.SnapshotGroup (Total Keys: 23)

#### compute:beta

The following keys were added:
- schemas.BackendService.properties.haPolicy.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.BackendServiceHAPolicy (Total Keys: 3)

#### compute:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.BackendService.properties.haPolicy.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.BackendServiceHAPolicy (Total Keys: 3)
---
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html   |  224 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html             |    2 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html                   |   10 +
 .../dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html |    4 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html     |    8 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html     |  149 ++
 .../compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html  |  192 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html       |    2 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html   |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reliabilityRisks.html  |  218 ++
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html    |  674 ++++++
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html         |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html    |  161 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html      |    8 +-
 .../compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html   |  138 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html      |  147 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html        |    8 +-
 .../dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html |  126 +-
 .../documents/compute.alpha.json              | 1910 +++++++++++++----
 .../documents/compute.beta.json               |   60 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json |   58 +-
 21 files changed, 3157 insertions(+), 956 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reliabilityRisks.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
index 91d6ecc020..46bd798604 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
               "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-              "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+              "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
               "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
               "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
               "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -376,10 +376,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
           },
           "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-          "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+          "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
           },
-          "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+          "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
             "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
             "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -420,22 +420,22 @@ 
Method Details

           "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
           "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
           "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-          "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+          "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
             "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
             "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
           },
           "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-          "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-            "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-            "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-              "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-              "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-                "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+          "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+            "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+            "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+              "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+              "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+                "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
               },
             },
           },
-          "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+          "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "A String",
           ],
           "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+          "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
           "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
             "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
             "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-          "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-          "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+          "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+          "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
               "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
               "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-          "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+          "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
           "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
             "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
             },
           },
-          "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+          "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "policy": "A String",
             "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
           },
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1173,10 +1173,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1217,22 +1217,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-    "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-      "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-      "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-        "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+    "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+      "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+      "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+        "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
       },
     },
   },
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -1279,8 +1279,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -2048,10 +2048,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -2092,22 +2092,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-    "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-      "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-      "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-        "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+    "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+      "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+      "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+        "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
       },
     },
   },
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -2154,8 +2154,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -2605,7 +2605,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -2669,10 +2669,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -2713,22 +2713,22 @@ 
Method Details

       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
       "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
       "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-        "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-          "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-          "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-            "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+        "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+          "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+          "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+            "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
           },
         },
       },
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2757,7 +2757,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -2775,8 +2775,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
           "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
           "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -3048,7 +3048,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
         "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
@@ -3124,7 +3124,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -3188,10 +3188,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -3232,22 +3232,22 @@ 
Method Details

       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
       "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
       "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-        "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-          "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-          "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-            "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+        "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+          "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+          "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+            "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
           },
         },
       },
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -3276,7 +3276,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -3294,8 +3294,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
           "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
           "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -3558,7 +3558,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -3567,7 +3567,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
         "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
@@ -3659,7 +3659,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -3723,10 +3723,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -3767,22 +3767,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-    "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-      "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-      "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-        "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+    "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+      "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+      "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+        "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
       },
     },
   },
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -3811,7 +3811,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -3829,8 +3829,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -4093,7 +4093,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -4102,7 +4102,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -4663,7 +4663,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -4727,10 +4727,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -4771,22 +4771,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-    "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-      "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-      "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-        "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+    "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+      "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+      "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+        "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
       },
     },
   },
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -4815,7 +4815,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -4833,8 +4833,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -5097,7 +5097,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -5106,7 +5106,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
index a4696e2aed..027c3ed78e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
@@ -811,6 +811,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
+  "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
+  "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html
index f582af097c..dc65a69db3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html
@@ -539,6 +539,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the regions Resource.

 
+

+  reliabilityRisks()
+

+
Returns the reliabilityRisks Resource.

+
 

   reservationBlocks()
 

@@ -574,6 +579,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the serviceAttachments Resource.

 
+

+  snapshotGroups()
+

+
Returns the snapshotGroups Resource.

+
 

   snapshotSettings()
 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html
index 77eb558db3..10f5f6bb6c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
         "facility": "A String", # A zone-free location to use for all Interconnects created in this call, like "iad-1234".
         "interconnectType": "A String", # Type of interconnect, which can take one of the following values: - PARTNER: A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers though a partner. - DEDICATED: A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer. Note that a value IT_PRIVATE has been deprecated in favor of DEDICATED.
-        "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+        "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
         "nocContactEmail": "A String", # Email address to contact the customer NOC for operations and maintenance notifications regarding this Interconnect. If specified, this will be used for notifications in addition to all other forms described, such as Cloud Monitoring logs alerting and Cloud Notifications. This field is required for users who sign up for Cloud Interconnect using workforce identity federation.
         "remoteLocation": "A String", # Indicates that this is a Cross-Cloud Interconnect. This field specifies the location outside of Google's network that the interconnect is connected to.
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "facility": "A String", # A zone-free location to use for all Interconnects created in this call, like "iad-1234".
       "interconnectType": "A String", # Type of interconnect, which can take one of the following values: - PARTNER: A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers though a partner. - DEDICATED: A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer. Note that a value IT_PRIVATE has been deprecated in favor of DEDICATED.
-      "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+      "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "nocContactEmail": "A String", # Email address to contact the customer NOC for operations and maintenance notifications regarding this Interconnect. If specified, this will be used for notifications in addition to all other forms described, such as Cloud Monitoring logs alerting and Cloud Notifications. This field is required for users who sign up for Cloud Interconnect using workforce identity federation.
       "remoteLocation": "A String", # Indicates that this is a Cross-Cloud Interconnect. This field specifies the location outside of Google's network that the interconnect is connected to.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
index 5ba919829c..10148758b8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
   "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
     "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
   "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
     "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
-      "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+      "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
       "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
       "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
         "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
   "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
     "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
index c6366448c3..4e8e4c5563 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
@@ -98,6 +98,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   setIamPolicy(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.

+

+  setLabels(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Sets the labels on a machine image. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.

 

   testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

@@ -589,6 +592,10 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   },
   "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the machine image.
+  "labels": { # Labels to apply to this machine image. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
     "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
@@ -1228,6 +1235,10 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   },
   "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the machine image.
+  "labels": { # Labels to apply to this machine image. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
     "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
@@ -1949,6 +1960,10 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
+      "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the machine image.
+      "labels": { # Labels to apply to this machine image. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
       "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
@@ -2317,6 +2332,140 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    setLabels(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Sets the labels on a machine image. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the previous set of labels for this resource, used to detect conflicts. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash when updating or changing labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. Make a get() request to the resource to get the latest fingerprint.
+  "labels": { # A list of labels to apply for this resource. Each label must comply with the requirements for labels. For example, "webserver-frontend": "images". A label value can also be empty (e.g. "my-label": "").
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}

+

+
 

     testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
index 226bcf13fc..f5b1f43f4b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -346,10 +346,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -390,22 +390,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-    "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-      "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-      "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-        "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+    "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+      "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+      "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+        "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
       },
     },
   },
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -452,8 +452,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -936,10 +936,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -980,22 +980,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-    "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-      "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-      "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-        "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+    "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+      "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+      "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+        "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
       },
     },
   },
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -1042,8 +1042,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1558,10 +1558,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1602,22 +1602,22 @@ 
Method Details

       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
       "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
       "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-        "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-          "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-          "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-            "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+        "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+          "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+          "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+            "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
           },
         },
       },
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -1664,8 +1664,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
           "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
           "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
         "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
@@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -2078,10 +2078,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -2122,22 +2122,22 @@ 
Method Details

       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
       "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
       "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-        "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-          "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-          "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-            "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+        "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+          "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+          "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+            "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
           },
         },
       },
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -2184,8 +2184,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
           "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
           "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
         "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
@@ -2550,7 +2550,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -2614,10 +2614,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -2658,22 +2658,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-    "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-      "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-      "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-        "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+    "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+      "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+      "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+        "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
       },
     },
   },
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -2720,8 +2720,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -3490,10 +3490,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -3534,22 +3534,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "haPolicy": { # Configuring haPolicy is not supported.
-    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.
-    "leader": { # Setting a leader is not supported.
-      "backendGroup": "A String", # Setting backendGroup is not supported.
-      "networkEndpoint": { # Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported.
-        "instance": "A String", # Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+    "leader": { # Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally.
+      "backendGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.
+      "networkEndpoint": { # The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy.
+        "instance": "A String", # The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use
       },
     },
   },
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -3578,7 +3578,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optional": "A String", # Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.
@@ -3596,8 +3596,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -3869,7 +3869,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
index 0ca1bab0ce..ad2994955b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
@@ -467,6 +467,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
+  "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
+  "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html
index 32704b7f77..c8831bddea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html
@@ -298,6 +298,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
+  "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
+  "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
@@ -438,6 +440,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
+  "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
+  "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
@@ -658,6 +662,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
+      "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
+      "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
       "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
       "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
       "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reliabilityRisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reliabilityRisks.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3894eddd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reliabilityRisks.html
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+
+
+
+
Compute Engine API . reliabilityRisks

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(project, reliabilityRisk, x__xgafv=None)

+
Returns the specified ReliabilityRisk resource.

+

+  list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Retrieves the list of reliabilityRisks available in the specified project.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(project, reliabilityRisk, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Returns the specified ReliabilityRisk resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  reliabilityRisk: string, Name of the ReliabilityRisk resource to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a ReliabilityRisk resource.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided when the resource is created.
+  "details": { # Details about a risk. # [Output Only] Details of the reliability risk resource
+    "duration": "A String", # The duration of the risk since it was detected.
+    "globalDnsInsight": {
+      "projectDefaultIsGlobalDns": True or False, # Whether the project default DNS setting is global or not.
+      "queryObservationWindow": "A String", # The observation window for the query counts.
+      "riskyQueryCount": "A String", # The number of queries that are risky. This will always be less than total_query_count.
+      "totalQueryCount": "A String", # The total number of queries in the observation window.
+    },
+    "lastUpdateTimestamp": "A String", # The last time the risk was updated.
+    "severity": "A String", # The severity of the risk.
+    "type": "A String", # The type of risk.
+  },
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#reliabilityRisk", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#reliabilityRisk for reliability risks.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
+  "recommendation": { # Recommendation with reference url. # The recommendations to mitigate the risk.
+    "content": "A String", # Mitigation guide for the risk.
+    "referenceUrl": "A String", # URL referencing a more detailed mitigation guide.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Retrieves the list of reliabilityRisks available in the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of ReliabilityRisk resources.
+    { # Represents a ReliabilityRisk resource.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided when the resource is created.
+      "details": { # Details about a risk. # [Output Only] Details of the reliability risk resource
+        "duration": "A String", # The duration of the risk since it was detected.
+        "globalDnsInsight": {
+          "projectDefaultIsGlobalDns": True or False, # Whether the project default DNS setting is global or not.
+          "queryObservationWindow": "A String", # The observation window for the query counts.
+          "riskyQueryCount": "A String", # The number of queries that are risky. This will always be less than total_query_count.
+          "totalQueryCount": "A String", # The total number of queries in the observation window.
+        },
+        "lastUpdateTimestamp": "A String", # The last time the risk was updated.
+        "severity": "A String", # The severity of the risk.
+        "type": "A String", # The type of risk.
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#reliabilityRisk", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#reliabilityRisk for reliability risks.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
+      "recommendation": { # Recommendation with reference url. # The recommendations to mitigate the risk.
+        "content": "A String", # Mitigation guide for the risk.
+        "referenceUrl": "A String", # URL referencing a more detailed mitigation guide.
+      },
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86c379d75b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+
+
+
+
Compute Engine API . snapshotGroups

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(project, snapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes the specified SnapshotGroup resource

+

+  get(project, snapshotGroup, x__xgafv=None)

+
returns the specified SnapshotGroup resource.

+

+  getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.

+

+  insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a snapshot group in the specified project using the data included in the request.

+

+  list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
retrieves the list of SnapshotGroup resources contained within the specified project.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  setIamPolicy(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.

+

+  testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(project, snapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes the specified SnapshotGroup resource
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  snapshotGroup: string, Name of the SnapshotGroup resource to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}

+

+
+

+    get(project, snapshotGroup, x__xgafv=None)
+  
returns the specified SnapshotGroup resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  snapshotGroup: string, Name of the SnapshotGroup resource to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a SnapshotGroup resource. A snapshot group is a set of snapshots that represents a point in time state of a consistency group.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#snapshotGroup", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshotGroup for SnapshotGroup resources.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "sourceInfo": { # [Output Only]
+    "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+    "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+  },
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Input field for the source instant snapshot group.
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo": { # [Output Only]
+    "instantSnapshotGroup": "A String",
+    "instantSnapshotGroupId": "A String",
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only]
+}

+

+
+

+    getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}

+

+
+

+    insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a snapshot group in the specified project using the data included in the request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a SnapshotGroup resource. A snapshot group is a set of snapshots that represents a point in time state of a consistency group.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#snapshotGroup", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshotGroup for SnapshotGroup resources.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "sourceInfo": { # [Output Only]
+    "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+    "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+  },
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Input field for the source instant snapshot group.
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo": { # [Output Only]
+    "instantSnapshotGroup": "A String",
+    "instantSnapshotGroupId": "A String",
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only]
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
retrieves the list of SnapshotGroup resources contained within the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of SnapshotGroup resources.
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of SnapshotGroup resources.
+    { # Represents a SnapshotGroup resource. A snapshot group is a set of snapshots that represents a point in time state of a consistency group.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#snapshotGroup", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshotGroup for SnapshotGroup resources.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+      "sourceInfo": { # [Output Only]
+        "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+        "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+      },
+      "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Input field for the source instant snapshot group.
+      "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo": { # [Output Only]
+        "instantSnapshotGroup": "A String",
+        "instantSnapshotGroupId": "A String",
+      },
+      "status": "A String", # [Output Only]
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#snapshotGroupsList", # Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    setIamPolicy(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}

+

+
+

+    testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
index 953a8c8834..c36dbaa100 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
@@ -184,6 +184,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
+          "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
+          "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
           "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
           "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
           "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
@@ -453,6 +455,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
+  "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
+  "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
@@ -591,6 +595,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
+  "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
+  "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
@@ -810,6 +816,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
+      "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
+      "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.
       "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
       "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
       "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
index 8e9a796c56..b312735cca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
               "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-              "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+              "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
               "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
               "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
               "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -375,10 +375,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
           },
           "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-          "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+          "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
           },
-          "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+          "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
             "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
             "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -419,13 +419,16 @@ 
Method Details

           "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
           "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
           "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-          "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+          "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
             "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
             "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
           },
           "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-          "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+          "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+            "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+          },
+          "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "A String",
           ],
           "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -449,7 +452,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+          "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
           "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
             "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
             "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -466,8 +469,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-          "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-          "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+          "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+          "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
               "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
               "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -515,7 +518,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-          "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+          "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
           "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
             "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -524,7 +527,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
             },
           },
-          "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+          "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "policy": "A String",
             "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
           },
@@ -875,7 +878,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -939,10 +942,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -983,13 +986,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1013,7 +1019,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1030,8 +1036,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -1079,7 +1085,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1088,7 +1094,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -1502,7 +1508,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1566,10 +1572,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1610,13 +1616,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1640,7 +1649,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1657,8 +1666,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -1706,7 +1715,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1715,7 +1724,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -1891,7 +1900,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1955,10 +1964,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1999,13 +2008,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
       "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
       "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+      },
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2029,7 +2041,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -2046,8 +2058,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
           "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
           "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -2095,7 +2107,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -2104,7 +2116,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
         "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
@@ -2179,7 +2191,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -2243,10 +2255,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -2287,13 +2299,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
       "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
       "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+      },
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2317,7 +2332,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -2334,8 +2349,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
           "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
           "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -2383,7 +2398,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -2392,7 +2407,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
         "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
@@ -2483,7 +2498,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -2547,10 +2562,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -2591,13 +2606,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2621,7 +2639,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -2638,8 +2656,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -2687,7 +2705,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -2696,7 +2714,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -3253,7 +3271,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -3317,10 +3335,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -3361,13 +3379,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -3391,7 +3412,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -3408,8 +3429,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -3457,7 +3478,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -3466,7 +3487,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html
index 39b8605323..b6532b102e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
   "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
     "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
   "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
     "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
-      "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+      "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
       "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
       "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
         "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
   "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
     "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
index a169015494..8bcf32e14d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -345,10 +345,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -389,13 +389,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -419,7 +422,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -436,8 +439,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -485,7 +488,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -494,7 +497,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -640,7 +643,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -704,10 +707,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -748,13 +751,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -778,7 +784,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -795,8 +801,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -844,7 +850,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -853,7 +859,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -1030,7 +1036,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1094,10 +1100,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1138,13 +1144,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
       "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
       "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+      },
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1168,7 +1177,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1185,8 +1194,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
           "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
           "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -1234,7 +1243,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1243,7 +1252,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
         "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
@@ -1319,7 +1328,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1383,10 +1392,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1427,13 +1436,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
       "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
       "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+      },
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1457,7 +1469,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1474,8 +1486,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
           "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
           "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -1523,7 +1535,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1532,7 +1544,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
         "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
@@ -1624,7 +1636,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1688,10 +1700,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1732,13 +1744,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1762,7 +1777,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1779,8 +1794,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -1828,7 +1843,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1837,7 +1852,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
@@ -2267,7 +2282,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -2331,10 +2346,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -2375,13 +2390,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
   "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE, and TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to TEST_ALL_TRAFFIC at the same time. Optionally, the TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.
   "externalManagedMigrationTestingPercentage": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 100]. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value can only be set if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL (when using the classic Application Load Balancer) and the migration state is TEST_BY_PERCENTAGE.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2405,7 +2423,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -2422,8 +2440,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
-  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend endpoints in the local zone.
       "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The possible values are: - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all zones.
       "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones.
@@ -2471,7 +2489,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -2480,7 +2498,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
     "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
index d7303991fc..f9bc81338c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
               "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-              "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+              "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
               "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
               "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
               "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -368,10 +368,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
           },
           "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-          "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+          "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
           },
-          "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+          "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
             "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
             "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -405,13 +405,16 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
           "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-          "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+          "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
             "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
             "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
           },
           "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-          "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+          "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+            "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+          },
+          "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "A String",
           ],
           "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -435,7 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+          "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
           "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
             "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
             "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -452,7 +455,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-          "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+          "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
           "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
             "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
               "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -494,7 +497,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-          "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+          "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
           "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
             "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -503,7 +506,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
             },
           },
-          "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+          "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
             "policy": "A String",
           },
           "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -843,7 +846,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -903,10 +906,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -940,13 +943,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -970,7 +976,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -987,7 +993,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
   "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
     "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
       "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -1029,7 +1035,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1038,7 +1044,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
   },
   "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -1170,7 +1176,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1230,10 +1236,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1267,13 +1273,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1297,7 +1306,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1314,7 +1323,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
   "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
     "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
       "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -1356,7 +1365,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1365,7 +1374,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
   },
   "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -1530,7 +1539,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1590,10 +1599,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1627,13 +1636,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+      },
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1657,7 +1669,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1674,7 +1686,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
       "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
         "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
           "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -1716,7 +1728,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1725,7 +1737,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
       },
       "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -1789,7 +1801,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1849,10 +1861,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1886,13 +1898,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+      },
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1916,7 +1931,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1933,7 +1948,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
       "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
         "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
           "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -1975,7 +1990,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1984,7 +1999,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
       },
       "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -2064,7 +2079,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -2124,10 +2139,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -2161,13 +2176,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2191,7 +2209,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -2208,7 +2226,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
   "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
     "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
       "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -2250,7 +2268,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -2259,7 +2277,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
   },
   "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -2805,7 +2823,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -2865,10 +2883,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -2902,13 +2920,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2932,7 +2953,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -2949,7 +2970,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
   "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
     "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
       "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -2991,7 +3012,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -3000,7 +3021,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
   },
   "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html
index a341ede541..69421f83bc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
   "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
     "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
   "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
     "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
-      "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+      "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
       "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
       "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
         "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
+  "linkType": "A String", # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   "location": "A String", # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
   "macsec": { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (MACsec) on this Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration that enables Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Cloud Interconnect connection between Google and your on-premises router.
     "failOpen": True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect connection is configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect connection is configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
index 2dcd0e6f84..c4c116a85b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -341,10 +341,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -378,13 +378,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -408,7 +411,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -425,7 +428,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
   "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
     "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
       "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -467,7 +470,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -476,7 +479,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
   },
   "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -611,7 +614,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -671,10 +674,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -708,13 +711,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -738,7 +744,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -755,7 +761,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
   "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
     "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
       "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -797,7 +803,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -806,7 +812,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
   },
   "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -972,7 +978,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1032,10 +1038,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1069,13 +1075,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+      },
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1099,7 +1108,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1116,7 +1125,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
       "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
         "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
           "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -1158,7 +1167,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1167,7 +1176,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
       },
       "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -1232,7 +1241,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+          "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
           "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
           "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1292,10 +1301,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       },
       "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+      "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
       },
-      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+      "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
         "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
         "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1329,13 +1338,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
       "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+      "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
         "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
       },
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+      "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+        "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+      },
+      "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "A String",
       ],
       "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1359,7 +1371,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+      "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
         "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
         "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1376,7 +1388,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+      "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
       "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
         "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
           "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -1418,7 +1430,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+      "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
       "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
         "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1427,7 +1439,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
         },
       },
-      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+      "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
         "policy": "A String",
       },
       "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -1508,7 +1520,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -1568,10 +1580,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -1605,13 +1617,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -1635,7 +1650,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -1652,7 +1667,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
   "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
     "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
       "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -1694,7 +1709,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -1703,7 +1718,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
   },
   "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
@@ -2122,7 +2137,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
-      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+      "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.
       "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
       "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
@@ -2182,10 +2197,10 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   },
   "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
-  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
+  "connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration. # connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
   },
-  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+  "connectionTrackingPolicy": { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": "A String", # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see [Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-backend-service#connection-persistence) and [Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal#connection-persistence).
     "enableStrongAffinity": True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity for external passthrough Network Load Balancers. This option is not available publicly.
     "idleTimeoutSec": 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For internal passthrough Network Load Balancers: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For external passthrough Network Load Balancers the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
@@ -2219,13 +2234,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
   "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.
-  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
+  "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
     "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
     "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview).
   },
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
-  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
+  "haPolicy": { # Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers.
+    "fastIPMove": "A String", # Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.
+  },
+  "healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "A String",
   ],
   "iap": { # Identity-Aware Proxy # The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for internal passthrough Network Load Balancers and external passthrough Network Load Balancers.
@@ -2249,7 +2267,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+  "localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured—that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE—then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
     "enable": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.
     "optionalFields": [ # This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace
@@ -2266,7 +2284,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
+  "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.
   "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. Results of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the load balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed independently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases, more than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend service. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and ejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies may continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they detect and eject the unhealthy endpoint. Applicable backend endpoints can be: - VM instances in an Instance Group - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT) - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT) - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud Functions Services - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using Private Service Connect Applicable backend service types can be: - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. - A regional backend service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not supported for Serverless NEGs. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
     "baseEjectionTime": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The base time that a backend endpoint is ejected for. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s. After a backend endpoint is returned back to the load balancing pool, it can be ejected again in another ejection analysis. Thus, the total ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the backend endpoint has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.
       "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
@@ -2308,7 +2326,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global.
-  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).
+  "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.
   "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie.
     "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie.
@@ -2317,7 +2335,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
     },
   },
-  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
+  "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. # subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy.
     "policy": "A String",
   },
   "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
index 557378f9a7..c1ce273fcb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
@@ -18177,6 +18177,43 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
 ]
 },
+"setLabels": {
+"description": "Sets the labels on a machine image. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{resource}/setLabels",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "compute.machineImages.setLabels",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project",
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resource": {
+"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{resource}/setLabels",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GlobalSetLabelsRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+]
+},
 "testIamPermissions": {
 "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
 "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
@@ -37316,6 +37353,100 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"reliabilityRisks": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Returns the specified ReliabilityRisk resource.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/reliabilityRisks/{reliabilityRisk}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "compute.reliabilityRisks.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project",
+"reliabilityRisk"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"reliabilityRisk": {
+"description": "Name of the ReliabilityRisk resource to return.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/reliabilityRisks/{reliabilityRisk}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ReliabilityRisk"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Retrieves the list of reliabilityRisks available in the specified project.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/reliabilityRisks",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "compute.reliabilityRisks.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"maxResults": {
+"default": "500",
+"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)",
+"format": "uint32",
+"location": "query",
+"minimum": "0",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"returnPartialSuccess": {
+"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/reliabilityRisks",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ReliabilityRisksListResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+]
+}
+}
+},
 "reservationBlocks": {
 "methods": {
 "get": {
@@ -41059,153 +41190,16 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"snapshotSettings": {
-"methods": {
-"get": {
-"description": "Get snapshot settings.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.snapshotSettings.get",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"project"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"project": {
-"description": "Project ID for this request.",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings",
-"response": {
-"$ref": "SnapshotSettings"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
-]
-},
-"patch": {
-"description": "Patch snapshot settings.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings",
-"httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "compute.snapshotSettings.patch",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"project"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"project": {
-"description": "Project ID for this request.",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
-"requestId": {
-"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"updateMask": {
-"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
-"format": "google-fieldmask",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "SnapshotSettings"
-},
-"response": {
-"$ref": "Operation"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
-]
-}
-}
-},
-"snapshots": {
+"snapshotGroups": {
 "methods": {
-"aggregatedList": {
-"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all of the snapshots in your project across all regions and global scope. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/snapshots",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.snapshots.aggregatedList",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"project"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"filter": {
-"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"includeAllScopes": {
-"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"maxResults": {
-"default": "500",
-"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)",
-"format": "uint32",
-"location": "query",
-"minimum": "0",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"orderBy": {
-"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"pageToken": {
-"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"project": {
-"description": "Project ID for this request.",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
-"returnPartialSuccess": {
-"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"serviceProjectNumber": {
-"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.",
-"format": "int64",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/snapshots",
-"response": {
-"$ref": "SnapshotAggregatedList"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
-]
-},
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single snapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that snapshot. If any data on the snapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent snapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding snapshot. For more information, see Deleting snapshots.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
+"description": "Deletes the specified SnapshotGroup resource",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{snapshotGroup}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "compute.snapshots.delete",
+"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project",
-"snapshot"
+"snapshotGroup"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "project": {
@@ -41220,15 +41214,15 @@
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"snapshot": {
-"description": "Name of the Snapshot resource to delete.",
+"snapshotGroup": {
+"description": "Name of the SnapshotGroup resource to delete.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{snapshotGroup}",
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
@@ -41238,13 +41232,13 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Returns the specified Snapshot resource.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
+"description": "returns the specified SnapshotGroup resource.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{snapshotGroup}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.snapshots.get",
+"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project",
-"snapshot"
+"snapshotGroup"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "project": {
@@ -41254,17 +41248,17 @@
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"snapshot": {
-"description": "Name of the Snapshot resource to return.",
+"snapshotGroup": {
+"description": "Name of the SnapshotGroup resource to return.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{snapshotGroup}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "Snapshot"
+"$ref": "SnapshotGroup"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -41274,9 +41268,9 @@
 },
 "getIamPolicy": {
 "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.snapshots.getIamPolicy",
+"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.getIamPolicy",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project",
 "resource"
@@ -41303,7 +41297,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Policy"
 },
@@ -41314,10 +41308,10 @@
 ]
 },
 "insert": {
-"description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
+"description": "Creates a snapshot group in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "compute.snapshots.insert",
+"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.insert",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project"
 ],
@@ -41335,9 +41329,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "Snapshot"
+"$ref": "SnapshotGroup"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -41348,10 +41342,10 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within the specified project.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
+"description": "retrieves the list of SnapshotGroup resources contained within the specified project.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.snapshots.list",
+"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project"
 ],
@@ -41392,9 +41386,9 @@
 "type": "boolean"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "SnapshotList"
+"$ref": "ListSnapshotGroups"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -41404,9 +41398,9 @@
 },
 "setIamPolicy": {
 "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "compute.snapshots.setIamPolicy",
+"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.setIamPolicy",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project",
 "resource"
@@ -41427,7 +41421,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
 "request": {
 "$ref": "GlobalSetPolicyRequest"
 },
@@ -41439,11 +41433,11 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
 ]
 },
-"setLabels": {
-"description": "Sets the labels on a snapshot. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
+"testIamPermissions": {
+"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "compute.snapshots.setLabels",
+"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.testIamPermissions",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project",
 "resource"
@@ -41464,26 +41458,30 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GlobalSetLabelsRequest"
+"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "Operation"
+"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
 ]
+}
+}
 },
-"testIamPermissions": {
-"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "compute.snapshots.testIamPermissions",
+"snapshotSettings": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Get snapshot settings.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "compute.snapshotSettings.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"project",
-"resource"
+"project"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "project": {
@@ -41492,37 +41490,67 @@
 "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"resource": {
-"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "SnapshotSettings"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Patch snapshot settings.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "compute.snapshotSettings.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest"
+"$ref": "SnapshotSettings"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse"
+"$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
 ]
 }
 }
 },
-"sslCertificates": {
+"snapshots": {
 "methods": {
 "aggregatedList": {
-"description": "Retrieves the list of all SslCertificate resources, regional and global, available to the specified project. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslCertificates",
+"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all of the snapshots in your project across all regions and global scope. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/snapshots",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.sslCertificates.aggregatedList",
+"id": "compute.snapshots.aggregatedList",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project"
 ],
@@ -41556,7 +41584,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "project": {
-"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.",
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
 "required": true,
@@ -41574,9 +41602,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslCertificates",
+"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/snapshots",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "SslCertificateAggregatedList"
+"$ref": "SnapshotAggregatedList"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -41585,13 +41613,13 @@
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes the specified SslCertificate resource.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
+"description": "Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single snapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that snapshot. If any data on the snapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent snapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding snapshot. For more information, see Deleting snapshots.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "compute.sslCertificates.delete",
+"id": "compute.snapshots.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project",
-"sslCertificate"
+"snapshot"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "project": {
@@ -41606,15 +41634,15 @@
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"sslCertificate": {
-"description": "Name of the SslCertificate resource to delete.",
+"snapshot": {
+"description": "Name of the Snapshot resource to delete.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
@@ -41624,13 +41652,13 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Returns the specified SslCertificate resource.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
+"description": "Returns the specified Snapshot resource.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.sslCertificates.get",
+"id": "compute.snapshots.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project",
-"sslCertificate"
+"snapshot"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "project": {
@@ -41640,17 +41668,58 @@
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"sslCertificate": {
-"description": "Name of the SslCertificate resource to return.",
+"snapshot": {
+"description": "Name of the Snapshot resource to return.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "SslCertificate"
+"$ref": "Snapshot"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+]
+},
+"getIamPolicy": {
+"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "compute.snapshots.getIamPolicy",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project",
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": {
+"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resource": {
+"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Policy"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -41659,10 +41728,10 @@
 ]
 },
 "insert": {
-"description": "Creates a SslCertificate resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
+"description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "compute.sslCertificates.insert",
+"id": "compute.snapshots.insert",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project"
 ],
@@ -41680,9 +41749,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "SslCertificate"
+"$ref": "Snapshot"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -41693,10 +41762,10 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Retrieves the list of SslCertificate resources available to the specified project.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
+"description": "Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within the specified project.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.sslCertificates.list",
+"id": "compute.snapshots.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project"
 ],
@@ -41737,9 +41806,9 @@
 "type": "boolean"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "SslCertificateList"
+"$ref": "SnapshotList"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -41747,11 +41816,85 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
 ]
 },
+"setIamPolicy": {
+"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "compute.snapshots.setIamPolicy",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project",
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resource": {
+"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GlobalSetPolicyRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Policy"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+]
+},
+"setLabels": {
+"description": "Sets the labels on a snapshot. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "compute.snapshots.setLabels",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project",
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resource": {
+"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GlobalSetLabelsRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+]
+},
 "testIamPermissions": {
 "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "compute.sslCertificates.testIamPermissions",
+"id": "compute.snapshots.testIamPermissions",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project",
 "resource"
@@ -41772,7 +41915,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
 "request": {
 "$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest"
 },
@@ -41787,13 +41930,13 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"sslPolicies": {
+"sslCertificates": {
 "methods": {
 "aggregatedList": {
-"description": "Retrieves the list of all SslPolicy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslPolicies",
+"description": "Retrieves the list of all SslCertificate resources, regional and global, available to the specified project. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslCertificates",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.sslPolicies.aggregatedList",
+"id": "compute.sslCertificates.aggregatedList",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project"
 ],
@@ -41845,9 +41988,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslPolicies",
+"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslCertificates",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "SslPoliciesAggregatedList"
+"$ref": "SslCertificateAggregatedList"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -41856,13 +41999,13 @@
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes the specified SSL policy. The SSL policy resource can be deleted only if it is not in use by any TargetHttpsProxy or TargetSslProxy resources.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
+"description": "Deletes the specified SslCertificate resource.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "compute.sslPolicies.delete",
+"id": "compute.sslCertificates.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project",
-"sslPolicy"
+"sslCertificate"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "project": {
@@ -41877,14 +42020,15 @@
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"sslPolicy": {
-"description": "Name of the SSL policy to delete. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
+"sslCertificate": {
+"description": "Name of the SslCertificate resource to delete.",
 "location": "path",
+"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
@@ -41894,13 +42038,13 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Lists all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
+"description": "Returns the specified SslCertificate resource.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.sslPolicies.get",
+"id": "compute.sslCertificates.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project",
-"sslPolicy"
+"sslCertificate"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "project": {
@@ -41910,16 +42054,17 @@
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"sslPolicy": {
-"description": "Name of the SSL policy to update. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
+"sslCertificate": {
+"description": "Name of the SslCertificate resource to return.",
 "location": "path",
+"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "SslPolicy"
+"$ref": "SslCertificate"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -41928,10 +42073,10 @@
 ]
 },
 "insert": {
-"description": "Returns the specified SSL policy resource.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
+"description": "Creates a SslCertificate resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "compute.sslPolicies.insert",
+"id": "compute.sslCertificates.insert",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project"
 ],
@@ -41949,9 +42094,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "SslPolicy"
+"$ref": "SslCertificate"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -41962,10 +42107,279 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists all the SSL policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
-"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
+"description": "Retrieves the list of SslCertificate resources available to the specified project.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "compute.sslPolicies.list",
+"id": "compute.sslCertificates.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"maxResults": {
+"default": "500",
+"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)",
+"format": "uint32",
+"location": "query",
+"minimum": "0",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"returnPartialSuccess": {
+"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "SslCertificateList"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+]
+},
+"testIamPermissions": {
+"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "compute.sslCertificates.testIamPermissions",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project",
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resource": {
+"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"sslPolicies": {
+"methods": {
+"aggregatedList": {
+"description": "Retrieves the list of all SslPolicy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslPolicies",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "compute.sslPolicies.aggregatedList",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"includeAllScopes": {
+"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"maxResults": {
+"default": "500",
+"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)",
+"format": "uint32",
+"location": "query",
+"minimum": "0",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"project": {
+"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"returnPartialSuccess": {
+"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"serviceProjectNumber": {
+"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslPolicies",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "SslPoliciesAggregatedList"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes the specified SSL policy. The SSL policy resource can be deleted only if it is not in use by any TargetHttpsProxy or TargetSslProxy resources.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "compute.sslPolicies.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project",
+"sslPolicy"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sslPolicy": {
+"description": "Name of the SSL policy to delete. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Lists all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "compute.sslPolicies.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project",
+"sslPolicy"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sslPolicy": {
+"description": "Name of the SSL policy to update. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "SslPolicy"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+]
+},
+"insert": {
+"description": "Returns the specified SSL policy resource.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "compute.sslPolicies.insert",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"project"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"project": {
+"description": "Project ID for this request.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "SslPolicy"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists all the SSL policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
+"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "compute.sslPolicies.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "project"
 ],
@@ -48859,7 +49273,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250304",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AWSV4Signature": {
@@ -51730,7 +52144,7 @@ false
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "group": {
-"description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.",
+"description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "maxConnections": {
@@ -52380,11 +52794,12 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "connectionDraining": {
-"$ref": "ConnectionDraining"
+"$ref": "ConnectionDraining",
+"description": "connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "connectionTrackingPolicy": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy",
-"description": "Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers."
+"description": "Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "consistentHash": {
 "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings",
@@ -52452,7 +52867,7 @@ false
 },
 "failoverPolicy": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy",
-"description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview)."
+"description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "fingerprint": {
 "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.",
@@ -52461,10 +52876,10 @@ false
 },
 "haPolicy": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceHAPolicy",
-"description": "Configuring haPolicy is not supported."
+"description": "Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers."
 },
 "healthChecks": {
-"description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.",
+"description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -52528,7 +52943,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "localityLbPolicy": {
-"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.",
 "enum": [
 "INVALID_LB_POLICY",
 "LEAST_REQUEST",
@@ -52574,12 +52989,12 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "network": {
-"description": "The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.",
+"description": "The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceNetworkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy",
-"description": "Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers."
+"description": "Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "outlierDetection": {
 "$ref": "OutlierDetection",
@@ -52655,7 +53070,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sessionAffinity": {
-"description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).",
+"description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.",
 "enum": [
 "CLIENT_IP",
 "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION",
@@ -52685,7 +53100,8 @@ false
 "description": "Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY."
 },
 "subsetting": {
-"$ref": "Subsetting"
+"$ref": "Subsetting",
+"description": "subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "timeoutSec": {
 "description": "The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.",
@@ -53120,7 +53536,7 @@ false
 "id": "BackendServiceHAPolicy",
 "properties": {
 "fastIPMove": {
-"description": "Enabling fastIPMove is not supported.",
+"description": "Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.",
 "enum": [
 "DISABLED",
 "GARP_RA"
@@ -53133,7 +53549,7 @@ false
 },
 "leader": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceHAPolicyLeader",
-"description": "Setting a leader is not supported."
+"description": "Selects one of the network endpoints attached to the backend NEGs of this service as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. When the leader changes, there is no connection draining to persist existing connections on the old leader. You are responsible for selecting a suitable endpoint as the leader. For example, preferring a healthy endpoint over unhealthy ones. Note that this service does not track backend endpoint health, and selects the configured leader unconditionally."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -53142,12 +53558,12 @@ false
 "id": "BackendServiceHAPolicyLeader",
 "properties": {
 "backendGroup": {
-"description": "Setting backendGroup is not supported.",
+"description": "A fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) of the zonal Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with `GCE_VM_IP` endpoints that the leader is attached to. The leader's backendGroup must already be specified as a backend of this backend service. Removing a backend that is designated as the leader's backendGroup is not permitted.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "networkEndpoint": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceHAPolicyLeaderNetworkEndpoint",
-"description": "Setting a network endpoint as leader is not supported."
+"description": "The network endpoint within the leader.backendGroup that is designated as the leader. This network endpoint cannot be detached from the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup until the leader is updated with another network endpoint, or the leader is removed from the haPolicy."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -53156,7 +53572,7 @@ false
 "id": "BackendServiceHAPolicyLeaderNetworkEndpoint",
 "properties": {
 "instance": {
-"description": "Specifying the instance name of a leader is not supported.",
+"description": "The name of the VM instance of the leader network endpoint. The instance must already be attached to the NEG specified in the haPolicy.leader.backendGroup. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Authorization requires the following IAM permission on the specified resource instance: compute.instances.use",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -71395,14 +71811,16 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "linkType": {
-"description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
+"description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
 "enum": [
 "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR",
-"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR"
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR",
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "100G Ethernet, LR Optics.",
-"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];"
+"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];",
+"400G Ethernet, LR4 Optics."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -73828,14 +74246,16 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "linkType": {
-"description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
+"description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
 "enum": [
 "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR",
-"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR"
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR",
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "100G Ethernet, LR Optics.",
-"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];"
+"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];",
+"400G Ethernet, LR4 Optics."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -74326,11 +74746,13 @@ false
 "items": {
 "enum": [
 "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR",
-"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR"
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR",
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "100G Ethernet, LR Optics.",
-"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];"
+"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];",
+"400G Ethernet, LR4 Optics."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -76174,6 +76596,171 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ListSnapshotGroups": {
+"description": "Contains a list of SnapshotGroup resources.",
+"id": "ListSnapshotGroups",
+"properties": {
+"etag": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"items": {
+"description": "A list of SnapshotGroup resources.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "SnapshotGroup"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"kind": {
+"default": "compute#snapshotGroupsList",
+"description": "Type of resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"selfLink": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachables": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"warning": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.",
+"properties": {
+"code": {
+"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
+"enum": [
+"CLEANUP_FAILED",
+"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
+"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
+"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
+"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
+"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
+"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
+"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
+"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
+"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
+"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
+"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
+"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
+"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE",
+"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
+"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
+"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
+"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
+"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
+"PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
+"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE",
+"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
+"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
+"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
+"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
+"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
+"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
+"UNREACHABLE"
+],
+"enumDeprecated": [
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+"A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+"Warning that is present in an external api call",
+"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
+"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
+"A resource depends on a missing type",
+"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.",
+"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+"No results are present on a particular list page.",
+"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).",
+"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+"Warning that a resource is in use.",
+"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+"When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+"When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+"A given scope cannot be reached."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"data": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
+"items": {
+"properties": {
+"key": {
+"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"message": {
+"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "LocalDisk": {
 "id": "LocalDisk",
 "properties": {
@@ -76310,6 +76897,18 @@ false
 "description": "[Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"labelFingerprint": {
+"description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the machine image.",
+"format": "byte",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Labels to apply to this machine image. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "machineImageEncryptionKey": {
 "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
 "description": "Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later."
@@ -77361,7 +77960,7 @@ false
 "STANDARD"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Instance is provisioned with DWS Flex Start and have limited max run duration.",
+"Instance is provisioned using the Flex Start provisioning model and has a limited runtime.",
 "Bound to the lifecycle of the reservation in which it is provisioned.",
 "Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime.",
 "Standard provisioning with user controlled runtime, no discounts."
@@ -77482,7 +78081,7 @@ false
 "STANDARD"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Instance is provisioned with DWS Flex Start and have limited max run duration.",
+"Instance is provisioned using the Flex Start provisioning model and has a limited runtime.",
 "Bound to the lifecycle of the reservation in which it is provisioned.",
 "Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime.",
 "Standard provisioning with user controlled runtime, no discounts."
@@ -90341,178 +90940,383 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"RegionNetworkEndpointGroupsAttachEndpointsRequest": {
-"id": "RegionNetworkEndpointGroupsAttachEndpointsRequest",
-"properties": {
-"networkEndpoints": {
-"description": "The list of network endpoints to be attached.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "NetworkEndpoint"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"RegionNetworkEndpointGroupsDetachEndpointsRequest": {
-"id": "RegionNetworkEndpointGroupsDetachEndpointsRequest",
-"properties": {
-"networkEndpoints": {
-"description": "The list of network endpoints to be detached.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "NetworkEndpoint"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponse": {
-"id": "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"firewallPolicys": {
-"description": "[Output only] Effective firewalls from firewall policy. It applies to Regional Network Firewall Policies in the specified region, Global Network Firewall Policies and Hierachial Firewall Policies which are associated with the network.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponseEffectiveFirewallPolicy"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"firewalls": {
-"description": "Effective firewalls on the network.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "Firewall"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponseEffectiveFirewallPolicy": {
-"id": "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponseEffectiveFirewallPolicy",
-"properties": {
-"displayName": {
-"description": "[Output Only] The display name of the firewall policy.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"packetMirroringRules": {
-"description": "[Output only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the network.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"priority": {
-"description": "[Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"rules": {
-"description": "[Output only] The rules that apply to the network.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"type": {
-"description": "[Output Only] The type of the firewall policy. Can be one of HIERARCHY, NETWORK, NETWORK_REGIONAL, SYSTEM_GLOBAL, SYSTEM_REGIONAL.",
-"enum": [
-"HIERARCHY",
-"NETWORK",
-"NETWORK_REGIONAL",
-"SYSTEM_GLOBAL",
-"SYSTEM_REGIONAL",
-"UNSPECIFIED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"",
-"",
-"",
-"",
-"",
-""
-],
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"RegionSetLabelsRequest": {
-"id": "RegionSetLabelsRequest",
-"properties": {
-"labelFingerprint": {
-"description": "The fingerprint of the previous set of labels for this resource, used to detect conflicts. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. Make a get() request to the resource to get the latest fingerprint.",
-"format": "byte",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"labels": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"description": "The labels to set for this resource.",
-"type": "object"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"RegionSetPolicyRequest": {
-"id": "RegionSetPolicyRequest",
-"properties": {
-"bindings": {
-"description": "Flatten Policy to create a backwacd compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "Binding"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"etag": {
-"description": "Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.",
-"format": "byte",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"policy": {
-"$ref": "Policy",
-"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them."
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"RegionTargetHttpsProxiesSetSslCertificatesRequest": {
-"id": "RegionTargetHttpsProxiesSetSslCertificatesRequest",
-"properties": {
-"sslCertificates": {
-"description": "New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"RegionUrlMapsValidateRequest": {
-"id": "RegionUrlMapsValidateRequest",
-"properties": {
-"resource": {
-"$ref": "UrlMap",
-"description": "Content of the UrlMap to be validated."
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"RegionWaitForReplicationCatchUpRequest": {
-"id": "RegionWaitForReplicationCatchUpRequest",
-"properties": {
-"maxWaitDuration": {
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
+"RegionNetworkEndpointGroupsAttachEndpointsRequest": {
+"id": "RegionNetworkEndpointGroupsAttachEndpointsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"networkEndpoints": {
+"description": "The list of network endpoints to be attached.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "NetworkEndpoint"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RegionNetworkEndpointGroupsDetachEndpointsRequest": {
+"id": "RegionNetworkEndpointGroupsDetachEndpointsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"networkEndpoints": {
+"description": "The list of network endpoints to be detached.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "NetworkEndpoint"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponse": {
+"id": "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"firewallPolicys": {
+"description": "[Output only] Effective firewalls from firewall policy. It applies to Regional Network Firewall Policies in the specified region, Global Network Firewall Policies and Hierachial Firewall Policies which are associated with the network.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponseEffectiveFirewallPolicy"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"firewalls": {
+"description": "Effective firewalls on the network.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Firewall"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponseEffectiveFirewallPolicy": {
+"id": "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponseEffectiveFirewallPolicy",
+"properties": {
+"displayName": {
+"description": "[Output Only] The display name of the firewall policy.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"packetMirroringRules": {
+"description": "[Output only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the network.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"priority": {
+"description": "[Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"rules": {
+"description": "[Output only] The rules that apply to the network.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "[Output Only] The type of the firewall policy. Can be one of HIERARCHY, NETWORK, NETWORK_REGIONAL, SYSTEM_GLOBAL, SYSTEM_REGIONAL.",
+"enum": [
+"HIERARCHY",
+"NETWORK",
+"NETWORK_REGIONAL",
+"SYSTEM_GLOBAL",
+"SYSTEM_REGIONAL",
+"UNSPECIFIED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"",
+"",
+"",
+"",
+"",
+""
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RegionSetLabelsRequest": {
+"id": "RegionSetLabelsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"labelFingerprint": {
+"description": "The fingerprint of the previous set of labels for this resource, used to detect conflicts. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. Make a get() request to the resource to get the latest fingerprint.",
+"format": "byte",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "The labels to set for this resource.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RegionSetPolicyRequest": {
+"id": "RegionSetPolicyRequest",
+"properties": {
+"bindings": {
+"description": "Flatten Policy to create a backwacd compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Binding"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"etag": {
+"description": "Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.",
+"format": "byte",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policy": {
+"$ref": "Policy",
+"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RegionTargetHttpsProxiesSetSslCertificatesRequest": {
+"id": "RegionTargetHttpsProxiesSetSslCertificatesRequest",
+"properties": {
+"sslCertificates": {
+"description": "New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RegionUrlMapsValidateRequest": {
+"id": "RegionUrlMapsValidateRequest",
+"properties": {
+"resource": {
+"$ref": "UrlMap",
+"description": "Content of the UrlMap to be validated."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RegionWaitForReplicationCatchUpRequest": {
+"id": "RegionWaitForReplicationCatchUpRequest",
+"properties": {
+"maxWaitDuration": {
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ReliabilityRisk": {
+"description": "Represents a ReliabilityRisk resource.",
+"id": "ReliabilityRisk",
+"properties": {
+"creationTimestamp": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "An optional textual description of the resource; provided when the resource is created.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"details": {
+"$ref": "RiskDetails",
+"description": "[Output Only] Details of the reliability risk resource"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.",
+"format": "uint64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"kind": {
+"default": "compute#reliabilityRisk",
+"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#reliabilityRisk for reliability risks.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.",
+"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"recommendation": {
+"$ref": "RiskRecommendation",
+"description": "The recommendations to mitigate the risk."
+},
+"selfLink": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"selfLinkWithId": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ReliabilityRisksListResponse": {
+"id": "ReliabilityRisksListResponse",
+"properties": {
+"etag": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"items": {
+"description": "A list of ReliabilityRisk resources.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "ReliabilityRisk"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"selfLink": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachables": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"warning": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.",
+"properties": {
+"code": {
+"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
+"enum": [
+"CLEANUP_FAILED",
+"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
+"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
+"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
+"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
+"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
+"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
+"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
+"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
+"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
+"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
+"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
+"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
+"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE",
+"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
+"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
+"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
+"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
+"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
+"PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
+"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE",
+"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
+"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
+"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
+"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
+"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
+"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
+"UNREACHABLE"
+],
+"enumDeprecated": [
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+"A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+"Warning that is present in an external api call",
+"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
+"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
+"A resource depends on a missing type",
+"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.",
+"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+"No results are present on a particular list page.",
+"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).",
+"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+"Warning that a resource is in use.",
+"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+"When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+"When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+"A given scope cannot be reached."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"data": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
+"items": {
+"properties": {
+"key": {
+"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"message": {
+"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ReplicationDetails": {
 "id": "ReplicationDetails",
 "properties": {
@@ -92778,6 +93582,96 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"RiskDetails": {
+"description": "Details about a risk.",
+"id": "RiskDetails",
+"properties": {
+"duration": {
+"description": "The duration of the risk since it was detected.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"globalDnsInsight": {
+"$ref": "RiskDetailsGlobalDnsInsight"
+},
+"lastUpdateTimestamp": {
+"description": "The last time the risk was updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"severity": {
+"description": "The severity of the risk.",
+"enum": [
+"CRITICAL",
+"HIGH",
+"LOW",
+"MEDIUM",
+"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Critical severity.",
+"High severity.",
+"Low severity.",
+"Medium severity.",
+"No severity specified. The default value."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "The type of risk.",
+"enum": [
+"GLOBAL_DNS",
+"RISK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Risk type related to global DNS.",
+"Default value. This value is unused."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RiskDetailsGlobalDnsInsight": {
+"id": "RiskDetailsGlobalDnsInsight",
+"properties": {
+"projectDefaultIsGlobalDns": {
+"description": "Whether the project default DNS setting is global or not.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"queryObservationWindow": {
+"description": "The observation window for the query counts.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"riskyQueryCount": {
+"description": "The number of queries that are risky. This will always be less than total_query_count.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"totalQueryCount": {
+"description": "The total number of queries in the observation window.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RiskRecommendation": {
+"description": "Recommendation with reference url.",
+"id": "RiskRecommendation",
+"properties": {
+"content": {
+"description": "Mitigation guide for the risk.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"referenceUrl": {
+"description": "URL referencing a more detailed mitigation guide.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "RolloutPolicy": {
 "description": "A rollout policy configuration.",
 "id": "RolloutPolicy",
@@ -95778,7 +96672,7 @@ false
 "STANDARD"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Instance is provisioned with DWS Flex Start and have limited max run duration.",
+"Instance is provisioned using the Flex Start provisioning model and has a limited runtime.",
 "Bound to the lifecycle of the reservation in which it is provisioned.",
 "Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime.",
 "Standard provisioning with user controlled runtime, no discounts."
@@ -98752,6 +99646,14 @@ false
 "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
 "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later."
 },
+"snapshotGroupId": {
+"description": "[Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"snapshotGroupName": {
+"description": "[Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "snapshotType": {
 "description": "Indicates the type of the snapshot.",
 "enum": [
@@ -99017,6 +99919,102 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SnapshotGroup": {
+"description": "Represents a SnapshotGroup resource. A snapshot group is a set of snapshots that represents a point in time state of a consistency group.",
+"id": "SnapshotGroup",
+"properties": {
+"creationTimestamp": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.",
+"format": "uint64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"kind": {
+"default": "compute#snapshotGroup",
+"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshotGroup for SnapshotGroup resources.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"selfLink": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"selfLinkWithId": {
+"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sourceInfo": {
+"$ref": "SnapshotGroupSourceInfo",
+"description": "[Output Only]"
+},
+"sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": {
+"description": "Input field for the source instant snapshot group.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo": {
+"$ref": "SnapshotGroupSourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo",
+"description": "[Output Only]"
+},
+"status": {
+"description": "[Output Only]",
+"enum": [
+"CREATING",
+"DELETING",
+"FAILED",
+"INVALID",
+"READY",
+"UNKNOWN",
+"UPLOADING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"",
+"",
+"",
+"",
+"",
+"",
+""
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SnapshotGroupSourceInfo": {
+"id": "SnapshotGroupSourceInfo",
+"properties": {
+"consistencyGroup": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"consistencyGroupId": {
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SnapshotGroupSourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo": {
+"id": "SnapshotGroupSourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo",
+"properties": {
+"instantSnapshotGroup": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"instantSnapshotGroupId": {
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SnapshotList": {
 "description": "Contains a list of Snapshot resources.",
 "id": "SnapshotList",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
index cff60b84f6..b2050682df 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
@@ -44409,7 +44409,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250302",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AWSV4Signature": {
@@ -47130,7 +47130,7 @@ false
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "group": {
-"description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.",
+"description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "maxConnections": {
@@ -47776,11 +47776,12 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "connectionDraining": {
-"$ref": "ConnectionDraining"
+"$ref": "ConnectionDraining",
+"description": "connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "connectionTrackingPolicy": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy",
-"description": "Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers."
+"description": "Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "consistentHash": {
 "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings",
@@ -47848,15 +47849,19 @@ false
 },
 "failoverPolicy": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy",
-"description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview)."
+"description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "fingerprint": {
 "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.",
 "format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"haPolicy": {
+"$ref": "BackendServiceHAPolicy",
+"description": "Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers."
+},
 "healthChecks": {
-"description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.",
+"description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -47920,7 +47925,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "localityLbPolicy": {
-"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.",
 "enum": [
 "INVALID_LB_POLICY",
 "LEAST_REQUEST",
@@ -47966,12 +47971,12 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "network": {
-"description": "The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.",
+"description": "The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceNetworkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy",
-"description": "Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers."
+"description": "Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "outlierDetection": {
 "$ref": "OutlierDetection",
@@ -48041,7 +48046,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sessionAffinity": {
-"description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).",
+"description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.",
 "enum": [
 "CLIENT_IP",
 "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION",
@@ -48071,7 +48076,8 @@ false
 "description": "Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY."
 },
 "subsetting": {
-"$ref": "Subsetting"
+"$ref": "Subsetting",
+"description": "subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "timeoutSec": {
 "description": "The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.",
@@ -48490,6 +48496,24 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"BackendServiceHAPolicy": {
+"id": "BackendServiceHAPolicy",
+"properties": {
+"fastIPMove": {
+"description": "Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.",
+"enum": [
+"DISABLED",
+"GARP_RA"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"",
+""
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "BackendServiceHttpCookie": {
 "description": "The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity.",
 "id": "BackendServiceHttpCookie",
@@ -64201,14 +64225,16 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "linkType": {
-"description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
+"description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
 "enum": [
 "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR",
-"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR"
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR",
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "100G Ethernet, LR Optics.",
-"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];"
+"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];",
+"400G Ethernet, LR4 Optics."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -65583,11 +65609,13 @@ false
 "items": {
 "enum": [
 "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR",
-"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR"
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR",
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "100G Ethernet, LR Optics.",
-"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];"
+"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];",
+"400G Ethernet, LR4 Optics."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
index 09ed8b9ee7..2ab4368701 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
@@ -38642,7 +38642,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250302",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AWSV4Signature": {
@@ -41288,7 +41288,7 @@ false
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "group": {
-"description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.",
+"description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. If haPolicy is specified, backends must refer to NEG resources of type GCE_VM_IP.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "maxConnections": {
@@ -41770,11 +41770,12 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "connectionDraining": {
-"$ref": "ConnectionDraining"
+"$ref": "ConnectionDraining",
+"description": "connectionDraining cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "connectionTrackingPolicy": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy",
-"description": "Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers."
+"description": "Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for external passthrough Network Load Balancers and internal passthrough Network Load Balancers. connectionTrackingPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "consistentHash": {
 "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings",
@@ -41819,15 +41820,19 @@ false
 },
 "failoverPolicy": {
 "$ref": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy",
-"description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview)."
+"description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). failoverPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "fingerprint": {
 "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.",
 "format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"haPolicy": {
+"$ref": "BackendServiceHAPolicy",
+"description": "Configures self-managed High Availability (HA) for External and Internal Protocol Forwarding. The backends of this regional backend service must only specify zonal network endpoint groups (NEGs) of type GCE_VM_IP. When haPolicy is set for an Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancer, the regional backend service must set the network field. All zonal NEGs must belong to the same network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. When haPolicy is specified, the set of attached network endpoints across all backends comprise an High Availability domain from which one endpoint is selected as the active endpoint (the leader) that receives all traffic. haPolicy can be added only at backend service creation time. Once set up, it cannot be deleted. Note that haPolicy is not for load balancing, and therefore cannot be specified with sessionAffinity, connectionTrackingPolicy, and failoverPolicy. haPolicy requires customers to be responsible for tracking backend endpoint health and electing a leader among the healthy endpoints. Therefore, haPolicy cannot be specified with healthChecks. haPolicy can only be specified for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers and Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers."
+},
 "healthChecks": {
-"description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.",
+"description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check unless haPolicy is specified. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check. healthChecks[] cannot be specified with haPolicy.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -41891,7 +41896,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "localityLbPolicy": {
-"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the default value for localityLbPolicy is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other than NONE, then the default value for localityLbPolicy is MAGLEV. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.",
 "enum": [
 "INVALID_LB_POLICY",
 "LEAST_REQUEST",
@@ -41937,7 +41942,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "network": {
-"description": "The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.",
+"description": "The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field must be set for Internal Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy is enabled, and for External Passthrough Network Load Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "outlierDetection": {
@@ -42006,7 +42011,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sessionAffinity": {
-"description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity).",
+"description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). sessionAffinity cannot be specified with haPolicy.",
 "enum": [
 "CLIENT_IP",
 "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION",
@@ -42036,7 +42041,8 @@ false
 "description": "Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY."
 },
 "subsetting": {
-"$ref": "Subsetting"
+"$ref": "Subsetting",
+"description": "subsetting cannot be specified with haPolicy."
 },
 "timeoutSec": {
 "description": "The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.",
@@ -42429,6 +42435,24 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"BackendServiceHAPolicy": {
+"id": "BackendServiceHAPolicy",
+"properties": {
+"fastIPMove": {
+"description": "Specifies whether fast IP move is enabled, and if so, the mechanism to achieve it. Supported values are: - DISABLED: Fast IP Move is disabled. You can only use the haPolicy.leader API to update the leader. - >GARP_RA: Provides a method to very quickly define a new network endpoint as the leader. This method is faster than updating the leader using the haPolicy.leader API. Fast IP move works as follows: The VM hosting the network endpoint that should become the new leader sends either a Gratuitous ARP (GARP) packet (IPv4) or an ICMPv6 Router Advertisement(RA) packet (IPv6). Google Cloud immediately but temporarily associates the forwarding rule IP address with that VM, and both new and in-flight packets are quickly delivered to that VM. Note the important properties of the Fast IP Move functionality: - The GARP/RA-initiated re-routing stays active for approximately 20 minutes. After triggering fast failover, you must also appropriately set the haPolicy.leader. - The new leader instance should continue to send GARP/RA packets periodically every 10 seconds until at least 10 minutes after updating the haPolicy.leader (but stop immediately if it is no longer the leader). - After triggering a fast failover, we recommend that you wait at least 3 seconds before sending another GARP/RA packet from a different VM instance to avoid race conditions. - Don't send GARP/RA packets from different VM instances at the same time. If multiple instances continue to send GARP/RA packets, traffic might be routed to different destinations in an alternating order. This condition ceases when a single instance issues a GARP/RA packet. - The GARP/RA request always takes priority over the leader API. Using the haPolicy.leader API to change the leader to a different instance will have no effect until the GARP/RA request becomes inactive. - The GARP/RA packets should follow the GARP/RA Packet Specifications.. - When multiple forwarding rules refer to a regional backend service, you need only send a GARP or RA packet for a single forwarding rule virtual IP. The virtual IPs for all forwarding rules targeting the same backend service will also be moved to the sender of the GARP or RA packet. The following are the Fast IP Move limitations (that is, when fastIPMove is not DISABLED): - Multiple forwarding rules cannot use the same IP address if one of them refers to a regional backend service with fastIPMove. - The regional backend service must set the network field, and all NEGs must belong to that network. However, individual NEGs can belong to different subnetworks of that network. - The maximum number of network endpoints across all backends of a backend service with fastIPMove is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove that can have the same network endpoint attached to one of its backends is 64. - The maximum number of backend services with fastIPMove in a VPC in a region is 64. - The network endpoints that are attached to a backend of a backend service with fastIPMove cannot resolve to C3 machines. - Traffic directed to the leader by a static route next hop will not be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. Such traffic will only be redirected once an haPolicy.leader update has taken effect. Only traffic to the forwarding rule's virtual IP will be redirected to a new leader by fast failover. haPolicy.fastIPMove can be set only at backend service creation time. Once set, it cannot be updated. By default, fastIpMove is set to DISABLED.",
+"enum": [
+"DISABLED",
+"GARP_RA"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"",
+""
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "BackendServiceHttpCookie": {
 "description": "The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity.",
 "id": "BackendServiceHttpCookie",
@@ -56119,14 +56143,16 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "linkType": {
-"description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
+"description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4: A 400G Ethernet with LR4 optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
 "enum": [
 "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR",
-"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR"
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR",
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "100G Ethernet, LR Optics.",
-"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];"
+"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];",
+"400G Ethernet, LR4 Optics."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -57415,11 +57441,13 @@ false
 "items": {
 "enum": [
 "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR",
-"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR"
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR",
+"LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_400G_LR4"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "100G Ethernet, LR Optics.",
-"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];"
+"10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];",
+"400G Ethernet, LR4 Optics."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },

From 0ca2138859cef21f0a454e5dcdbb14abf7b3d713 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 11/35] feat(contactcenterinsights): update the api

#### contactcenterinsights:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsRequest.properties.sheetsDestination.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsRequestSheetsDestination (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkUploadFeedbackLabelsRequest.properties.sheetsSource.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkUploadFeedbackLabelsRequestSheetsSource (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryPerformanceOverviewMetadata (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryPerformanceOverviewResponse (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1QueryPerformanceOverviewMetadata (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1QueryPerformanceOverviewResponse (Total Keys: 3)
---
 ...tcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html |  7 ++
 .../documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json   | 70 ++++++++++++++++++-
 2 files changed, 76 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
index c8580295d6..0d6b0684d4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -220,6 +220,10 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "maxDownloadCount": 42, # Optional. Limits the maximum number of feedback labels that will be downloaded. The first `N` feedback labels will be downloaded.
   "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource for new feedback labels.
+  "sheetsDestination": { # Google Sheets document details to write the feedback labels to. # A sheets document destination.
+    "sheetTitle": "A String", # Optional. The title of the new sheet to write the feedback labels to.
+    "spreadsheetUri": "A String", # Required. The Google Sheets document to write the feedback labels to. Retrieved from Google Sheets URI. E.g. `https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1234567890` The spreadsheet must be shared with the Insights P4SA. The spreadsheet ID written to will be returned as `file_names` in the BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsMetadata.
+  },
   "templateQaScorecardId": [ # Optional. If set, a template for labeling conversations and scorecard questions will be created from the conversation_filter and the questions under the scorecard(s). The feedback label `filter` will be ignored.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -268,6 +272,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "format": "A String", # Required. File format which will be ingested.
     "objectUri": "A String", # Required. The Google Cloud Storage URI of the file to import. Format: `gs://bucket_name/object_name`
   },
+  "sheetsSource": { # Google Sheets document details to get the feedback label file from. # A sheets document source.
+    "spreadsheetUri": "A String", # Required. The Google Sheets document to write the feedback labels to. Retrieved from Google Sheets URI. E.g. `https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1234567890` The spreadsheet must be shared with the Insights P4SA.
+  },
   "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, upload will not happen and the labels will be validated. If not set, then default behavior will be to upload the labels after validation is complete.
 }
 
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
index bf190aa4f1..9f36b4a844 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
@@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250311",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": {
@@ -3279,6 +3279,10 @@
 "description": "Required. The parent resource for new feedback labels.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"sheetsDestination": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsRequestSheetsDestination",
+"description": "A sheets document destination."
+},
 "templateQaScorecardId": {
 "description": "Optional. If set, a template for labeling conversations and scorecard questions will be created from the conversation_filter and the questions under the scorecard(s). The feedback label `filter` will be ignored.",
 "items": {
@@ -3327,6 +3331,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsRequestSheetsDestination": {
+"description": "Google Sheets document details to write the feedback labels to.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsRequestSheetsDestination",
+"properties": {
+"sheetTitle": {
+"description": "Optional. The title of the new sheet to write the feedback labels to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"spreadsheetUri": {
+"description": "Required. The Google Sheets document to write the feedback labels to. Retrieved from Google Sheets URI. E.g. `https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1234567890` The spreadsheet must be shared with the Insights P4SA. The spreadsheet ID written to will be returned as `file_names` in the BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsMetadata.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsResponse": {
 "description": "Response for the BulkDownloadFeedbackLabel endpoint.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsResponse",
@@ -3341,6 +3360,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkUploadFeedbackLabelsRequestGcsSource",
 "description": "A cloud storage bucket source."
 },
+"sheetsSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkUploadFeedbackLabelsRequestSheetsSource",
+"description": "A sheets document source."
+},
 "validateOnly": {
 "description": "Optional. If set, upload will not happen and the labels will be validated. If not set, then default behavior will be to upload the labels after validation is complete.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -3373,6 +3396,17 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkUploadFeedbackLabelsRequestSheetsSource": {
+"description": "Google Sheets document details to get the feedback label file from.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkUploadFeedbackLabelsRequestSheetsSource",
+"properties": {
+"spreadsheetUri": {
+"description": "Required. The Google Sheets document to write the feedback labels to. Retrieved from Google Sheets URI. E.g. `https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1234567890` The spreadsheet must be shared with the Insights P4SA.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateIssueModelStatsResponse": {
 "description": "Response of querying an issue model's statistics.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateIssueModelStatsResponse",
@@ -6355,6 +6389,23 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryPerformanceOverviewMetadata": {
+"description": "The metadata for querying performance overview.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryPerformanceOverviewMetadata",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryPerformanceOverviewResponse": {
+"description": "The response for querying performance overview.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryPerformanceOverviewResponse",
+"properties": {
+"summaryText": {
+"description": "The summary text of the performance.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1RedactionConfig": {
 "description": "DLP resources used for redaction while ingesting conversations. DLP settings are applied to conversations ingested from the `UploadConversation` and `IngestConversations` endpoints, including conversation coming from CCAI Platform. They are not applied to conversations ingested from the `CreateConversation` endpoint or the Dialogflow / Agent Assist runtime integrations. When using Dialogflow / Agent Assist runtime integrations, redaction should be performed in Dialogflow / Agent Assist.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1RedactionConfig",
@@ -9530,6 +9581,23 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1QueryPerformanceOverviewMetadata": {
+"description": "The metadata for querying performance overview.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1QueryPerformanceOverviewMetadata",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1QueryPerformanceOverviewResponse": {
+"description": "The response for querying performance overview.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1QueryPerformanceOverviewResponse",
+"properties": {
+"summaryText": {
+"description": "The summary text of the performance.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1RedactionConfig": {
 "description": "DLP resources used for redaction while ingesting conversations. DLP settings are applied to conversations ingested from the `UploadConversation` and `IngestConversations` endpoints, including conversation coming from CCAI Platform. They are not applied to conversations ingested from the `CreateConversation` endpoint or the Dialogflow / Agent Assist runtime integrations. When using Dialogflow / Agent Assist runtime integrations, redaction should be performed in Dialogflow / Agent Assist.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1RedactionConfig",

From 969054e90ece4e3ea05722dd1a49883617636a1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 12/35] feat(container): update the api

#### container:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.fetchClusterUpgradeInfo (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.projects.resources.zones.resources.clusters.methods.fetchClusterUpgradeInfo (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.projects.resources.zones.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.Cluster.properties.podAutoscaling.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ClusterUpdate.properties.desiredPodAutoscaling.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ClusterUpgradeInfo (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.NodePoolUpgradeInfo (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.PodAutoscaling (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.SecurityBulletinEvent.properties.mitigatedVersions (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.UpgradeDetails (Total Keys: 11)

#### container:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.SecurityBulletinEvent.properties.mitigatedVersions (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.UpgradeDetails.properties.startType.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...tainer_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 102 +++--
 ...projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html |  58 ++-
 .../container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html | 102 +++--
 ..._v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html |  58 ++-
 ...r_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html |  55 +--
 ...projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html |  23 +-
 ...ainer_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html |  55 +--
 ...ta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html |  23 +-
 .../documents/container.v1.json               | 379 +++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/container.v1beta1.json          |  41 +-
 10 files changed, 736 insertions(+), 160 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index a4c575c0fc..efeb8d4671 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -99,6 +99,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(name, clusterId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None, zone=None)

 
Deletes the cluster, including the Kubernetes endpoint and all worker nodes. Firewalls and routes that were configured during cluster creation are also deleted. Other Google Compute Engine resources that might be in use by the cluster, such as load balancer resources, are not deleted if they weren't present when the cluster was initially created.

+

+  fetchClusterUpgradeInfo(name, version=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Fetch upgrade information of a specific cluster.

 

   get(name, clusterId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None, zone=None)

 
Gets the details of a specific cluster.

@@ -340,7 +343,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
         "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # Specifies the node management options for NAP created node-pools.
           "autoRepair": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether the node auto-repair is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, the nodes in this node pool will be monitored and, if they fail health checks too many times, an automatic repair action will be triggered.
           "autoUpgrade": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether node auto-upgrade is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, node auto-upgrade helps keep the nodes in your node pool up to date with the latest release version of Kubernetes.
@@ -522,7 +525,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "legacyAbac": { # Configuration for the legacy Attribute Based Access Control authorization mode. # Configuration for the legacy ABAC authorization mode.
       "enabled": True or False, # Whether the ABAC authorizer is enabled for this cluster. When enabled, identities in the system, including service accounts, nodes, and controllers, will have statically granted permissions beyond those provided by the RBAC configuration or IAM.
     },
-    "location": "A String",
+    "location": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) or [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) in which the cluster resides.
     "locations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster's nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -604,7 +607,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
       },
     },
-    "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+    "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
     "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
     "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -804,8 +807,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
         },
       ],
-      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
       },
       "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
         "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1079,8 +1082,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
             },
           ],
-          "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-            "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+          "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+            "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
           },
           "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
             "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1193,6 +1196,9 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "productName": "A String", # Name of the parent product associated with the cluster.
     },
+    "podAutoscaling": { # PodAutoscaling is used for configuration of parameters for workload autoscaling. # The config for pod autoscaling.
+      "hpaProfile": "A String", # Selected Horizontal Pod Autoscaling profile.
+    },
     "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private clusters. # Configuration for private cluster.
       "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Whether the master's internal IP address is used as the cluster endpoint. Deprecated: Use ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig.IPEndpointsConfig.enable_public_endpoint instead. Note that the value of enable_public_endpoint is reversed: if enable_private_endpoint is false, then enable_public_endpoint will be true.
       "enablePrivateNodes": True or False, # Whether nodes have internal IP addresses only. If enabled, all nodes are given only RFC 1918 private addresses and communicate with the master via private networking. Deprecated: Use NetworkConfig.default_enable_private_nodes instead.
@@ -1400,6 +1406,45 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    fetchClusterUpgradeInfo(name, version=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Fetch upgrade information of a specific cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name (project, location, cluster) of the cluster to get. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` or `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*`. (required)
+  version: string, API request version that initiates this operation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # ClusterUpgradeInfo contains the upgrade information of a cluster.
+  "autoUpgradeStatus": [ # The auto upgrade status.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "endOfExtendedSupportTimestamp": "A String", # The cluster's current minor version's end of extended support timestamp.
+  "endOfStandardSupportTimestamp": "A String", # The cluster's current minor version's end of standard support timestamp.
+  "minorTargetVersion": "A String", # minor_target_version indicates the target version for minor upgrade.
+  "patchTargetVersion": "A String", # patch_target_version indicates the target version for patch upgrade.
+  "pausedReason": [ # The auto upgrade paused reason.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "upgradeDetails": [ # The list of past auto upgrades.
+    { # UpgradeDetails contains detailed information of each individual upgrade operation.
+      "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "initialVersion": "A String", # The version before the upgrade.
+      "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "startType": "A String", # The start type of the upgrade.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the upgrade.
+      "targetVersion": "A String", # The version after the upgrade.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
 

     get(name, clusterId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None, zone=None)
   
Gets the details of a specific cluster.
@@ -1489,7 +1534,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
       "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-      "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+      "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
       "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # Specifies the node management options for NAP created node-pools.
         "autoRepair": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether the node auto-repair is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, the nodes in this node pool will be monitored and, if they fail health checks too many times, an automatic repair action will be triggered.
         "autoUpgrade": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether node auto-upgrade is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, node auto-upgrade helps keep the nodes in your node pool up to date with the latest release version of Kubernetes.
@@ -1671,7 +1716,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "legacyAbac": { # Configuration for the legacy Attribute Based Access Control authorization mode. # Configuration for the legacy ABAC authorization mode.
     "enabled": True or False, # Whether the ABAC authorizer is enabled for this cluster. When enabled, identities in the system, including service accounts, nodes, and controllers, will have statically granted permissions beyond those provided by the RBAC configuration or IAM.
   },
-  "location": "A String",
+  "location": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) or [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) in which the cluster resides.
   "locations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster's nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -1753,7 +1798,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
     },
   },
-  "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+  "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
   "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
   "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -1953,8 +1998,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
       },
     ],
-    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
     },
     "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
       "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -2228,8 +2273,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -2342,6 +2387,9 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "productName": "A String", # Name of the parent product associated with the cluster.
   },
+  "podAutoscaling": { # PodAutoscaling is used for configuration of parameters for workload autoscaling. # The config for pod autoscaling.
+    "hpaProfile": "A String", # Selected Horizontal Pod Autoscaling profile.
+  },
   "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private clusters. # Configuration for private cluster.
     "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Whether the master's internal IP address is used as the cluster endpoint. Deprecated: Use ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig.IPEndpointsConfig.enable_public_endpoint instead. Note that the value of enable_public_endpoint is reversed: if enable_private_endpoint is false, then enable_public_endpoint will be true.
     "enablePrivateNodes": True or False, # Whether nodes have internal IP addresses only. If enabled, all nodes are given only RFC 1918 private addresses and communicate with the master via private networking. Deprecated: Use NetworkConfig.default_enable_private_nodes instead.
@@ -2541,7 +2589,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
           "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
           "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-          "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+          "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
           "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # Specifies the node management options for NAP created node-pools.
             "autoRepair": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether the node auto-repair is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, the nodes in this node pool will be monitored and, if they fail health checks too many times, an automatic repair action will be triggered.
             "autoUpgrade": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether node auto-upgrade is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, node auto-upgrade helps keep the nodes in your node pool up to date with the latest release version of Kubernetes.
@@ -2723,7 +2771,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "legacyAbac": { # Configuration for the legacy Attribute Based Access Control authorization mode. # Configuration for the legacy ABAC authorization mode.
         "enabled": True or False, # Whether the ABAC authorizer is enabled for this cluster. When enabled, identities in the system, including service accounts, nodes, and controllers, will have statically granted permissions beyond those provided by the RBAC configuration or IAM.
       },
-      "location": "A String",
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) or [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) in which the cluster resides.
       "locations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster's nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -2805,7 +2853,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
         },
       },
-      "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+      "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
       "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
       "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -3005,8 +3053,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -3280,8 +3328,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
               },
             ],
-            "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-              "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+            "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+              "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
             },
             "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
               "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -3394,6 +3442,9 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "productName": "A String", # Name of the parent product associated with the cluster.
       },
+      "podAutoscaling": { # PodAutoscaling is used for configuration of parameters for workload autoscaling. # The config for pod autoscaling.
+        "hpaProfile": "A String", # Selected Horizontal Pod Autoscaling profile.
+      },
       "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private clusters. # Configuration for private cluster.
         "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Whether the master's internal IP address is used as the cluster endpoint. Deprecated: Use ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig.IPEndpointsConfig.enable_public_endpoint instead. Note that the value of enable_public_endpoint is reversed: if enable_private_endpoint is false, then enable_public_endpoint will be true.
         "enablePrivateNodes": True or False, # Whether nodes have internal IP addresses only. If enabled, all nodes are given only RFC 1918 private addresses and communicate with the master via private networking. Deprecated: Use NetworkConfig.default_enable_private_nodes instead.
@@ -4040,7 +4091,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # SetMonitoringServiceRequest sets the monitoring service of a cluster.
   "clusterId": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
-  "monitoringService": "A String", # Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+  "monitoringService": "A String", # Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster) of the cluster to set monitoring. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*`.
   "projectId": "A String", # Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
   "zone": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
@@ -4444,7 +4495,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
         "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # Specifies the node management options for NAP created node-pools.
           "autoRepair": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether the node auto-repair is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, the nodes in this node pool will be monitored and, if they fail health checks too many times, an automatic repair action will be triggered.
           "autoUpgrade": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether node auto-upgrade is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, node auto-upgrade helps keep the nodes in your node pool up to date with the latest release version of Kubernetes.
@@ -4642,7 +4693,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
       },
     },
-    "desiredMonitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+    "desiredMonitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     "desiredNetworkPerformanceConfig": { # Configuration of network bandwidth tiers # The desired network performance config.
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", # Specifies the total network bandwidth tier for NodePools in the cluster.
     },
@@ -4731,6 +4782,9 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "productName": "A String", # Name of the parent product associated with the cluster.
     },
+    "desiredPodAutoscaling": { # PodAutoscaling is used for configuration of parameters for workload autoscaling. # The desired config for pod autoscaling.
+      "hpaProfile": "A String", # Selected Horizontal Pod Autoscaling profile.
+    },
     "desiredPrivateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private clusters. # The desired private cluster configuration. master_global_access_config is the only field that can be changed via this field. See also ClusterUpdate.desired_enable_private_endpoint for modifying other fields within PrivateClusterConfig. Deprecated: Use desired_control_plane_endpoints_config.ip_endpoints_config.global_access instead.
       "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Whether the master's internal IP address is used as the cluster endpoint. Deprecated: Use ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig.IPEndpointsConfig.enable_public_endpoint instead. Note that the value of enable_public_endpoint is reversed: if enable_private_endpoint is false, then enable_public_endpoint will be true.
       "enablePrivateNodes": True or False, # Whether nodes have internal IP addresses only. If enabled, all nodes are given only RFC 1918 private addresses and communicate with the master via private networking. Deprecated: Use NetworkConfig.default_enable_private_nodes instead.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index ab856cecf2..f3ebaad51d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -86,6 +86,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(name, clusterId=None, nodePoolId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None, zone=None)

 
Deletes a node pool from a cluster.

+

+  fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo(name, version=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Fetch upgrade information of a specific nodepool.

 

   get(name, clusterId=None, nodePoolId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None, zone=None)

 
Retrieves the requested node pool.

@@ -333,8 +336,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
         },
       ],
-      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
       },
       "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
         "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -566,6 +569,45 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo(name, version=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Fetch upgrade information of a specific nodepool.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name (project, location, cluster, nodepool) of the nodepool to get. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*` or `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`. (required)
+  version: string, API request version that initiates this operation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # NodePoolUpgradeInfo contains the upgrade information of a nodepool.
+  "autoUpgradeStatus": [ # The auto upgrade status.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "endOfExtendedSupportTimestamp": "A String", # The nodepool's current minor version's end of extended support timestamp.
+  "endOfStandardSupportTimestamp": "A String", # The nodepool's current minor version's end of standard support timestamp.
+  "minorTargetVersion": "A String", # minor_target_version indicates the target version for minor upgrade.
+  "patchTargetVersion": "A String", # patch_target_version indicates the target version for patch upgrade.
+  "pausedReason": [ # The auto upgrade paused reason.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "upgradeDetails": [ # The list of past auto upgrades.
+    { # UpgradeDetails contains detailed information of each individual upgrade operation.
+      "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "initialVersion": "A String", # The version before the upgrade.
+      "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "startType": "A String", # The start type of the upgrade.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the upgrade.
+      "targetVersion": "A String", # The version after the upgrade.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
 

     get(name, clusterId=None, nodePoolId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None, zone=None)
   
Retrieves the requested node pool.
@@ -769,8 +811,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
       },
     ],
-    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
     },
     "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
       "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1071,8 +1113,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1675,8 +1717,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxUnavailable": 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
     "strategy": "A String", # Update strategy of the node pool.
   },
-  "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-    "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+  "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+    "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
   },
   "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The desired workload metadata config for the node pool.
     "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 4405616d32..8c96a6d255 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -94,6 +94,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(projectId, zone, clusterId, name=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes the cluster, including the Kubernetes endpoint and all worker nodes. Firewalls and routes that were configured during cluster creation are also deleted. Other Google Compute Engine resources that might be in use by the cluster, such as load balancer resources, are not deleted if they weren't present when the cluster was initially created.

+

+  fetchClusterUpgradeInfo(name, version=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Fetch upgrade information of a specific cluster.

 

   get(projectId, zone, clusterId, name=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets the details of a specific cluster.

@@ -431,7 +434,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
         "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # Specifies the node management options for NAP created node-pools.
           "autoRepair": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether the node auto-repair is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, the nodes in this node pool will be monitored and, if they fail health checks too many times, an automatic repair action will be triggered.
           "autoUpgrade": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether node auto-upgrade is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, node auto-upgrade helps keep the nodes in your node pool up to date with the latest release version of Kubernetes.
@@ -613,7 +616,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "legacyAbac": { # Configuration for the legacy Attribute Based Access Control authorization mode. # Configuration for the legacy ABAC authorization mode.
       "enabled": True or False, # Whether the ABAC authorizer is enabled for this cluster. When enabled, identities in the system, including service accounts, nodes, and controllers, will have statically granted permissions beyond those provided by the RBAC configuration or IAM.
     },
-    "location": "A String",
+    "location": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) or [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) in which the cluster resides.
     "locations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster's nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -695,7 +698,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
       },
     },
-    "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+    "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
     "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
     "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -895,8 +898,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
         },
       ],
-      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
       },
       "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
         "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1170,8 +1173,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
             },
           ],
-          "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-            "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+          "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+            "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
           },
           "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
             "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1284,6 +1287,9 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "productName": "A String", # Name of the parent product associated with the cluster.
     },
+    "podAutoscaling": { # PodAutoscaling is used for configuration of parameters for workload autoscaling. # The config for pod autoscaling.
+      "hpaProfile": "A String", # Selected Horizontal Pod Autoscaling profile.
+    },
     "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private clusters. # Configuration for private cluster.
       "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Whether the master's internal IP address is used as the cluster endpoint. Deprecated: Use ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig.IPEndpointsConfig.enable_public_endpoint instead. Note that the value of enable_public_endpoint is reversed: if enable_private_endpoint is false, then enable_public_endpoint will be true.
       "enablePrivateNodes": True or False, # Whether nodes have internal IP addresses only. If enabled, all nodes are given only RFC 1918 private addresses and communicate with the master via private networking. Deprecated: Use NetworkConfig.default_enable_private_nodes instead.
@@ -1491,6 +1497,45 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    fetchClusterUpgradeInfo(name, version=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Fetch upgrade information of a specific cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name (project, location, cluster) of the cluster to get. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` or `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*`. (required)
+  version: string, API request version that initiates this operation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # ClusterUpgradeInfo contains the upgrade information of a cluster.
+  "autoUpgradeStatus": [ # The auto upgrade status.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "endOfExtendedSupportTimestamp": "A String", # The cluster's current minor version's end of extended support timestamp.
+  "endOfStandardSupportTimestamp": "A String", # The cluster's current minor version's end of standard support timestamp.
+  "minorTargetVersion": "A String", # minor_target_version indicates the target version for minor upgrade.
+  "patchTargetVersion": "A String", # patch_target_version indicates the target version for patch upgrade.
+  "pausedReason": [ # The auto upgrade paused reason.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "upgradeDetails": [ # The list of past auto upgrades.
+    { # UpgradeDetails contains detailed information of each individual upgrade operation.
+      "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "initialVersion": "A String", # The version before the upgrade.
+      "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "startType": "A String", # The start type of the upgrade.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the upgrade.
+      "targetVersion": "A String", # The version after the upgrade.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
 

     get(projectId, zone, clusterId, name=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Gets the details of a specific cluster.
@@ -1580,7 +1625,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
       "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-      "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+      "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
       "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # Specifies the node management options for NAP created node-pools.
         "autoRepair": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether the node auto-repair is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, the nodes in this node pool will be monitored and, if they fail health checks too many times, an automatic repair action will be triggered.
         "autoUpgrade": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether node auto-upgrade is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, node auto-upgrade helps keep the nodes in your node pool up to date with the latest release version of Kubernetes.
@@ -1762,7 +1807,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "legacyAbac": { # Configuration for the legacy Attribute Based Access Control authorization mode. # Configuration for the legacy ABAC authorization mode.
     "enabled": True or False, # Whether the ABAC authorizer is enabled for this cluster. When enabled, identities in the system, including service accounts, nodes, and controllers, will have statically granted permissions beyond those provided by the RBAC configuration or IAM.
   },
-  "location": "A String",
+  "location": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) or [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) in which the cluster resides.
   "locations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster's nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -1844,7 +1889,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
     },
   },
-  "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+  "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
   "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
   "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -2044,8 +2089,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
       },
     ],
-    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
     },
     "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
       "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -2319,8 +2364,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -2433,6 +2478,9 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "productName": "A String", # Name of the parent product associated with the cluster.
   },
+  "podAutoscaling": { # PodAutoscaling is used for configuration of parameters for workload autoscaling. # The config for pod autoscaling.
+    "hpaProfile": "A String", # Selected Horizontal Pod Autoscaling profile.
+  },
   "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private clusters. # Configuration for private cluster.
     "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Whether the master's internal IP address is used as the cluster endpoint. Deprecated: Use ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig.IPEndpointsConfig.enable_public_endpoint instead. Note that the value of enable_public_endpoint is reversed: if enable_private_endpoint is false, then enable_public_endpoint will be true.
     "enablePrivateNodes": True or False, # Whether nodes have internal IP addresses only. If enabled, all nodes are given only RFC 1918 private addresses and communicate with the master via private networking. Deprecated: Use NetworkConfig.default_enable_private_nodes instead.
@@ -2676,7 +2724,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
           "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
           "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-          "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+          "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
           "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # Specifies the node management options for NAP created node-pools.
             "autoRepair": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether the node auto-repair is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, the nodes in this node pool will be monitored and, if they fail health checks too many times, an automatic repair action will be triggered.
             "autoUpgrade": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether node auto-upgrade is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, node auto-upgrade helps keep the nodes in your node pool up to date with the latest release version of Kubernetes.
@@ -2858,7 +2906,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "legacyAbac": { # Configuration for the legacy Attribute Based Access Control authorization mode. # Configuration for the legacy ABAC authorization mode.
         "enabled": True or False, # Whether the ABAC authorizer is enabled for this cluster. When enabled, identities in the system, including service accounts, nodes, and controllers, will have statically granted permissions beyond those provided by the RBAC configuration or IAM.
       },
-      "location": "A String",
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) or [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) in which the cluster resides.
       "locations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster's nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -2940,7 +2988,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
         },
       },
-      "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+      "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
       "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
       "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -3140,8 +3188,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -3415,8 +3463,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
               },
             ],
-            "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-              "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+            "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+              "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
             },
             "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
               "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -3529,6 +3577,9 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "productName": "A String", # Name of the parent product associated with the cluster.
       },
+      "podAutoscaling": { # PodAutoscaling is used for configuration of parameters for workload autoscaling. # The config for pod autoscaling.
+        "hpaProfile": "A String", # Selected Horizontal Pod Autoscaling profile.
+      },
       "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private clusters. # Configuration for private cluster.
         "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Whether the master's internal IP address is used as the cluster endpoint. Deprecated: Use ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig.IPEndpointsConfig.enable_public_endpoint instead. Note that the value of enable_public_endpoint is reversed: if enable_private_endpoint is false, then enable_public_endpoint will be true.
         "enablePrivateNodes": True or False, # Whether nodes have internal IP addresses only. If enabled, all nodes are given only RFC 1918 private addresses and communicate with the master via private networking. Deprecated: Use NetworkConfig.default_enable_private_nodes instead.
@@ -3862,7 +3913,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # SetMonitoringServiceRequest sets the monitoring service of a cluster.
   "clusterId": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
-  "monitoringService": "A String", # Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+  "monitoringService": "A String", # Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster) of the cluster to set monitoring. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*`.
   "projectId": "A String", # Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
   "zone": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
@@ -4471,7 +4522,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
         "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # Specifies the node management options for NAP created node-pools.
           "autoRepair": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether the node auto-repair is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, the nodes in this node pool will be monitored and, if they fail health checks too many times, an automatic repair action will be triggered.
           "autoUpgrade": True or False, # A flag that specifies whether node auto-upgrade is enabled for the node pool. If enabled, node auto-upgrade helps keep the nodes in your node pool up to date with the latest release version of Kubernetes.
@@ -4669,7 +4720,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
       },
     },
-    "desiredMonitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+    "desiredMonitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     "desiredNetworkPerformanceConfig": { # Configuration of network bandwidth tiers # The desired network performance config.
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", # Specifies the total network bandwidth tier for NodePools in the cluster.
     },
@@ -4758,6 +4809,9 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "productName": "A String", # Name of the parent product associated with the cluster.
     },
+    "desiredPodAutoscaling": { # PodAutoscaling is used for configuration of parameters for workload autoscaling. # The desired config for pod autoscaling.
+      "hpaProfile": "A String", # Selected Horizontal Pod Autoscaling profile.
+    },
     "desiredPrivateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private clusters. # The desired private cluster configuration. master_global_access_config is the only field that can be changed via this field. See also ClusterUpdate.desired_enable_private_endpoint for modifying other fields within PrivateClusterConfig. Deprecated: Use desired_control_plane_endpoints_config.ip_endpoints_config.global_access instead.
       "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Whether the master's internal IP address is used as the cluster endpoint. Deprecated: Use ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig.IPEndpointsConfig.enable_public_endpoint instead. Note that the value of enable_public_endpoint is reversed: if enable_private_endpoint is false, then enable_public_endpoint will be true.
       "enablePrivateNodes": True or False, # Whether nodes have internal IP addresses only. If enabled, all nodes are given only RFC 1918 private addresses and communicate with the master via private networking. Deprecated: Use NetworkConfig.default_enable_private_nodes instead.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index 0b16096b6f..dd99bdb0d1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -86,6 +86,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(projectId, zone, clusterId, nodePoolId, name=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes a node pool from a cluster.

+

+  fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo(name, version=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Fetch upgrade information of a specific nodepool.

 

   get(projectId, zone, clusterId, nodePoolId, name=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Retrieves the requested node pool.

@@ -398,8 +401,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
         },
       ],
-      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
       },
       "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
         "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -631,6 +634,45 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo(name, version=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Fetch upgrade information of a specific nodepool.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name (project, location, cluster, nodepool) of the nodepool to get. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*` or `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`. (required)
+  version: string, API request version that initiates this operation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # NodePoolUpgradeInfo contains the upgrade information of a nodepool.
+  "autoUpgradeStatus": [ # The auto upgrade status.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "endOfExtendedSupportTimestamp": "A String", # The nodepool's current minor version's end of extended support timestamp.
+  "endOfStandardSupportTimestamp": "A String", # The nodepool's current minor version's end of standard support timestamp.
+  "minorTargetVersion": "A String", # minor_target_version indicates the target version for minor upgrade.
+  "patchTargetVersion": "A String", # patch_target_version indicates the target version for patch upgrade.
+  "pausedReason": [ # The auto upgrade paused reason.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "upgradeDetails": [ # The list of past auto upgrades.
+    { # UpgradeDetails contains detailed information of each individual upgrade operation.
+      "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "initialVersion": "A String", # The version before the upgrade.
+      "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "startType": "A String", # The start type of the upgrade.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the upgrade.
+      "targetVersion": "A String", # The version after the upgrade.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
 

     get(projectId, zone, clusterId, nodePoolId, name=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Retrieves the requested node pool.
@@ -834,8 +876,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
       },
     ],
-    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
     },
     "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
       "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1136,8 +1178,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1665,8 +1707,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxUnavailable": 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
     "strategy": "A String", # Update strategy of the node pool.
   },
-  "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-    "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+  "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+    "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
   },
   "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The desired workload metadata config for the node pool.
     "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 82fe44c81e..b8ff6c223f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
         "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # NodeManagement configuration for this NodePool.
           "autoRepair": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically repaired.
           "autoUpgrade": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically upgraded.
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
       },
     },
-    "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+    "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
     "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
     "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
         },
       },
-      "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+      "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
       "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
       "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -844,8 +844,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
         },
       ],
-      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
       },
       "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
         "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
             },
           },
-          "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+          "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
           "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
           "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
           "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -1141,8 +1141,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
             },
           ],
-          "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-            "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+          "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+            "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
           },
           "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
             "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1523,6 +1523,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the upgrade.
       "initialVersion": "A String", # The version before the upgrade.
       "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "startType": "A String", # The start type of the upgrade.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the upgrade.
       "targetVersion": "A String", # The version after the upgrade.
     },
@@ -1629,7 +1630,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
       "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-      "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+      "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
       "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # NodeManagement configuration for this NodePool.
         "autoRepair": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically repaired.
         "autoUpgrade": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically upgraded.
@@ -1907,7 +1908,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
     },
   },
-  "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+  "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
   "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
   "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -1985,7 +1986,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
       },
     },
-    "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+    "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
     "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
     "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
     "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -2120,8 +2121,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
       },
     ],
-    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
     },
     "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
       "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -2282,7 +2283,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
           },
         },
-        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
         "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -2417,8 +2418,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -2770,7 +2771,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
           "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
           "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-          "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+          "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
           "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # NodeManagement configuration for this NodePool.
             "autoRepair": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically repaired.
             "autoUpgrade": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically upgraded.
@@ -3048,7 +3049,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
         },
       },
-      "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+      "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
       "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
       "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -3126,7 +3127,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
           },
         },
-        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
         "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -3261,8 +3262,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -3423,7 +3424,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
               },
             },
-            "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+            "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
             "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
             "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
             "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -3558,8 +3559,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
               },
             ],
-            "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-              "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+            "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+              "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
             },
             "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
               "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -4355,7 +4356,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # SetMonitoringServiceRequest sets the monitoring service of a cluster.
   "clusterId": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
-  "monitoringService": "A String", # Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+  "monitoringService": "A String", # Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster) of the cluster to set monitoring. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*`.
   "projectId": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
   "zone": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
@@ -4771,7 +4772,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
         "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # NodeManagement configuration for this NodePool.
           "autoRepair": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically repaired.
           "autoUpgrade": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically upgraded.
@@ -4984,7 +4985,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
       },
     },
-    "desiredMonitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+    "desiredMonitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     "desiredNetworkPerformanceConfig": { # Configuration of all network bandwidth tiers # The desired network performance config.
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", # Specifies the total network bandwidth tier for the NodePool.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index 60292e66dd..2f58797c22 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
         },
       },
-      "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+      "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
       "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
       "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
         },
       ],
-      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
       },
       "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
         "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -617,6 +617,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the upgrade.
       "initialVersion": "A String", # The version before the upgrade.
       "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "startType": "A String", # The start type of the upgrade.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the upgrade.
       "targetVersion": "A String", # The version after the upgrade.
     },
@@ -705,7 +706,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
       },
     },
-    "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+    "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
     "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
     "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
     "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -840,8 +841,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
       },
     ],
-    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
     },
     "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
       "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1024,7 +1025,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
           },
         },
-        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
         "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -1159,8 +1160,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1771,8 +1772,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxUnavailable": 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
     "strategy": "A String", # Update strategy of the node pool.
   },
-  "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-    "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+  "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+    "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
   },
   "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The desired workload metadata config for the node pool.
     "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 5b22cf9f33..619269c1e3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
         "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # NodeManagement configuration for this NodePool.
           "autoRepair": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically repaired.
           "autoUpgrade": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically upgraded.
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
       },
     },
-    "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+    "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
     "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
     "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
         },
       },
-      "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+      "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
       "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
       "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -942,8 +942,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
         },
       ],
-      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
       },
       "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
         "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
             },
           },
-          "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+          "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
           "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
           "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
           "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -1239,8 +1239,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
             },
           ],
-          "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-            "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+          "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+            "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
           },
           "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
             "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1621,6 +1621,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the upgrade.
       "initialVersion": "A String", # The version before the upgrade.
       "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "startType": "A String", # The start type of the upgrade.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the upgrade.
       "targetVersion": "A String", # The version after the upgrade.
     },
@@ -1727,7 +1728,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
       "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-      "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+      "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
       "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # NodeManagement configuration for this NodePool.
         "autoRepair": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically repaired.
         "autoUpgrade": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically upgraded.
@@ -2005,7 +2006,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
     },
   },
-  "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+  "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
   "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
   "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -2083,7 +2084,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
       },
     },
-    "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+    "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
     "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
     "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
     "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -2218,8 +2219,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
       },
     ],
-    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
     },
     "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
       "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -2380,7 +2381,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
           },
         },
-        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
         "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -2515,8 +2516,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -2912,7 +2913,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
           "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
           "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-          "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+          "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
           "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # NodeManagement configuration for this NodePool.
             "autoRepair": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically repaired.
             "autoUpgrade": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically upgraded.
@@ -3190,7 +3191,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
         },
       },
-      "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+      "monitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       "name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
       "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
       "networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
@@ -3268,7 +3269,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
           },
         },
-        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
         "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -3403,8 +3404,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -3565,7 +3566,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
               },
             },
-            "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+            "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
             "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
             "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
             "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -3700,8 +3701,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
               },
             ],
-            "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-              "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+            "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+              "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
             },
             "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
               "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -4177,7 +4178,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # SetMonitoringServiceRequest sets the monitoring service of a cluster.
   "clusterId": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
-  "monitoringService": "A String", # Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+  "monitoringService": "A String", # Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster) of the cluster to set monitoring. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*`.
   "projectId": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
   "zone": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
@@ -4798,7 +4799,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for NAP created node. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types.
-        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.
+        "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": True or False, # DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.
         "management": { # NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the node pool. # NodeManagement configuration for this NodePool.
           "autoRepair": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically repaired.
           "autoUpgrade": True or False, # Whether the nodes will be automatically upgraded.
@@ -5011,7 +5012,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Managed Collection.
       },
     },
-    "desiredMonitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * "monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
+    "desiredMonitoringService": "A String", # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     "desiredNetworkPerformanceConfig": { # Configuration of all network bandwidth tiers # The desired network performance config.
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", # Specifies the total network bandwidth tier for the NodePool.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index 449e432a4d..8344511d51 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
         },
       },
-      "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+      "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
       "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
       "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -414,8 +414,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
         },
       ],
-      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+      "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+        "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
       },
       "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
         "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -682,6 +682,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the upgrade.
       "initialVersion": "A String", # The version before the upgrade.
       "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of the upgrade.
+      "startType": "A String", # The start type of the upgrade.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the upgrade.
       "targetVersion": "A String", # The version after the upgrade.
     },
@@ -770,7 +771,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
       },
     },
-    "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+    "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
     "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
     "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
     "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -905,8 +906,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
       },
     ],
-    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+    "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+      "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
     },
     "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
       "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1089,7 +1090,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "enabled": True or False, # Private registry access is enabled.
           },
         },
-        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
+        "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'
         "effectiveCgroupMode": "A String", # Output only. effective_cgroup_mode is the cgroup mode actually used by the node pool. It is determined by the cgroup mode specified in the LinuxNodeConfig or the default cgroup mode based on the cluster creation version.
         "enableConfidentialStorage": True or False, # Optional. Reserved for future use.
@@ -1224,8 +1225,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # Value for taint.
           },
         ],
-        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+        "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+          "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
         },
         "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The workload metadata configuration for this node.
           "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
@@ -1761,8 +1762,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "maxUnavailable": 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
     "strategy": "A String", # Update strategy of the node pool.
   },
-  "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
-    "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node
+  "windowsNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings. # Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes.
+    "osVersion": "A String", # OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.
   },
   "workloadMetadataConfig": { # WorkloadMetadataConfig defines the metadata configuration to expose to workloads on the node pool. # The desired workload metadata config for the node pool.
     "mode": "A String", # Mode is the configuration for how to expose metadata to workloads running on the node pool.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
index e77e8ec88f..e0672836b4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
@@ -323,6 +323,36 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"fetchClusterUpgradeInfo": {
+"description": "Fetch upgrade information of a specific cluster.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:fetchClusterUpgradeInfo",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "container.projects.locations.clusters.fetchClusterUpgradeInfo",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name (project, location, cluster) of the cluster to get. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` or `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"version": {
+"description": "API request version that initiates this operation.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:fetchClusterUpgradeInfo",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ClusterUpgradeInfo"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "get": {
 "description": "Gets the details of a specific cluster.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}",
@@ -871,6 +901,36 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo": {
+"description": "Fetch upgrade information of a specific nodepool.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/nodePools/{nodePoolsId}:fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "container.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name (project, location, cluster, nodepool) of the nodepool to get. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*` or `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/nodePools/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"version": {
+"description": "API request version that initiates this operation.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "NodePoolUpgradeInfo"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "get": {
 "description": "Retrieves the requested node pool.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/nodePools/{nodePoolsId}",
@@ -1448,6 +1508,36 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"fetchClusterUpgradeInfo": {
+"description": "Fetch upgrade information of a specific cluster.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/zones/{zonesId}/clusters/{clustersId}:fetchClusterUpgradeInfo",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "container.projects.zones.clusters.fetchClusterUpgradeInfo",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name (project, location, cluster) of the cluster to get. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` or `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/zones/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"version": {
+"description": "API request version that initiates this operation.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:fetchClusterUpgradeInfo",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ClusterUpgradeInfo"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "get": {
 "description": "Gets the details of a specific cluster.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectId}/zones/{zone}/clusters/{clusterId}",
@@ -2122,6 +2212,36 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo": {
+"description": "Fetch upgrade information of a specific nodepool.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/zones/{zonesId}/clusters/{clustersId}/nodePools/{nodePoolsId}:fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "container.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name (project, location, cluster, nodepool) of the nodepool to get. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*` or `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/zones/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/nodePools/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"version": {
+"description": "API request version that initiates this operation.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:fetchNodePoolUpgradeInfo",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "NodePoolUpgradeInfo"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "get": {
 "description": "Retrieves the requested node pool.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectId}/zones/{zone}/clusters/{clusterId}/nodePools/{nodePoolId}",
@@ -2540,7 +2660,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250225",
+"revision": "20250311",
 "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -2890,7 +3010,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": {
-"description": "Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.",
+"description": "DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "management": {
@@ -3321,6 +3441,7 @@
 "description": "Configuration for the legacy ABAC authorization mode."
 },
 "location": {
+"description": "Output only. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) or [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones#available) in which the cluster resides.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3361,7 +3482,7 @@
 "description": "Monitoring configuration for the cluster."
 },
 "monitoringService": {
-"description": "The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * \"monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes\" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
+"description": "The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
@@ -3414,6 +3535,10 @@
 "$ref": "ParentProductConfig",
 "description": "The configuration of the parent product of the cluster. This field is used by Google internal products that are built on top of the GKE cluster and take the ownership of the cluster."
 },
+"podAutoscaling": {
+"$ref": "PodAutoscaling",
+"description": "The config for pod autoscaling."
+},
 "privateClusterConfig": {
 "$ref": "PrivateClusterConfig",
 "description": "Configuration for private cluster."
@@ -3769,7 +3894,7 @@
 "description": "The desired monitoring configuration."
 },
 "desiredMonitoringService": {
-"description": "The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * \"monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes\" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
+"description": "The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "desiredNetworkPerformanceConfig": {
@@ -3820,6 +3945,10 @@
 "$ref": "ParentProductConfig",
 "description": "The desired parent product config for the cluster."
 },
+"desiredPodAutoscaling": {
+"$ref": "PodAutoscaling",
+"description": "The desired config for pod autoscaling."
+},
 "desiredPrivateClusterConfig": {
 "$ref": "PrivateClusterConfig",
 "deprecated": true,
@@ -3910,6 +4039,80 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ClusterUpgradeInfo": {
+"description": "ClusterUpgradeInfo contains the upgrade information of a cluster.",
+"id": "ClusterUpgradeInfo",
+"properties": {
+"autoUpgradeStatus": {
+"description": "The auto upgrade status.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"UNKNOWN",
+"ACTIVE",
+"MINOR_UPGRADE_PAUSED",
+"UPGRADE_PAUSED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"UNKNOWN indicates an unknown status.",
+"ACTIVE indicates an active status.",
+"MINOR_UPGRADE_PAUSED indicates the minor version upgrade is paused.",
+"UPGRADE_PAUSED indicates the upgrade is paused."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"endOfExtendedSupportTimestamp": {
+"description": "The cluster's current minor version's end of extended support timestamp.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"endOfStandardSupportTimestamp": {
+"description": "The cluster's current minor version's end of standard support timestamp.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"minorTargetVersion": {
+"description": "minor_target_version indicates the target version for minor upgrade.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"patchTargetVersion": {
+"description": "patch_target_version indicates the target version for patch upgrade.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pausedReason": {
+"description": "The auto upgrade paused reason.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"AUTO_UPGRADE_PAUSED_REASON_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MAINTENANCE_WINDOW",
+"MAINTENANCE_EXCLUSION_NO_UPGRADES",
+"MAINTENANCE_EXCLUSION_NO_MINOR_UPGRADES",
+"CLUSTER_DISRUPTION_BUDGET",
+"CLUSTER_DISRUPTION_BUDGET_MINOR_UPGRADE",
+"SYSTEM_CONFIG"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"AUTO_UPGRADE_PAUSED_REASON_UNSPECIFIED indicates an unspecified reason.",
+"MAINTENANCE_WINDOW indicates the cluster is outside customer maintenance window.",
+"MAINTENANCE_EXCLUSION_NO_UPGRADES indicates the cluster is in a maintenance exclusion with scope NO_UPGRADES.",
+"MAINTENANCE_EXCLUSION_NO_MINOR_UPGRADES indicates the cluster is in a maintenance exclusion with scope NO_MINOR_UPGRADES.",
+"CLUSTER_DISRUPTION_BUDGET indicates the cluster is outside the cluster disruption budget.",
+"CLUSTER_DISRUPTION_BUDGET_MINOR_UPGRADE indicates the cluster is outside the cluster disruption budget for minor version upgrade.",
+"SYSTEM_CONFIG indicates the cluster upgrade is paused by system config."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"upgradeDetails": {
+"description": "The list of past auto upgrades.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "UpgradeDetails"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "CompleteIPRotationRequest": {
 "description": "CompleteIPRotationRequest moves the cluster master back into single-IP mode.",
 "id": "CompleteIPRotationRequest",
@@ -6213,6 +6416,76 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"NodePoolUpgradeInfo": {
+"description": "NodePoolUpgradeInfo contains the upgrade information of a nodepool.",
+"id": "NodePoolUpgradeInfo",
+"properties": {
+"autoUpgradeStatus": {
+"description": "The auto upgrade status.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"UNKNOWN",
+"ACTIVE",
+"MINOR_UPGRADE_PAUSED",
+"UPGRADE_PAUSED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"UNKNOWN indicates an unknown status.",
+"ACTIVE indicates an active status.",
+"MINOR_UPGRADE_PAUSED indicates the minor version upgrade is paused.",
+"UPGRADE_PAUSED indicates the upgrade is paused."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"endOfExtendedSupportTimestamp": {
+"description": "The nodepool's current minor version's end of extended support timestamp.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"endOfStandardSupportTimestamp": {
+"description": "The nodepool's current minor version's end of standard support timestamp.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"minorTargetVersion": {
+"description": "minor_target_version indicates the target version for minor upgrade.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"patchTargetVersion": {
+"description": "patch_target_version indicates the target version for patch upgrade.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pausedReason": {
+"description": "The auto upgrade paused reason.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"AUTO_UPGRADE_PAUSED_REASON_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MAINTENANCE_WINDOW",
+"MAINTENANCE_EXCLUSION_NO_UPGRADES",
+"MAINTENANCE_EXCLUSION_NO_MINOR_UPGRADES",
+"SYSTEM_CONFIG"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"AUTO_UPGRADE_PAUSED_REASON_UNSPECIFIED indicates an unspecified reason.",
+"MAINTENANCE_WINDOW indicates the cluster is outside customer maintenance window.",
+"MAINTENANCE_EXCLUSION_NO_UPGRADES indicates the cluster is in a maintenance exclusion with scope NO_UPGRADES.",
+"MAINTENANCE_EXCLUSION_NO_MINOR_UPGRADES indicates the cluster is in a maintenance exclusion with scope NO_MINOR_UPGRADES.",
+"SYSTEM_CONFIG indicates the cluster upgrade is paused by system config."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"upgradeDetails": {
+"description": "The list of past auto upgrades.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "UpgradeDetails"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "NodeTaint": {
 "description": "Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values.",
 "id": "NodeTaint",
@@ -6554,6 +6827,27 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"PodAutoscaling": {
+"description": "PodAutoscaling is used for configuration of parameters for workload autoscaling.",
+"id": "PodAutoscaling",
+"properties": {
+"hpaProfile": {
+"description": "Selected Horizontal Pod Autoscaling profile.",
+"enum": [
+"HPA_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NONE",
+"PERFORMANCE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"HPA_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED is used when no custom HPA profile is set.",
+"Customers explicitly opt-out of HPA profiles.",
+"PERFORMANCE is used when customers opt-in to the performance HPA profile. In this profile we support a higher number of HPAs per cluster and faster metrics collection for workload autoscaling."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "PodCIDROverprovisionConfig": {
 "description": "[PRIVATE FIELD] Config for pod CIDR size overprovisioning.",
 "id": "PodCIDROverprovisionConfig",
@@ -7056,6 +7350,13 @@ false
 "description": "If this field is specified, it means there are manual steps that the user must take to make their clusters safe.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"mitigatedVersions": {
+"description": "The GKE versions where this vulnerability is mitigated.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "patchedVersions": {
 "description": "The GKE versions where this vulnerability is patched.",
 "items": {
@@ -7414,7 +7715,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "monitoringService": {
-"description": "Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * \"monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes\" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
+"description": "Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
@@ -8057,6 +8358,64 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"UpgradeDetails": {
+"description": "UpgradeDetails contains detailed information of each individual upgrade operation.",
+"id": "UpgradeDetails",
+"properties": {
+"endTime": {
+"description": "The end timestamp of the upgrade.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"initialVersion": {
+"description": "The version before the upgrade.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"startTime": {
+"description": "The start timestamp of the upgrade.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"startType": {
+"description": "The start type of the upgrade.",
+"enum": [
+"START_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"AUTOMATIC",
+"MANUAL"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Upgrade start type is unspecified.",
+"Upgrade started automatically.",
+"Upgrade started manually."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The state of the upgrade.",
+"enum": [
+"UNKNOWN",
+"FAILED",
+"SUCCEEDED",
+"CANCELED",
+"RUNNING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Upgrade state is unknown.",
+"Upgrade has failed with an error.",
+"Upgrade has succeeded.",
+"Upgrade has been canceled.",
+"Upgrade is running."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"targetVersion": {
+"description": "The version after the upgrade.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "UpgradeEvent": {
 "description": "UpgradeEvent is a notification sent to customers by the cluster server when a resource is upgrading.",
 "id": "UpgradeEvent",
@@ -8359,20 +8718,20 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "WindowsNodeConfig": {
-"description": "Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings",
+"description": "Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings.",
 "id": "WindowsNodeConfig",
 "properties": {
 "osVersion": {
-"description": "OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node",
+"description": "OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.",
 "enum": [
 "OS_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
 "OS_VERSION_LTSC2019",
 "OS_VERSION_LTSC2022"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"When OSVersion is not specified",
-"LTSC2019 specifies to use LTSC2019 as the Windows Servercore Base Image",
-"LTSC2022 specifies to use LTSC2022 as the Windows Servercore Base Image"
+"When OSVersion is not specified.",
+"LTSC2019 specifies to use LTSC2019 as the Windows Servercore Base Image.",
+"LTSC2022 specifies to use LTSC2022 as the Windows Servercore Base Image."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
index 3446f71167..dfc0fa509f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
@@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250225",
+"revision": "20250311",
 "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -3076,7 +3076,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "insecureKubeletReadonlyPortEnabled": {
-"description": "Enable or disable Kubelet read only port.",
+"description": "DEPRECATED. Use NodePoolAutoConfig.NodeKubeletConfig instead.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "management": {
@@ -3600,7 +3600,7 @@
 "description": "Monitoring configuration for the cluster."
 },
 "monitoringService": {
-"description": "The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * \"monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes\" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
+"description": "The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
@@ -4074,7 +4074,7 @@
 "description": "The desired monitoring configuration."
 },
 "desiredMonitoringService": {
-"description": "The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * \"monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes\" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
+"description": "The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "desiredNetworkPerformanceConfig": {
@@ -6211,7 +6211,7 @@ false
 "description": "Parameters for containerd customization."
 },
 "diskSizeGb": {
-"description": "Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.",
+"description": "Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. TODO(b/395671893) - Deprecate disk_size_gb and disk_type fields. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
@@ -7836,6 +7836,13 @@ false
 "description": "If this field is specified, it means there are manual steps that the user must take to make their clusters safe.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"mitigatedVersions": {
+"description": "The GKE versions where this vulnerability is mitigated.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "patchedVersions": {
 "description": "The GKE versions where this vulnerability is patched.",
 "items": {
@@ -8201,7 +8208,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "monitoringService": {
-"description": "Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * \"monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes\" - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
+"description": "Required. The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * `monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
@@ -8886,6 +8893,20 @@ false
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"startType": {
+"description": "The start type of the upgrade.",
+"enum": [
+"START_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"AUTOMATIC",
+"MANUAL"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Upgrade start type is unspecified.",
+"Upgrade started automatically.",
+"Upgrade started manually."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "state": {
 "description": "Output only. The state of the upgrade.",
 "enum": [
@@ -9214,11 +9235,11 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "WindowsNodeConfig": {
-"description": "Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings",
+"description": "Parameters that can be configured on Windows nodes. Windows Node Config that define the parameters that will be used to configure the Windows node pool settings.",
 "id": "WindowsNodeConfig",
 "properties": {
 "osVersion": {
-"description": "OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node",
+"description": "OSVersion specifies the Windows node config to be used on the node.",
 "enum": [
 "OS_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
 "OS_VERSION_LTSC2019",
@@ -9226,8 +9247,8 @@ false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "When OSVersion is not specified",
-"LTSC2019 specifies to use LTSC2019 as the Windows Servercore Base Image",
-"LTSC2022 specifies to use LTSC2022 as the Windows Servercore Base Image"
+"LTSC2019 specifies to use LTSC2019 as the Windows Servercore Base Image.",
+"LTSC2022 specifies to use LTSC2022 as the Windows Servercore Base Image."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }

From b1e4a4fa3a9b89d610353eb1d93ef920772690ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 13/35] feat(dataplex): update the api

#### dataplex:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityDimensionResult.properties.passed.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityResult.properties.dimensions.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityResult.properties.passed.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityResult.properties.rowCount.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityResult.properties.rules.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityResult.properties.scannedData.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResult.properties.evaluatedCount.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResult.properties.failingRowsQuery.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResult.properties.nullCount.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResult.properties.passRatio.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResult.properties.passed.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResult.properties.passedCount.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResult.properties.rule.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLinkEvent (Total Keys: 5)
---
 ...aplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html | 140 +++++++++---------
 ..._v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html |  56 +++----
 .../documents/dataplex.v1.json                |  72 +++++++--
 3 files changed, 155 insertions(+), 113 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
index 210e5b7d84..358d44622c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
@@ -252,33 +252,33 @@ 
Method Details

         "score": 3.14, # Output only. The column-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'column' field is set.The score ranges between between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
       },
     ],
-    "dimensions": [ # A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
+    "dimensions": [ # Output only. A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
       { # DataQualityDimensionResult provides a more detailed, per-dimension view of the results.
         "dimension": { # A dimension captures data quality intent about a defined subset of the rules specified. # Output only. The dimension config specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
-          "name": "A String", # The dimension name a rule belongs to. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
+          "name": "A String", # Optional. The dimension name a rule belongs to. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.
         },
-        "passed": True or False, # Whether the dimension passed or failed.
+        "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the dimension passed or failed.
         "score": 3.14, # Output only. The dimension-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'dimension' field is set.The score ranges between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
       },
     ],
-    "passed": True or False, # Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
+    "passed": True or False, # Output only. Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
     "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataQualityScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions.
       "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action.
         "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the BigQuery exporting.
         "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the BigQuery exporting.
       },
     },
-    "rowCount": "A String", # The count of rows processed.
-    "rules": [ # A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
+    "rowCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of rows processed.
+    "rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
       { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results.
         "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules.
-        "evaluatedCount": "A String", # The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-        "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-        "nullCount": "A String", # The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
-        "passRatio": 3.14, # The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-        "passed": True or False, # Whether the rule passed or failed.
-        "passedCount": "A String", # This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-        "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
+        "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+        "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+        "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
+        "passRatio": 3.14, # Output only. The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+        "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the rule passed or failed.
+        "passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+        "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
           "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against.
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # The data scanned for this result.
+    "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # Output only. The data scanned for this result.
       "incrementalField": { # A data range denoted by a pair of start/end values of a field. # The range denoted by values of an incremental field
         "end": "A String", # Value that marks the end of the range.
         "field": "A String", # The field that contains values which monotonically increases over time (e.g. a timestamp column).
@@ -704,33 +704,33 @@ 
Method Details

         "score": 3.14, # Output only. The column-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'column' field is set.The score ranges between between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
       },
     ],
-    "dimensions": [ # A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
+    "dimensions": [ # Output only. A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
       { # DataQualityDimensionResult provides a more detailed, per-dimension view of the results.
         "dimension": { # A dimension captures data quality intent about a defined subset of the rules specified. # Output only. The dimension config specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
-          "name": "A String", # The dimension name a rule belongs to. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
+          "name": "A String", # Optional. The dimension name a rule belongs to. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.
         },
-        "passed": True or False, # Whether the dimension passed or failed.
+        "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the dimension passed or failed.
         "score": 3.14, # Output only. The dimension-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'dimension' field is set.The score ranges between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
       },
     ],
-    "passed": True or False, # Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
+    "passed": True or False, # Output only. Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
     "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataQualityScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions.
       "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action.
         "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the BigQuery exporting.
         "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the BigQuery exporting.
       },
     },
-    "rowCount": "A String", # The count of rows processed.
-    "rules": [ # A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
+    "rowCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of rows processed.
+    "rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
       { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results.
         "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules.
-        "evaluatedCount": "A String", # The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-        "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-        "nullCount": "A String", # The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
-        "passRatio": 3.14, # The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-        "passed": True or False, # Whether the rule passed or failed.
-        "passedCount": "A String", # This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-        "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
+        "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+        "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+        "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
+        "passRatio": 3.14, # Output only. The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+        "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the rule passed or failed.
+        "passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+        "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
           "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against.
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # The data scanned for this result.
+    "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # Output only. The data scanned for this result.
       "incrementalField": { # A data range denoted by a pair of start/end values of a field. # The range denoted by values of an incremental field
         "end": "A String", # Value that marks the end of the range.
         "field": "A String", # The field that contains values which monotonically increases over time (e.g. a timestamp column).
@@ -1070,33 +1070,33 @@ 
Method Details

             "score": 3.14, # Output only. The column-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'column' field is set.The score ranges between between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
           },
         ],
-        "dimensions": [ # A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
+        "dimensions": [ # Output only. A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
           { # DataQualityDimensionResult provides a more detailed, per-dimension view of the results.
             "dimension": { # A dimension captures data quality intent about a defined subset of the rules specified. # Output only. The dimension config specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
-              "name": "A String", # The dimension name a rule belongs to. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
+              "name": "A String", # Optional. The dimension name a rule belongs to. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.
             },
-            "passed": True or False, # Whether the dimension passed or failed.
+            "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the dimension passed or failed.
             "score": 3.14, # Output only. The dimension-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'dimension' field is set.The score ranges between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
           },
         ],
-        "passed": True or False, # Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
+        "passed": True or False, # Output only. Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
         "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataQualityScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions.
           "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action.
             "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the BigQuery exporting.
             "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the BigQuery exporting.
           },
         },
-        "rowCount": "A String", # The count of rows processed.
-        "rules": [ # A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
+        "rowCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of rows processed.
+        "rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
           { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results.
             "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules.
-            "evaluatedCount": "A String", # The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-            "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-            "nullCount": "A String", # The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
-            "passRatio": 3.14, # The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-            "passed": True or False, # Whether the rule passed or failed.
-            "passedCount": "A String", # This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-            "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
+            "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+            "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+            "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
+            "passRatio": 3.14, # Output only. The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+            "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the rule passed or failed.
+            "passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+            "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
               "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against.
               "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
               "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
@@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # The data scanned for this result.
+        "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # Output only. The data scanned for this result.
           "incrementalField": { # A data range denoted by a pair of start/end values of a field. # The range denoted by values of an incremental field
             "end": "A String", # Value that marks the end of the range.
             "field": "A String", # The field that contains values which monotonically increases over time (e.g. a timestamp column).
@@ -1397,33 +1397,33 @@ 
Method Details

         "score": 3.14, # Output only. The column-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'column' field is set.The score ranges between between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
       },
     ],
-    "dimensions": [ # A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
+    "dimensions": [ # Output only. A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
       { # DataQualityDimensionResult provides a more detailed, per-dimension view of the results.
         "dimension": { # A dimension captures data quality intent about a defined subset of the rules specified. # Output only. The dimension config specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
-          "name": "A String", # The dimension name a rule belongs to. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
+          "name": "A String", # Optional. The dimension name a rule belongs to. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.
         },
-        "passed": True or False, # Whether the dimension passed or failed.
+        "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the dimension passed or failed.
         "score": 3.14, # Output only. The dimension-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'dimension' field is set.The score ranges between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
       },
     ],
-    "passed": True or False, # Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
+    "passed": True or False, # Output only. Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
     "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataQualityScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions.
       "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action.
         "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the BigQuery exporting.
         "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the BigQuery exporting.
       },
     },
-    "rowCount": "A String", # The count of rows processed.
-    "rules": [ # A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
+    "rowCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of rows processed.
+    "rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
       { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results.
         "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules.
-        "evaluatedCount": "A String", # The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-        "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-        "nullCount": "A String", # The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
-        "passRatio": 3.14, # The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-        "passed": True or False, # Whether the rule passed or failed.
-        "passedCount": "A String", # This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-        "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
+        "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+        "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+        "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
+        "passRatio": 3.14, # Output only. The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+        "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the rule passed or failed.
+        "passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+        "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
           "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against.
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # The data scanned for this result.
+    "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # Output only. The data scanned for this result.
       "incrementalField": { # A data range denoted by a pair of start/end values of a field. # The range denoted by values of an incremental field
         "end": "A String", # Value that marks the end of the range.
         "field": "A String", # The field that contains values which monotonically increases over time (e.g. a timestamp column).
@@ -1742,33 +1742,33 @@ 
Method Details

           "score": 3.14, # Output only. The column-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'column' field is set.The score ranges between between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
         },
       ],
-      "dimensions": [ # A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
+      "dimensions": [ # Output only. A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
         { # DataQualityDimensionResult provides a more detailed, per-dimension view of the results.
           "dimension": { # A dimension captures data quality intent about a defined subset of the rules specified. # Output only. The dimension config specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
-            "name": "A String", # The dimension name a rule belongs to. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
+            "name": "A String", # Optional. The dimension name a rule belongs to. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.
           },
-          "passed": True or False, # Whether the dimension passed or failed.
+          "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the dimension passed or failed.
           "score": 3.14, # Output only. The dimension-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'dimension' field is set.The score ranges between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
         },
       ],
-      "passed": True or False, # Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
+      "passed": True or False, # Output only. Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
       "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataQualityScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions.
         "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action.
           "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the BigQuery exporting.
           "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the BigQuery exporting.
         },
       },
-      "rowCount": "A String", # The count of rows processed.
-      "rules": [ # A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
+      "rowCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of rows processed.
+      "rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
         { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results.
           "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules.
-          "evaluatedCount": "A String", # The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-          "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-          "nullCount": "A String", # The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
-          "passRatio": 3.14, # The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-          "passed": True or False, # Whether the rule passed or failed.
-          "passedCount": "A String", # This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-          "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
+          "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+          "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+          "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
+          "passRatio": 3.14, # Output only. The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+          "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the rule passed or failed.
+          "passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+          "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
             "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against.
             "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
             "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
@@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # The data scanned for this result.
+      "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # Output only. The data scanned for this result.
         "incrementalField": { # A data range denoted by a pair of start/end values of a field. # The range denoted by values of an incremental field
           "end": "A String", # Value that marks the end of the range.
           "field": "A String", # The field that contains values which monotonically increases over time (e.g. a timestamp column).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html
index 29b33d2c8d..e34dc14d29 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html
@@ -301,33 +301,33 @@ 
Method Details

         "score": 3.14, # Output only. The column-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'column' field is set.The score ranges between between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
       },
     ],
-    "dimensions": [ # A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
+    "dimensions": [ # Output only. A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
       { # DataQualityDimensionResult provides a more detailed, per-dimension view of the results.
         "dimension": { # A dimension captures data quality intent about a defined subset of the rules specified. # Output only. The dimension config specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
-          "name": "A String", # The dimension name a rule belongs to. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
+          "name": "A String", # Optional. The dimension name a rule belongs to. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.
         },
-        "passed": True or False, # Whether the dimension passed or failed.
+        "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the dimension passed or failed.
         "score": 3.14, # Output only. The dimension-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'dimension' field is set.The score ranges between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
       },
     ],
-    "passed": True or False, # Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
+    "passed": True or False, # Output only. Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
     "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataQualityScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions.
       "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action.
         "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the BigQuery exporting.
         "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the BigQuery exporting.
       },
     },
-    "rowCount": "A String", # The count of rows processed.
-    "rules": [ # A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
+    "rowCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of rows processed.
+    "rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
       { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results.
         "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules.
-        "evaluatedCount": "A String", # The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-        "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-        "nullCount": "A String", # The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
-        "passRatio": 3.14, # The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-        "passed": True or False, # Whether the rule passed or failed.
-        "passedCount": "A String", # This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-        "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
+        "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+        "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+        "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
+        "passRatio": 3.14, # Output only. The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+        "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the rule passed or failed.
+        "passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+        "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
           "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against.
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # The data scanned for this result.
+    "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # Output only. The data scanned for this result.
       "incrementalField": { # A data range denoted by a pair of start/end values of a field. # The range denoted by values of an incremental field
         "end": "A String", # Value that marks the end of the range.
         "field": "A String", # The field that contains values which monotonically increases over time (e.g. a timestamp column).
@@ -596,33 +596,33 @@ 
Method Details

             "score": 3.14, # Output only. The column-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'column' field is set.The score ranges between between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
           },
         ],
-        "dimensions": [ # A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
+        "dimensions": [ # Output only. A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.
           { # DataQualityDimensionResult provides a more detailed, per-dimension view of the results.
             "dimension": { # A dimension captures data quality intent about a defined subset of the rules specified. # Output only. The dimension config specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
-              "name": "A String", # The dimension name a rule belongs to. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
+              "name": "A String", # Optional. The dimension name a rule belongs to. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.
             },
-            "passed": True or False, # Whether the dimension passed or failed.
+            "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the dimension passed or failed.
             "score": 3.14, # Output only. The dimension-level data quality score for this data scan job if and only if the 'dimension' field is set.The score ranges between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).
           },
         ],
-        "passed": True or False, # Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
+        "passed": True or False, # Output only. Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.
         "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataQualityScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions.
           "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action.
             "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the BigQuery exporting.
             "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the BigQuery exporting.
           },
         },
-        "rowCount": "A String", # The count of rows processed.
-        "rules": [ # A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
+        "rowCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of rows processed.
+        "rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.
           { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results.
             "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules.
-            "evaluatedCount": "A String", # The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-            "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-            "nullCount": "A String", # The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
-            "passRatio": 3.14, # The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
-            "passed": True or False, # Whether the rule passed or failed.
-            "passedCount": "A String", # This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
-            "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
+            "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+            "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+            "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column.
+            "passRatio": 3.14, # Output only. The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+            "passed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the rule passed or failed.
+            "passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.
+            "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.
               "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against.
               "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
               "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "FRESHNESS", "VOLUME"
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # The data scanned for this result.
+        "scannedData": { # The data scanned during processing (e.g. in incremental DataScan) # Output only. The data scanned for this result.
           "incrementalField": { # A data range denoted by a pair of start/end values of a field. # The range denoted by values of an incremental field
             "end": "A String", # Value that marks the end of the range.
             "field": "A String", # The field that contains values which monotonically increases over time (e.g. a timestamp column).
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
index 2de8240afb..aa299daaf9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
@@ -6257,7 +6257,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250307",
+"revision": "20250313",
 "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Empty": {
@@ -7902,7 +7902,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityDimension",
 "properties": {
 "name": {
-"description": "The dimension name a rule belongs to. Supported dimensions are \"COMPLETENESS\", \"ACCURACY\", \"CONSISTENCY\", \"VALIDITY\", \"UNIQUENESS\", \"FRESHNESS\", \"VOLUME\"",
+"description": "Optional. The dimension name a rule belongs to. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -7918,7 +7918,8 @@
 "readOnly": true
 },
 "passed": {
-"description": "Whether the dimension passed or failed.",
+"description": "Output only. Whether the dimension passed or failed.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "score": {
@@ -7943,14 +7944,16 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "dimensions": {
-"description": "A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.",
+"description": "Output only. A list of results at the dimension level.A dimension will have a corresponding DataQualityDimensionResult if and only if there is at least one rule with the 'dimension' field set to it.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityDimensionResult"
 },
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
 "passed": {
-"description": "Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.",
+"description": "Output only. Overall data quality result -- true if all rules passed.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "postScanActionsResult": {
@@ -7959,20 +7962,23 @@
 "readOnly": true
 },
 "rowCount": {
-"description": "The count of rows processed.",
+"description": "Output only. The count of rows processed.",
 "format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rules": {
-"description": "A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.",
+"description": "Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResult"
 },
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
 "scannedData": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ScannedData",
-"description": "The data scanned for this result."
+"description": "Output only. The data scanned for this result.",
+"readOnly": true
 },
 "score": {
 "description": "Output only. The overall data quality score.The score ranges between 0, 100 (up to two decimal points).",
@@ -8147,36 +8153,43 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "evaluatedCount": {
-"description": "The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.",
+"description": "Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.",
 "format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "failingRowsQuery": {
-"description": "The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.",
+"description": "Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nullCount": {
-"description": "The number of rows with null values in the specified column.",
+"description": "Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column.",
 "format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "passRatio": {
-"description": "The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.",
+"description": "Output only. The ratio of passed_count / evaluated_count.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.",
 "format": "double",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "number"
 },
 "passed": {
-"description": "Whether the rule passed or failed.",
+"description": "Output only. Whether the rule passed or failed.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "passedCount": {
-"description": "This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.",
+"description": "Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.",
 "format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rule": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRule",
-"description": "The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is."
+"description": "Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is.",
+"readOnly": true
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -9541,6 +9554,35 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLinkEvent": {
+"description": "Payload associated with Entry related log events.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLinkEvent",
+"properties": {
+"eventType": {
+"description": "The type of the event.",
+"enum": [
+"EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ENTRY_LINK_CREATE",
+"ENTRY_LINK_DELETE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"An unspecified event type.",
+"EntryLink create event.",
+"EntryLink delete event."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"message": {
+"description": "The log message.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resource": {
+"description": "Name of the resource.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntrySource": {
 "description": "Information related to the source system of the data resource that is represented by the entry.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntrySource",

From ab21a62281bb11af2ea73ba9c2ec5ba1944eb382 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 14/35] feat(dataproc): update the api

#### dataproc:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.batches.resources.sparkApplications.methods.accessNativeBuildInfo (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.batches.resources.sparkApplications.methods.accessNativeSqlQuery (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.batches.resources.sparkApplications.methods.searchNativeSqlQueries (Total Keys: 18)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.sessions.resources.sparkApplications.methods.accessNativeBuildInfo (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.sessions.resources.sparkApplications.methods.accessNativeSqlQuery (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.sessions.resources.sparkApplications.methods.searchNativeSqlQueries (Total Keys: 18)
- schemas.AccessSessionSparkApplicationNativeBuildInfoResponse (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.AccessSessionSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueryResponse (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.AccessSparkApplicationNativeBuildInfoResponse (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.AccessSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueryResponse (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.AuthenticationConfig (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.ExecutionConfig.properties.authenticationConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.SearchSessionSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueriesResponse (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.SearchSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueriesResponse (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.UsageMetrics.properties.milliSlotSeconds (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.UsageMetrics.properties.updateTime (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.UsageSnapshot.properties.milliSlot (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...ataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html |  18 +
 ...s.locations.batches.sparkApplications.html | 124 ++++++
 ...1.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.html |  18 +
 ...taproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html |  18 +
 ....locations.sessions.sparkApplications.html | 124 ++++++
 ....projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html |  28 +-
 ...dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html |  16 +-
 ...v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html |  28 +-
 .../documents/dataproc.v1.json                | 352 +++++++++++++++++-
 9 files changed, 685 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html
index 314e3ac617..ae1ea6149a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html
@@ -162,6 +162,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the batch.
   "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the batch execution.
     "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+        "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+      },
       "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
       "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -226,13 +229,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
       "milliAcceleratorSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator usage in (milliAccelerator x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
       "milliDcuSeconds": "A String", # Optional. DCU (Dataproc Compute Units) usage in (milliDCU x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "milliSlotSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Slot usage in (milliSlot x seconds).
       "shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics.
     },
     "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.
       "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
       "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "milliDcu": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
       "milliDcuPremium": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) charged at premium tier (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "milliSlot": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Slot usage of the workload.
       "shuffleStorageGb": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB). (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "shuffleStorageGbPremium": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB) charged at premium tier. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "snapshotTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage snapshot.
@@ -361,6 +367,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the batch.
   "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the batch execution.
     "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+        "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+      },
       "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
       "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -425,13 +434,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
       "milliAcceleratorSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator usage in (milliAccelerator x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
       "milliDcuSeconds": "A String", # Optional. DCU (Dataproc Compute Units) usage in (milliDCU x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "milliSlotSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Slot usage in (milliSlot x seconds).
       "shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics.
     },
     "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.
       "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
       "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "milliDcu": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
       "milliDcuPremium": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) charged at premium tier (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "milliSlot": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Slot usage of the workload.
       "shuffleStorageGb": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB). (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "shuffleStorageGbPremium": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB) charged at premium tier. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "snapshotTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage snapshot.
@@ -518,6 +530,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the batch.
       "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the batch execution.
         "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+          "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+            "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+          },
           "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
           "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
           "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -582,13 +597,16 @@ 
Method Details

           "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
           "milliAcceleratorSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator usage in (milliAccelerator x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
           "milliDcuSeconds": "A String", # Optional. DCU (Dataproc Compute Units) usage in (milliDCU x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+          "milliSlotSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Slot usage in (milliSlot x seconds).
           "shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics.
         },
         "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.
           "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
           "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
           "milliDcu": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
           "milliDcuPremium": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) charged at premium tier (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+          "milliSlot": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Slot usage of the workload.
           "shuffleStorageGb": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB). (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
           "shuffleStorageGbPremium": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB) charged at premium tier. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
           "snapshotTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage snapshot.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.html
index 79ecb99a60..79b4131b45 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.html
@@ -83,6 +83,12 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   accessJob(name, jobId=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Obtain data corresponding to a spark job for a Spark Application.

+

+  accessNativeBuildInfo(name, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Obtain build data for Native Job

+

+  accessNativeSqlQuery(name, executionId=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Obtain data corresponding to a particular Native SQL Query for a Spark Application.

 

   accessSqlPlan(name, executionId=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Obtain Spark Plan Graph for a Spark Application SQL execution. Limits the number of clusters returned as part of the graph to 10000.

@@ -119,6 +125,12 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   searchJobs_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  searchNativeSqlQueries(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Obtain data corresponding to Native SQL Queries for a Spark Application.

+

+  searchNativeSqlQueries_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   searchSqlQueries(name, details=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, planDescription=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Obtain data corresponding to SQL Queries for a Spark Application.

@@ -313,6 +325,67 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    accessNativeBuildInfo(name, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Obtain build data for Native Job
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The fully qualified name of the batch to retrieve in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/batches/BATCH_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID" (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Parent (Batch) resource reference.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Details of Native Build Info for a Spark Application
+  "buildInfo": { # Native Build Info Data
+    "buildClass": "A String", # Optional. Build class of Native.
+    "buildInfo": [ # Optional. Build related details.
+      { # Native Build Info
+        "buildKey": "A String", # Optional. Build key.
+        "buildValue": "A String", # Optional. Build value.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    accessNativeSqlQuery(name, executionId=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Obtain data corresponding to a particular Native SQL Query for a Spark Application.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The fully qualified name of the batch to retrieve in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/batches/BATCH_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID" (required)
+  executionId: string, Required. Execution ID
+  parent: string, Required. Parent (Batch) resource reference.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Details of a query for a Spark Application
+  "executionData": { # Native SQL Execution Data # Native SQL Execution Data
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the execution.
+    "executionId": "A String", # Required. Execution ID of the Native SQL Execution.
+    "fallbackDescription": "A String", # Optional. Description of the fallback.
+    "fallbackNodeToReason": [ # Optional. Fallback node to reason.
+      { # Native SQL Execution Data
+        "fallbackNode": "A String", # Optional. Fallback node information.
+        "fallbackReason": "A String", # Optional. Fallback to Spark reason.
+      },
+    ],
+    "numFallbackNodes": 42, # Optional. Number of nodes fallen back to Spark.
+    "numNativeNodes": 42, # Optional. Number of nodes in Native.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     accessSqlPlan(name, executionId=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Obtain Spark Plan Graph for a Spark Application SQL execution. Limits the number of clusters returned as part of the graph to 10000.
@@ -1428,6 +1501,57 @@ 
Method Details

         

 

 
+

+    searchNativeSqlQueries(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Obtain data corresponding to Native SQL Queries for a Spark Application.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The fully qualified name of the batch to retrieve in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/batches/BATCH_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID" (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of queries to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this. The default page size is 10; the maximum page size is 100.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token received from a previous SearchSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueries call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  parent: string, Required. Parent (Batch) resource reference.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # List of all Native SQL queries details for a Spark Application.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # This token is included in the response if there are more results to fetch. To fetch additional results, provide this value as the page_token in a subsequent SearchSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueriesRequest.
+  "sparkApplicationNativeSqlQueries": [ # Output only. Native SQL Execution Data
+    { # Native SQL Execution Data
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the execution.
+      "executionId": "A String", # Required. Execution ID of the Native SQL Execution.
+      "fallbackDescription": "A String", # Optional. Description of the fallback.
+      "fallbackNodeToReason": [ # Optional. Fallback node to reason.
+        { # Native SQL Execution Data
+          "fallbackNode": "A String", # Optional. Fallback node information.
+          "fallbackReason": "A String", # Optional. Fallback to Spark reason.
+        },
+      ],
+      "numFallbackNodes": 42, # Optional. Number of nodes fallen back to Spark.
+      "numNativeNodes": 42, # Optional. Number of nodes in Native.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    searchNativeSqlQueries_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
 

     searchSqlQueries(name, details=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, planDescription=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Obtain data corresponding to SQL Queries for a Spark Application.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.html
index 905e366962..5c51ea9a94 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.html
@@ -116,6 +116,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
   "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
     "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+        "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+      },
       "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
       "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -180,6 +183,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
   "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
     "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+        "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+      },
       "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
       "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -269,6 +275,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
   "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
     "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+        "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+      },
       "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
       "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -346,6 +355,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
       "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
         "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+          "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+            "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+          },
           "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
           "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
           "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -428,6 +440,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
   "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
     "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+        "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+      },
       "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
       "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -492,6 +507,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
   "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
     "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+        "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+      },
       "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
       "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html
index b3fd4f9f5e..e3e4fdde44 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html
@@ -120,6 +120,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the session.
   "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the session execution.
     "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+        "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+      },
       "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
       "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -169,13 +172,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
       "milliAcceleratorSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator usage in (milliAccelerator x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
       "milliDcuSeconds": "A String", # Optional. DCU (Dataproc Compute Units) usage in (milliDCU x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "milliSlotSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Slot usage in (milliSlot x seconds).
       "shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics.
     },
     "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.
       "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
       "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "milliDcu": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
       "milliDcuPremium": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) charged at premium tier (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "milliSlot": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Slot usage of the workload.
       "shuffleStorageGb": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB). (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "shuffleStorageGbPremium": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB) charged at premium tier. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "snapshotTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage snapshot.
@@ -289,6 +295,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the session.
   "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the session execution.
     "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+        "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+      },
       "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
       "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -338,13 +347,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
       "milliAcceleratorSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator usage in (milliAccelerator x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
       "milliDcuSeconds": "A String", # Optional. DCU (Dataproc Compute Units) usage in (milliDCU x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "milliSlotSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Slot usage in (milliSlot x seconds).
       "shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics.
     },
     "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.
       "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
       "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "milliDcu": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
       "milliDcuPremium": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) charged at premium tier (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "milliSlot": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Slot usage of the workload.
       "shuffleStorageGb": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB). (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "shuffleStorageGbPremium": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB) charged at premium tier. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
       "snapshotTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage snapshot.
@@ -398,6 +410,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the session.
       "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the session execution.
         "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+          "authenticationConfig": { # Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s). # Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).
+            "userWorkloadAuthenticationType": "A String", # Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.
+          },
           "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
           "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
           "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
@@ -447,13 +462,16 @@ 
Method Details

           "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
           "milliAcceleratorSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator usage in (milliAccelerator x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
           "milliDcuSeconds": "A String", # Optional. DCU (Dataproc Compute Units) usage in (milliDCU x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+          "milliSlotSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Slot usage in (milliSlot x seconds).
           "shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics.
         },
         "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.
           "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any
           "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
           "milliDcu": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
           "milliDcuPremium": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) charged at premium tier (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+          "milliSlot": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Slot usage of the workload.
           "shuffleStorageGb": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB). (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
           "shuffleStorageGbPremium": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB) charged at premium tier. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
           "snapshotTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage snapshot.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.html
index a135f3d6d5..a5de9a955c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.html
@@ -83,6 +83,12 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   accessJob(name, jobId=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Obtain data corresponding to a spark job for a Spark Application.

+

+  accessNativeBuildInfo(name, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Obtain data corresponding to Native Build Information for a Spark Application.

+

+  accessNativeSqlQuery(name, executionId=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Obtain data corresponding to a particular Native SQL Query for a Spark Application.

 

   accessSqlPlan(name, executionId=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Obtain Spark Plan Graph for a Spark Application SQL execution. Limits the number of clusters returned as part of the graph to 10000.

@@ -119,6 +125,12 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   searchJobs_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  searchNativeSqlQueries(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Obtain data corresponding to Native SQL Queries for a Spark Application.

+

+  searchNativeSqlQueries_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   searchSqlQueries(name, details=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, planDescription=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Obtain data corresponding to SQL Queries for a Spark Application.

@@ -313,6 +325,67 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    accessNativeBuildInfo(name, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Obtain data corresponding to Native Build Information for a Spark Application.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The fully qualified name of the session to retrieve in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/sessions/SESSION_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID" (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Parent (Session) resource reference.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Details of a native build info for a Spark Application
+  "executionData": { # Native SQL Execution Data
+    "buildClass": "A String", # Optional. Build class of Native.
+    "buildInfo": [ # Optional. Build related details.
+      { # Native Build Info
+        "buildKey": "A String", # Optional. Build key.
+        "buildValue": "A String", # Optional. Build value.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    accessNativeSqlQuery(name, executionId=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Obtain data corresponding to a particular Native SQL Query for a Spark Application.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The fully qualified name of the session to retrieve in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/sessions/SESSION_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID" (required)
+  executionId: string, Required. Execution ID
+  parent: string, Required. Parent (Session) resource reference.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Details of a native query for a Spark Application
+  "executionData": { # Native SQL Execution Data # Native SQL Execution Data
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the execution.
+    "executionId": "A String", # Required. Execution ID of the Native SQL Execution.
+    "fallbackDescription": "A String", # Optional. Description of the fallback.
+    "fallbackNodeToReason": [ # Optional. Fallback node to reason.
+      { # Native SQL Execution Data
+        "fallbackNode": "A String", # Optional. Fallback node information.
+        "fallbackReason": "A String", # Optional. Fallback to Spark reason.
+      },
+    ],
+    "numFallbackNodes": 42, # Optional. Number of nodes fallen back to Spark.
+    "numNativeNodes": 42, # Optional. Number of nodes in Native.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     accessSqlPlan(name, executionId=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Obtain Spark Plan Graph for a Spark Application SQL execution. Limits the number of clusters returned as part of the graph to 10000.
@@ -1428,6 +1501,57 @@ 
Method Details

         

 

 
+

+    searchNativeSqlQueries(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Obtain data corresponding to Native SQL Queries for a Spark Application.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The fully qualified name of the session to retrieve in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/sessions/SESSION_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID" (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of queries to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this. The default page size is 10; the maximum page size is 100.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token received from a previous SearchSessionSparkApplicationSqlQueries call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  parent: string, Required. Parent (Session) resource reference.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # List of all Native queries for a Spark Application.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # This token is included in the response if there are more results to fetch. To fetch additional results, provide this value as the page_token in a subsequent SearchSessionSparkApplicationSqlQueriesRequest.
+  "sparkApplicationNativeSqlQueries": [ # Output only. Native SQL Execution Data
+    { # Native SQL Execution Data
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the execution.
+      "executionId": "A String", # Required. Execution ID of the Native SQL Execution.
+      "fallbackDescription": "A String", # Optional. Description of the fallback.
+      "fallbackNodeToReason": [ # Optional. Fallback node to reason.
+        { # Native SQL Execution Data
+          "fallbackNode": "A String", # Optional. Fallback node information.
+          "fallbackReason": "A String", # Optional. Fallback to Spark reason.
+        },
+      ],
+      "numFallbackNodes": 42, # Optional. Number of nodes fallen back to Spark.
+      "numNativeNodes": 42, # Optional. Number of nodes in Native.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    searchNativeSqlQueries_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
 

     searchSqlQueries(name, details=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, planDescription=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Obtain data corresponding to SQL Queries for a Spark Application.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
index 11cd9e7619..5b91b2929b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -2753,7 +2753,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -3462,7 +3462,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
               "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
                 { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-                  "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+                  "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -3499,7 +3499,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
-              "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+              "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -4313,7 +4313,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -4981,7 +4981,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -5018,7 +5018,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
index 992cc83997..f8c31cd53a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
       "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
         { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-          "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+          "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
             "A String",
           ],
           "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
-      "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+      "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
       "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
         { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-          "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+          "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
             "A String",
           ],
           "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
-      "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+      "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
       "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
         { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-          "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+          "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
             "A String",
           ],
           "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
-      "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+      "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
index 35edcfb5bc..1c3423ef48 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -2753,7 +2753,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -3462,7 +3462,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
               "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
                 { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-                  "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+                  "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -3499,7 +3499,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
-              "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+              "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -4313,7 +4313,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
@@ -4981,7 +4981,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dataprocMetricConfig": { # Dataproc metric config. # Optional. The config for Dataproc metrics.
           "metrics": [ # Required. Metrics sources to enable.
             { # A Dataproc custom metric.
-              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
+              "metricOverrides": [ # Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "metricSource": "A String", # Required. A standard set of metrics is collected unless metricOverrides are specified for the metric source (see Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) for more information).
@@ -5018,7 +5018,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).
+          "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Dataproc service account (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/service-accounts#service_accounts_in_dataproc) (also see VM Data Plane identity (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/iam/dataproc-principals#vm_service_account_data_plane_identity)) used by Dataproc cluster VM instances to access Google Cloud Platform services.If not specified, the Compute Engine default service account (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
index 1ad6227942..4f312b0af9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
@@ -680,6 +680,72 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"accessNativeBuildInfo": {
+"description": "Obtain build data for Native Job",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/batches/{batchesId}/sparkApplications/{sparkApplicationsId}:accessNativeBuildInfo",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dataproc.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.accessNativeBuildInfo",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The fully qualified name of the batch to retrieve in the format \"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/batches/BATCH_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID\"",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/batches/[^/]+/sparkApplications/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. Parent (Batch) resource reference.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:accessNativeBuildInfo",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "AccessSparkApplicationNativeBuildInfoResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"accessNativeSqlQuery": {
+"description": "Obtain data corresponding to a particular Native SQL Query for a Spark Application.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/batches/{batchesId}/sparkApplications/{sparkApplicationsId}:accessNativeSqlQuery",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dataproc.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.accessNativeSqlQuery",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"executionId": {
+"description": "Required. Execution ID",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The fully qualified name of the batch to retrieve in the format \"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/batches/BATCH_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID\"",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/batches/[^/]+/sparkApplications/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. Parent (Batch) resource reference.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:accessNativeSqlQuery",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "AccessSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueryResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "accessSqlPlan": {
 "description": "Obtain Spark Plan Graph for a Spark Application SQL execution. Limits the number of clusters returned as part of the graph to 10000.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/batches/{batchesId}/sparkApplications/{sparkApplicationsId}:accessSqlPlan",
@@ -1090,6 +1156,47 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"searchNativeSqlQueries": {
+"description": "Obtain data corresponding to Native SQL Queries for a Spark Application.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/batches/{batchesId}/sparkApplications/{sparkApplicationsId}:searchNativeSqlQueries",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dataproc.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.searchNativeSqlQueries",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The fully qualified name of the batch to retrieve in the format \"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/batches/BATCH_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID\"",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/batches/[^/]+/sparkApplications/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. Maximum number of queries to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this. The default page size is 10; the maximum page size is 100.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A page token received from a previous SearchSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueries call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. Parent (Batch) resource reference.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:searchNativeSqlQueries",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "SearchSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueriesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "searchSqlQueries": {
 "description": "Obtain data corresponding to SQL Queries for a Spark Application.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/batches/{batchesId}/sparkApplications/{sparkApplicationsId}:searchSqlQueries",
@@ -2040,6 +2147,72 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"accessNativeBuildInfo": {
+"description": "Obtain data corresponding to Native Build Information for a Spark Application.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/sparkApplications/{sparkApplicationsId}:accessNativeBuildInfo",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.accessNativeBuildInfo",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The fully qualified name of the session to retrieve in the format \"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/sessions/SESSION_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID\"",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/sparkApplications/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. Parent (Session) resource reference.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:accessNativeBuildInfo",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationNativeBuildInfoResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"accessNativeSqlQuery": {
+"description": "Obtain data corresponding to a particular Native SQL Query for a Spark Application.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/sparkApplications/{sparkApplicationsId}:accessNativeSqlQuery",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.accessNativeSqlQuery",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"executionId": {
+"description": "Required. Execution ID",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The fully qualified name of the session to retrieve in the format \"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/sessions/SESSION_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID\"",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/sparkApplications/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. Parent (Session) resource reference.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:accessNativeSqlQuery",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueryResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "accessSqlPlan": {
 "description": "Obtain Spark Plan Graph for a Spark Application SQL execution. Limits the number of clusters returned as part of the graph to 10000.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/sparkApplications/{sparkApplicationsId}:accessSqlPlan",
@@ -2450,6 +2623,47 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"searchNativeSqlQueries": {
+"description": "Obtain data corresponding to Native SQL Queries for a Spark Application.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/sparkApplications/{sparkApplicationsId}:searchNativeSqlQueries",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.searchNativeSqlQueries",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The fully qualified name of the session to retrieve in the format \"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/DATAPROC_REGION/sessions/SESSION_ID/sparkApplications/APPLICATION_ID\"",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/sparkApplications/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. Maximum number of queries to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this. The default page size is 10; the maximum page size is 100.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A page token received from a previous SearchSessionSparkApplicationSqlQueries call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. Parent (Session) resource reference.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:searchNativeSqlQueries",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueriesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "searchSqlQueries": {
 "description": "Obtain data corresponding to SQL Queries for a Spark Application.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/sparkApplications/{sparkApplicationsId}:searchSqlQueries",
@@ -4978,7 +5192,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250207",
+"revision": "20250315",
 "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -5020,6 +5234,28 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"AccessSessionSparkApplicationNativeBuildInfoResponse": {
+"description": "Details of a native build info for a Spark Application",
+"id": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationNativeBuildInfoResponse",
+"properties": {
+"executionData": {
+"$ref": "NativeBuildInfoUiData",
+"description": "Native SQL Execution Data"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AccessSessionSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueryResponse": {
+"description": "Details of a native query for a Spark Application",
+"id": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueryResponse",
+"properties": {
+"executionData": {
+"$ref": "NativeSqlExecutionUiData",
+"description": "Native SQL Execution Data"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "AccessSessionSparkApplicationResponse": {
 "description": "A summary of Spark Application",
 "id": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationResponse",
@@ -5100,6 +5336,28 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"AccessSparkApplicationNativeBuildInfoResponse": {
+"description": "Details of Native Build Info for a Spark Application",
+"id": "AccessSparkApplicationNativeBuildInfoResponse",
+"properties": {
+"buildInfo": {
+"$ref": "NativeBuildInfoUiData",
+"description": "Native Build Info Data"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AccessSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueryResponse": {
+"description": "Details of a query for a Spark Application",
+"id": "AccessSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueryResponse",
+"properties": {
+"executionData": {
+"$ref": "NativeSqlExecutionUiData",
+"description": "Native SQL Execution Data"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "AccessSparkApplicationResponse": {
 "description": "A summary of Spark Application",
 "id": "AccessSparkApplicationResponse",
@@ -5404,6 +5662,27 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"AuthenticationConfig": {
+"description": "Authentication configuration for a workload is used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s).",
+"id": "AuthenticationConfig",
+"properties": {
+"userWorkloadAuthenticationType": {
+"description": "Optional. Authentication type for the user workload running in containers.",
+"enum": [
+"AUTHENTICATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"SERVICE_ACCOUNT",
+"END_USER_CREDENTIALS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"If AuthenticationType is unspecified then END_USER_CREDENTIALS is used for 3.0 and newer runtimes, and SERVICE_ACCOUNT is used for older runtimes.",
+"Use service account credentials for authenticating to other services.",
+"Use OAuth credentials associated with the workload creator/user for authenticating to other services."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "AutoscalingConfig": {
 "description": "Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster.",
 "id": "AutoscalingConfig",
@@ -6428,6 +6707,10 @@
 "description": "Execution configuration for a workload.",
 "id": "ExecutionConfig",
 "properties": {
+"authenticationConfig": {
+"$ref": "AuthenticationConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Authentication configuration used to set the default identity for the workload execution. The config specifies the type of identity (service account or user) that will be used by workloads to access resources on the project(s)."
+},
 "idleTtl": {
 "description": "Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.",
 "format": "google-duration",
@@ -6972,7 +7255,7 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Resource manager tags to add to all instances (see Resource manager tags resources (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing)).",
+"description": "Optional. Resource manager tags (https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing) to add to all instances (see Use secure tags in Dataproc (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/attach-secure-tags)).",
 "type": "object"
 },
 "serviceAccount": {
@@ -8453,7 +8736,7 @@
 "id": "Metric",
 "properties": {
 "metricOverrides": {
-"description": "Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK andd YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.",
+"description": "Optional. Specify one or more Custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-metrics#custom_metrics) to collect for the metric course (for the SPARK metric source (any Spark metric (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.html#metrics) can be specified).Provide metrics in the following format: METRIC_SOURCE: INSTANCE:GROUP:METRIC Use camelcase as appropriate.Examples: yarn:ResourceManager:QueueMetrics:AppsCompleted spark:driver:DAGScheduler:job.allJobs sparkHistoryServer:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.committed hiveserver2:JVM:Memory:NonHeapMemoryUsage.used Notes: Only the specified overridden metrics are collected for the metric source. For example, if one or more spark:executive metrics are listed as metric overrides, other SPARK metrics are not collected. The collection of the metrics for other enabled custom metric sources is unaffected. For example, if both SPARK and YARN metric sources are enabled, and overrides are provided for Spark metrics only, all YARN metrics are collected.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -8644,7 +8927,8 @@
 "REPAIR",
 "UPDATE_LABELS",
 "START",
-"STOP"
+"STOP",
+"UPDATE_METADATA_CONFIG"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Node group operation type is unknown.",
@@ -8655,7 +8939,8 @@
 "Repair node group operation type.",
 "Update node group label operation type.",
 "Start node group operation type.",
-"Stop node group operation type."
+"Stop node group operation type.",
+"This operation type is used to update the metadata config of a node group. We update the metadata of the VMs in the node group and await for intended config change to be completed at the node group level. Currently, only the identity config update is supported."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -9760,6 +10045,25 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SearchSessionSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueriesResponse": {
+"description": "List of all Native queries for a Spark Application.",
+"id": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueriesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "This token is included in the response if there are more results to fetch. To fetch additional results, provide this value as the page_token in a subsequent SearchSessionSparkApplicationSqlQueriesRequest.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sparkApplicationNativeSqlQueries": {
+"description": "Output only. Native SQL Execution Data",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "NativeSqlExecutionUiData"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SearchSessionSparkApplicationSqlQueriesResponse": {
 "description": "List of all queries for a Spark Application.",
 "id": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationSqlQueriesResponse",
@@ -9910,6 +10214,25 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SearchSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueriesResponse": {
+"description": "List of all Native SQL queries details for a Spark Application.",
+"id": "SearchSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueriesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "This token is included in the response if there are more results to fetch. To fetch additional results, provide this value as the page_token in a subsequent SearchSparkApplicationNativeSqlQueriesRequest.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sparkApplicationNativeSqlQueries": {
+"description": "Output only. Native SQL Execution Data",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "NativeSqlExecutionUiData"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SearchSparkApplicationSqlQueriesResponse": {
 "description": "List of all queries for a Spark Application.",
 "id": "SearchSparkApplicationSqlQueriesResponse",
@@ -10531,12 +10854,14 @@
 "enum": [
 "COMPONENT_UNSPECIFIED",
 "ANACONDA",
+"DELTA",
 "DOCKER",
 "DRUID",
 "FLINK",
 "HBASE",
 "HIVE_WEBHCAT",
 "HUDI",
+"ICEBERG",
 "JUPYTER",
 "PIG",
 "PRESTO",
@@ -10549,12 +10874,14 @@
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Unspecified component. Specifying this will cause Cluster creation to fail.",
 "The Anaconda component is no longer supported or applicable to supported Dataproc on Compute Engine image versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-version-clusters#supported-dataproc-image-versions). It cannot be activated on clusters created with supported Dataproc on Compute Engine image versions.",
+"Delta Lake.",
 "Docker",
 "The Druid query engine. (alpha)",
 "Flink",
 "HBase. (beta)",
 "The Hive Web HCatalog (the REST service for accessing HCatalog).",
 "Hudi.",
+"Iceberg.",
 "The Jupyter Notebook.",
 "The Pig component.",
 "The Presto query engine.",
@@ -12447,10 +12774,20 @@
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"milliSlotSeconds": {
+"description": "Optional. Slot usage in (milliSlot x seconds).",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "shuffleStorageGbSeconds": {
 "description": "Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -12478,6 +12815,11 @@
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"milliSlot": {
+"description": "Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Slot usage of the workload.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "shuffleStorageGb": {
 "description": "Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB). (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))",
 "format": "int64",

From 77b0d5e5a7778783cc5fb440e890489683b9a3de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 15/35] feat(datastream): update the api

#### datastream:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.privateConnections.methods.create.parameters.validateOnly (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.PrivateConnection.properties.pscInterfaceConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.PscInterfaceConfig (Total Keys: 3)
---
 ...projects.locations.privateConnections.html | 14 ++++++++++--
 .../documents/datastream.v1.json              | 22 ++++++++++++++++++-
 2 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html
index a717fe3068..0a7c9c01aa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

-  create(parent, body=None, force=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  create(parent, body=None, force=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Use this method to create a private connectivity configuration.

 

   delete(name, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    create(parent, body=None, force=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    create(parent, body=None, force=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Use this method to create a private connectivity configuration.
 
 Args:
@@ -128,6 +128,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
+  "pscInterfaceConfig": { # The PSC Interface configuration is used to create PSC Interface between Datastream and the consumer's PSC. # PSC Interface Config.
+    "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified name of the Network Attachment that Datastream will connect to. Format: `projects/{{project}}/regions/{{region}}/networkAttachments/{{name}}`
+  },
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the Private Connection.
@@ -141,6 +144,7 @@ 
Method Details

   force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, will skip validations.
   privateConnectionId: string, Required. The private connectivity identifier.
   requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. When supplied with PSC Interface config, will get/create the tenant project required for the customer to allow list and won't actually create the private connection.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -237,6 +241,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
+  "pscInterfaceConfig": { # The PSC Interface configuration is used to create PSC Interface between Datastream and the consumer's PSC. # PSC Interface Config.
+    "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified name of the Network Attachment that Datastream will connect to. Format: `projects/{{project}}/regions/{{region}}/networkAttachments/{{name}}`
+  },
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the Private Connection.
@@ -285,6 +292,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
+      "pscInterfaceConfig": { # The PSC Interface configuration is used to create PSC Interface between Datastream and the consumer's PSC. # PSC Interface Config.
+        "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified name of the Network Attachment that Datastream will connect to. Format: `projects/{{project}}/regions/{{region}}/networkAttachments/{{name}}`
+      },
       "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the Private Connection.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
index 7d0aacfa96..e3e56edc6d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
@@ -598,6 +598,11 @@
 "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
+},
+"validateOnly": {
+"description": "Optional. When supplied with PSC Interface config, will get/create the tenant project required for the customer to allow list and won't actually create the private connection.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+parent}/privateConnections",
@@ -1250,7 +1255,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250310",
+"revision": "20250316",
 "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppendOnly": {
@@ -2925,6 +2930,10 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"pscInterfaceConfig": {
+"$ref": "PscInterfaceConfig",
+"description": "PSC Interface Config."
+},
 "satisfiesPzi": {
 "description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.",
 "readOnly": true,
@@ -2980,6 +2989,17 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"PscInterfaceConfig": {
+"description": "The PSC Interface configuration is used to create PSC Interface between Datastream and the consumer's PSC.",
+"id": "PscInterfaceConfig",
+"properties": {
+"networkAttachment": {
+"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Network Attachment that Datastream will connect to. Format: `projects/{{project}}/regions/{{region}}/networkAttachments/{{name}}`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Route": {
 "description": "The route resource is the child of the private connection resource, used for defining a route for a private connection.",
 "id": "Route",

From cc1fce237ac78ac97c71277c938fd1df37bb54cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 16/35] feat(dialogflow): update the api

#### dialogflow:v3beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Action.properties.event.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Action.properties.flowTransition.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Action.properties.playbookTransition.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Event (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowTransition (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Playbook.properties.playbookType.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookTransition (Total Keys: 5)
---
 ...ojects.locations.agents.conversations.html | 44 ++++++++++++
 ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html | 33 +++++++++
 ...s.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html | 66 +++++++++++++++++
 ...1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html |  6 ++
 ...s.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html | 48 +++++++++++++
 ...a1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html | 33 +++++++++
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json         | 71 ++++++++++++++++++-
 7 files changed, 300 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html
index a98b409174..8ea01ab0dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html
@@ -2571,6 +2571,9 @@ 
Method Details

                     "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
                       "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
                     },
+                    "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+                      "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+                    },
                     "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
                       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
                       "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -2582,6 +2585,10 @@ 
Method Details

                         "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                       },
                     },
+                    "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+                      "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+                    },
                     "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
                       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
                       "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -2599,6 +2606,10 @@ 
Method Details

                       },
                       "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
                     },
+                    "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+                      "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+                    },
                     "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
                       "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
                       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -4706,6 +4717,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
                     "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
                   },
+                  "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+                    "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+                  },
                   "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
                     "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
                     "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -4717,6 +4731,10 @@ 
Method Details

                       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                     },
                   },
+                  "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+                    "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+                  },
                   "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
                     "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
                     "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -4734,6 +4752,10 @@ 
Method Details

                     },
                     "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
                   },
+                  "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+                    "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+                  },
                   "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
                     "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
                     "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -8529,6 +8551,9 @@ 
Method Details

                         "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
                           "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
                         },
+                        "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+                          "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+                        },
                         "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
                           "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
                           "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -8540,6 +8565,10 @@ 
Method Details

                             "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                           },
                         },
+                        "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+                          "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+                        },
                         "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
                           "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
                           "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -8557,6 +8586,10 @@ 
Method Details

                           },
                           "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
                         },
+                        "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+                          "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+                        },
                         "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
                           "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
                           "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -10664,6 +10697,9 @@ 
Method Details

                       "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
                         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
                       },
+                      "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+                        "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+                      },
                       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
                         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
                         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -10675,6 +10711,10 @@ 
Method Details

                           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                         },
                       },
+                      "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+                        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+                      },
                       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
                         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
                         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -10692,6 +10732,10 @@ 
Method Details

                         },
                         "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
                       },
+                      "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+                        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+                      },
                       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
                         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
                         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
index e4a4dfab1a..6be79ecae5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
@@ -2012,6 +2012,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
+            "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+              "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+            },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -2023,6 +2026,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
             },
+            "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+              "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+            },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -2040,6 +2047,10 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
             },
+            "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+              "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+            },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -4205,6 +4216,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
+            "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+              "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+            },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -4216,6 +4230,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
             },
+            "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+              "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+            },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -4233,6 +4251,10 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
             },
+            "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+              "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+            },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -7635,6 +7657,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
+            "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+              "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+            },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -7646,6 +7671,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
             },
+            "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+              "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+            },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -7663,6 +7692,10 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
             },
+            "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+              "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+            },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html
index 25fa3c4746..af321b26e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html
@@ -116,6 +116,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
       },
+      "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+        "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+      },
       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -127,6 +130,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
       },
+      "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+      },
       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -144,6 +151,10 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
       },
+      "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+      },
       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -196,6 +207,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
       },
+      "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+        "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+      },
       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -207,6 +221,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
       },
+      "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+      },
       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -224,6 +242,10 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
       },
+      "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+      },
       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -301,6 +323,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
       },
+      "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+        "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+      },
       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -312,6 +337,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
       },
+      "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+      },
       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -329,6 +358,10 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
       },
+      "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+      },
       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -393,6 +426,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
             "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
           },
+          "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+            "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+          },
           "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
             "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -404,6 +440,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
           },
+          "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+            "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+          },
           "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
             "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -421,6 +461,10 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
           },
+          "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+            "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+          },
           "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
             "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -492,6 +536,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
       },
+      "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+        "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+      },
       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -503,6 +550,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
       },
+      "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+      },
       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -520,6 +571,10 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
       },
+      "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+      },
       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -573,6 +628,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
       },
+      "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+        "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+      },
       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -584,6 +642,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
       },
+      "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+      },
       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -601,6 +663,10 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
       },
+      "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+      },
       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html
index 700a10c4af..b685634e6b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html
@@ -508,6 +508,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "playbookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the playbook.
   "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -925,6 +926,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "playbookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the playbook.
   "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -1367,6 +1369,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "playbookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the playbook.
   "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -1796,6 +1799,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
+      "playbookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the playbook.
       "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -2231,6 +2235,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "playbookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the playbook.
   "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -2649,6 +2654,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "playbookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the playbook.
   "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
     "A String",
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html
index ca580898e7..30338249a0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html
@@ -116,6 +116,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
             "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
           },
+          "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+            "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+          },
           "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
             "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -127,6 +130,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
           },
+          "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+            "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+          },
           "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
             "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -144,6 +151,10 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
           },
+          "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+            "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+          },
           "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
             "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -571,6 +582,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
+    "playbookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the playbook.
     "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -611,6 +623,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
             "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
           },
+          "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+            "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+          },
           "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
             "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -622,6 +637,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
           },
+          "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+            "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+          },
           "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
             "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -639,6 +658,10 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
           },
+          "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+            "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+          },
           "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
             "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -1066,6 +1089,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
+    "playbookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the playbook.
     "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -1131,6 +1155,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
             "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
           },
+          "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+            "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+          },
           "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
             "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -1142,6 +1169,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
           },
+          "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+            "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+          },
           "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
             "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -1159,6 +1190,10 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
           },
+          "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+            "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+          },
           "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
             "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -1586,6 +1621,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
+    "playbookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the playbook.
     "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -1638,6 +1674,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
                 "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
               },
+              "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+                "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+              },
               "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
                 "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
                 "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -1649,6 +1688,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                 },
               },
+              "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+                "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+              },
               "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
                 "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
                 "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -1666,6 +1709,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
               },
+              "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+                "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+              },
               "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
                 "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
                 "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -2093,6 +2140,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
+        "playbookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the playbook.
         "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
           "A String",
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
index 9a5b51bb7d..5f53cf9b00 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
@@ -2015,6 +2015,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
+            "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+              "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+            },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -2026,6 +2029,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
             },
+            "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+              "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+            },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -2043,6 +2050,10 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
             },
+            "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+              "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+            },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -4208,6 +4219,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
+            "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+              "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+            },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -4219,6 +4233,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
             },
+            "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+              "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+            },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -4236,6 +4254,10 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
             },
+            "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+              "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+            },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
@@ -7638,6 +7660,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
+            "event": { # Event represents the event sent by the customer. # Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted.
+              "event": "A String", # Required. Name of the event.
+            },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
@@ -7649,6 +7674,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
             },
+            "flowTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+              "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.
+            },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
@@ -7666,6 +7695,10 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
             },
+            "playbookTransition": { # Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+              "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+            },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
               "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
index e057c72496..c0328b027d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
@@ -5343,7 +5343,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250310",
+"revision": "20250313",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -7676,14 +7676,26 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AgentUtterance",
 "description": "Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message."
 },
+"event": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Event",
+"description": "Optional. The agent received an event from the customer or a system event is emitted."
+},
 "flowInvocation": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowInvocation",
 "description": "Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow."
 },
+"flowTransition": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowTransition",
+"description": "Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target CX flow."
+},
 "playbookInvocation": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookInvocation",
 "description": "Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook."
 },
+"playbookTransition": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookTransition",
+"description": "Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by transitioning to a target playbook."
+},
 "toolUse": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ToolUse",
 "description": "Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool."
@@ -9507,6 +9519,17 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Event": {
+"description": "Event represents the event sent by the customer.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Event",
+"properties": {
+"event": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the event.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1EventHandler": {
 "description": "An event handler specifies an event that can be handled during a session. When the specified event happens, the following actions are taken in order: * If there is a `trigger_fulfillment` associated with the event, it will be called. * If there is a `target_page` associated with the event, the session will transition into the specified page. * If there is a `target_flow` associated with the event, the session will transition into the specified flow.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1EventHandler",
@@ -10341,6 +10364,22 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowTransition": {
+"description": "Stores metadata of the transition to a target CX flow. Flow transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the child flow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowTransition",
+"properties": {
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Output only. The display name of the flow.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"flow": {
+"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowValidationResult": {
 "description": "The response message for Flows.GetFlowValidationResult.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowValidationResult",
@@ -12347,6 +12386,20 @@ false
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"playbookType": {
+"description": "Optional. Type of the playbook.",
+"enum": [
+"PLAYBOOK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"TASK",
+"ROUTINE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified type. Default to TASK.",
+"Task playbook.",
+"Routine playbook."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "referencedFlows": {
 "description": "Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.",
 "items": {
@@ -12507,6 +12560,22 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookTransition": {
+"description": "Stores metadata of the transition to another target playbook. Playbook transition actions exit the caller playbook and enter the target playbook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookTransition",
+"properties": {
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Output only. The display name of the playbook.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"playbook": {
+"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookVersion": {
 "description": "Playbook version is a snapshot of the playbook at certain timestamp.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookVersion",

From 32191c206451c5cb8d875749482d24b4a255692a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 17/35] feat(discoveryengine): update the api

#### discoveryengine:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.getCmekConfig (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.updateCmekConfig (Total Keys: 14)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cmekConfigs.methods.delete (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cmekConfigs.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cmekConfigs.methods.list (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cmekConfigs.methods.patch (Total Keys: 14)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.podcasts.resources.operations.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CmekConfig.properties.notebooklmState (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore.properties.aclEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListCmekConfigsResponse (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaActionConfig.properties.serviceName.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswer.properties.blobAttachments (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo.properties.blobAttachmentIndexes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceUnstructuredDocumentInfoChunkContent.properties.blobAttachmentIndexes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCmekConfig.properties.notebooklmState (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec.properties.multimodalSpec.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCmekConfig.properties.notebooklmState (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStore.properties.aclEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec.properties.multimodalSpec.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec (Total Keys: 3)

#### discoveryengine:v1alpha

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.podcasts.resources.operations.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CmekConfig.properties.notebooklmState (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore.properties.aclEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaActionConfig.properties.serviceName.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswer.properties.blobAttachments (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpec.properties.multimodalSpec.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecMultimodalSpec (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo.properties.blobAttachmentIndexes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceUnstructuredDocumentInfoChunkContent.properties.blobAttachmentIndexes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCmekConfig.properties.notebooklmState (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec.properties.multimodalSpec.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachment (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryReferenceChunkContent.properties.blobAttachmentIndexes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummarySummaryWithMetadata.properties.blobAttachments (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCmekConfig.properties.notebooklmState (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStore.properties.aclEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec.properties.multimodalSpec.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec (Total Keys: 3)

#### discoveryengine:v1beta

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.getCmekConfig (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.updateCmekConfig (Total Keys: 14)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cmekConfigs.methods.delete (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cmekConfigs.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cmekConfigs.methods.list (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cmekConfigs.methods.patch (Total Keys: 14)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.podcasts.resources.operations.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CmekConfig.properties.notebooklmState (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore.properties.aclEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaActionConfig.properties.serviceName.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswer.properties.blobAttachments (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo.properties.blobAttachmentIndexes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceUnstructuredDocumentInfoChunkContent.properties.blobAttachmentIndexes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCmekConfig.properties.notebooklmState (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec.properties.multimodalSpec.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswer.properties.blobAttachments (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerBlobAttachment (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpec.properties.multimodalSpec.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecMultimodalSpec (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo.properties.blobAttachmentIndexes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerReferenceUnstructuredDocumentInfoChunkContent.properties.blobAttachmentIndexes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCmekConfig.properties.notebooklmState (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStore.properties.aclEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListCmekConfigsResponse (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec.properties.multimodalSpec.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachment (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryReferenceChunkContent.properties.blobAttachmentIndexes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummarySummaryWithMetadata.properties.blobAttachments (Total Keys: 3)
---
 ...ine_v1.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html | 251 ++++++++
 ....collections.dataStores.conversations.html |   2 +-
 ...ects.locations.collections.dataStores.html |  10 +
 ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html |  20 +-
 ...ons.collections.engines.conversations.html |   2 +-
 ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html |  20 +-
 ...ts.locations.dataStores.conversations.html |   2 +-
 ...gine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html |  10 +
 ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html |  20 +-
 ...discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html | 100 +++
 ...jects.locations.identityMappingStores.html |   4 +
 ...engine_v1.projects.locations.podcasts.html |  91 +++
 ...rojects.locations.podcasts.operations.html | 124 ++++
 ...1alpha.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html |   3 +
 ...llections.dataStores.completionConfig.html |   2 +-
 ....collections.dataStores.conversations.html | 113 +++-
 ...ects.locations.collections.dataStores.html |   5 +
 ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 132 +++-
 ...llections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html |  15 +
 ...tions.collections.dataStores.sessions.html |  90 +++
 ....collections.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html |   3 +
 ....collections.engines.completionConfig.html |   2 +-
 ...ons.collections.engines.conversations.html | 113 +++-
 ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html | 132 +++-
 ....collections.engines.sessions.answers.html |  15 +
 ...ocations.collections.engines.sessions.html |  90 +++
 ...ons.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.html |   3 +
 ...1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html |   6 +
 ...locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html |   2 +-
 ...ts.locations.dataStores.conversations.html | 113 +++-
 ...v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html |   5 +
 ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 132 +++-
 ...locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html |  15 +
 ...rojects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html |  90 +++
 ...ts.locations.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html |   3 +
 ...1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html |  33 +-
 ...veryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html |   8 +
 ...jects.locations.identityMappingStores.html |   4 +
 ...e_v1alpha.projects.locations.podcasts.html |  91 +++
 ...rojects.locations.podcasts.operations.html | 124 ++++
 ...v1beta.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html | 251 ++++++++
 ...llections.dataStores.completionConfig.html |   2 +-
 ....collections.dataStores.conversations.html | 113 +++-
 ...ects.locations.collections.dataStores.html |  10 +
 ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 132 +++-
 ...llections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html |  15 +
 ...tions.collections.dataStores.sessions.html |  90 +++
 ....collections.engines.completionConfig.html |   2 +-
 ...ons.collections.engines.conversations.html | 113 +++-
 ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html | 132 +++-
 ....collections.engines.sessions.answers.html |  15 +
 ...ocations.collections.engines.sessions.html |  90 +++
 ...locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html |   2 +-
 ...ts.locations.dataStores.conversations.html | 113 +++-
 ..._v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html |  10 +
 ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 132 +++-
 ...locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html |  15 +
 ...rojects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html |  90 +++
 ...v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html |  33 +-
 ...overyengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html | 100 +++
 ...jects.locations.identityMappingStores.html |   4 +
 ...ne_v1beta.projects.locations.podcasts.html |  91 +++
 ...rojects.locations.podcasts.operations.html | 124 ++++
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1.json         | 428 ++++++++++++-
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json    | 329 +++++++++-
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json     | 583 +++++++++++++++++-
 66 files changed, 4847 insertions(+), 172 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.podcasts.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.podcasts.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.podcasts.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ed7a040d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+
+
+
+
Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . cmekConfigs

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
De-provisions a CmekConfig.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the CmekConfig.

+

+  list(parent, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all the CmekConfigs with the project.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, setDefault=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
De-provisions a CmekConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the CmekConfig to delete, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmek_config}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the CmekConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of CmekConfig, such as `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfig` or `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfigs/*`. If the caller does not have permission to access the CmekConfig, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configurations used to enable CMEK data encryption with Cloud KMS keys.
+  "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default CmekConfig for the Customer.
+  "kmsKey": "A String", # KMS key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+  "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
+  "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
+  "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
+    { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The states of the CmekConfig.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all the CmekConfigs with the project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent location resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. If the caller does not have permission to list CmekConfigs under this location, regardless of whether or not a CmekConfig exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for CmekConfigService.ListCmekConfigs method.
+  "cmekConfigs": [ # All the customer's CmekConfigs.
+    { # Configurations used to enable CMEK data encryption with Cloud KMS keys.
+      "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default CmekConfig for the Customer.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # KMS key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+      "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
+      "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+      "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
+      "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
+        { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
+          "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The states of the CmekConfig.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, setDefault=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configurations used to enable CMEK data encryption with Cloud KMS keys.
+  "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default CmekConfig for the Customer.
+  "kmsKey": "A String", # KMS key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+  "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
+  "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
+  "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
+    { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The states of the CmekConfig.
+}
+
+  setDefault: boolean, Set the following CmekConfig as the default to be used for child resources if one is not specified.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html
index 7ae40787a5..58e40f3bcf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
index 73f8e47f35..b79263e8c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
@@ -216,6 +216,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -234,6 +235,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -394,6 +396,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -412,6 +415,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -528,6 +532,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response message for DataStoreService.ListDataStores method.
   "dataStores": [ # All the customer's DataStores.
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+      "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
       "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
         "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
         "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -546,6 +551,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
         "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+        "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
         "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
           { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
             "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -650,6 +656,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -668,6 +675,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -754,6 +762,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -772,6 +781,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 3227874118..c722029896 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1019,10 +1019,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1357,10 +1357,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html
index 34d63516c3..da08162d80 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index 5569e62a5d..4495216ac9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1019,10 +1019,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1357,10 +1357,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html
index 046a41d285..bf0052e81c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html
index 6d5525402b..fd34b56a7b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html
@@ -208,6 +208,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -226,6 +227,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -386,6 +388,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -404,6 +407,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -520,6 +524,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response message for DataStoreService.ListDataStores method.
   "dataStores": [ # All the customer's DataStores.
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+      "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
       "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
         "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
         "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -538,6 +543,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
         "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+        "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
         "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
           { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
             "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -642,6 +648,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -660,6 +667,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -746,6 +754,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -764,6 +773,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 6730174947..89b677a928 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1019,10 +1019,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1357,10 +1357,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html
index 0be1bb6677..e4613a07f1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@
 
 
Discovery Engine API . projects . locations

 
Instance Methods

+

+  cmekConfigs()
+

+
Returns the cmekConfigs Resource.

+
 

   collections()
 

@@ -99,6 +104,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the operations Resource.

 
+

+  podcasts()
+

+
Returns the podcasts Resource.

+
 

   rankingConfigs()
 

@@ -112,10 +122,100 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  getCmekConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the CmekConfig.

+

+  updateCmekConfig(name, body=None, setDefault=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
   
Close httplib2 connections.

 

 
+

+    getCmekConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the CmekConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of CmekConfig, such as `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfig` or `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfigs/*`. If the caller does not have permission to access the CmekConfig, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configurations used to enable CMEK data encryption with Cloud KMS keys.
+  "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default CmekConfig for the Customer.
+  "kmsKey": "A String", # KMS key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+  "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
+  "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
+  "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
+    { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The states of the CmekConfig.
+}

+

+
+

+    updateCmekConfig(name, body=None, setDefault=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configurations used to enable CMEK data encryption with Cloud KMS keys.
+  "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default CmekConfig for the Customer.
+  "kmsKey": "A String", # KMS key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+  "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
+  "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
+  "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
+    { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The states of the CmekConfig.
+}
+
+  setDefault: boolean, Set the following CmekConfig as the default to be used for child resources if one is not specified.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html
index 057f185e23..158d290f5b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html
@@ -131,6 +131,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -160,6 +161,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -228,6 +230,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -315,6 +318,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
         "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+        "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
         "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
           { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
             "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.podcasts.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.podcasts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b65cedec5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.podcasts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+
+
+
Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . podcasts

+
Instance Methods

+

+  operations()
+

+
Returns the operations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8380ce63fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+
+
+
+
Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . podcasts . operations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html
index 7c6268555f..2ef67b5624 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html
@@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
   "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
   "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
   "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
     { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -181,6 +182,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
       "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
       "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+      "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
       "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
         { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
           "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -207,6 +209,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
   "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
   "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
   "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
     { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html
index d2bd837b4e..105cd10a38 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for CompletionService.AdvancedCompleteQuery method. .
   "boostSpec": { # Specification to boost suggestions based on the condtion of the suggestion. # Optional. Specification to boost suggestions matching the condition.
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
       { # Boost applies to suggestions which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the suggestions a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the top result will be a boosted suggestion. Setting to -1.0 gives the suggestions a big demotion. However, other suggestions that are relevant might still be shown. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
         "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax is the same as [filter expression syntax](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata#filter-expression-syntax). Currently, the only supported condition is a list of BCP-47 lang codes. Example: * To boost suggestions in languages `en` or `fr`: `(lang_code: ANY("en", "fr"))`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html
index 7edc3375cd..b1eadf949d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -162,6 +162,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -179,6 +188,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -233,6 +245,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
       "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
     "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
   },
@@ -279,6 +294,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -296,6 +320,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -352,6 +379,15 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
       "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
           "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -369,6 +405,9 @@ 
Method Details

           { # Document reference.
             "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
               { # Chunk content.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               },
@@ -510,6 +549,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -527,6 +575,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -594,6 +645,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -611,6 +671,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -703,6 +766,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -720,6 +792,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -800,6 +875,15 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
               "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+                "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                  { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                    "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                    "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                      "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
                 "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                   "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                     { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -817,6 +901,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   { # Document reference.
                     "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                       { # Chunk content.
+                        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
                         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                         "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       },
@@ -903,6 +990,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -920,6 +1016,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -988,6 +1087,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -1005,6 +1113,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
index d9ac142435..8084b0a2b3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
@@ -251,6 +251,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -465,6 +466,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -686,6 +688,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
         "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+        "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
         "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
           { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
             "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -844,6 +847,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -984,6 +988,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 6fbf23a9a7..dd83541039 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -186,7 +189,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -210,7 +213,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -302,6 +305,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -341,6 +353,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -365,6 +380,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -449,6 +467,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -488,6 +515,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -512,6 +542,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -661,6 +694,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -777,6 +813,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
               "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
             },
+            "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+              "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+            },
             "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
             "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
           },
@@ -899,6 +938,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -1004,6 +1046,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -1266,7 +1311,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1317,6 +1362,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
@@ -1324,10 +1372,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1420,7 +1468,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -1756,6 +1804,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -1773,6 +1830,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -1800,7 +1860,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1851,6 +1911,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
@@ -1858,10 +1921,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1954,7 +2017,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -2290,6 +2353,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -2307,6 +2379,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -2371,6 +2446,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -2426,7 +2504,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2450,7 +2528,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2542,6 +2620,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2581,6 +2668,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2605,6 +2695,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -2689,6 +2782,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2728,6 +2830,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2752,6 +2857,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
index 0f1572ec96..6542b9beea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
@@ -105,6 +105,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+  "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+    { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+      "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+      "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+        "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
   "citations": [ # Citations.
     { # Citation info for a segment.
       "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -144,6 +153,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "references": [ # References.
     { # Reference.
       "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
         "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -168,6 +180,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
         "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
           { # Chunk content.
+            "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+              "A String",
+            ],
             "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
             "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html
index 24c178d5b3..b34581f400 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html
@@ -130,6 +130,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -169,6 +178,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -193,6 +205,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -293,6 +308,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -332,6 +356,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -356,6 +383,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -482,6 +512,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -521,6 +560,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -545,6 +587,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -659,6 +704,15 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
             "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citations": [ # Citations.
               { # Citation info for a segment.
                 "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -698,6 +752,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "references": [ # References.
               { # Reference.
                 "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -722,6 +779,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -840,6 +900,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -879,6 +948,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -903,6 +975,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -1004,6 +1079,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -1043,6 +1127,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -1067,6 +1154,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html
index 137bf74d75..dbb8c2849b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html
@@ -169,6 +169,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html
index 253a929805..12592c2e71 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for CompletionService.AdvancedCompleteQuery method. .
   "boostSpec": { # Specification to boost suggestions based on the condtion of the suggestion. # Optional. Specification to boost suggestions matching the condition.
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
       { # Boost applies to suggestions which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the suggestions a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the top result will be a boosted suggestion. Setting to -1.0 gives the suggestions a big demotion. However, other suggestions that are relevant might still be shown. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
         "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax is the same as [filter expression syntax](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata#filter-expression-syntax). Currently, the only supported condition is a list of BCP-47 lang codes. Example: * To boost suggestions in languages `en` or `fr`: `(lang_code: ANY("en", "fr"))`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html
index f4fd574475..26e0bc99d3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -162,6 +162,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -179,6 +188,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -233,6 +245,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
       "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
     "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
   },
@@ -279,6 +294,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -296,6 +320,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -352,6 +379,15 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
       "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
           "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -369,6 +405,9 @@ 
Method Details

           { # Document reference.
             "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
               { # Chunk content.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               },
@@ -510,6 +549,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -527,6 +575,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -594,6 +645,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -611,6 +671,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -703,6 +766,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -720,6 +792,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -800,6 +875,15 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
               "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+                "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                  { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                    "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                    "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                      "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
                 "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                   "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                     { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -817,6 +901,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   { # Document reference.
                     "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                       { # Chunk content.
+                        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
                         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                         "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       },
@@ -903,6 +990,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -920,6 +1016,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -988,6 +1087,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -1005,6 +1113,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index f1accc7994..1a0b4b2637 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -186,7 +189,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -210,7 +213,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -302,6 +305,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -341,6 +353,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -365,6 +380,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -449,6 +467,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -488,6 +515,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -512,6 +542,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -661,6 +694,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -777,6 +813,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
               "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
             },
+            "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+              "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+            },
             "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
             "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
           },
@@ -899,6 +938,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -1004,6 +1046,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -1266,7 +1311,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1317,6 +1362,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
@@ -1324,10 +1372,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1420,7 +1468,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -1756,6 +1804,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -1773,6 +1830,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -1800,7 +1860,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1851,6 +1911,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
@@ -1858,10 +1921,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1954,7 +2017,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -2290,6 +2353,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -2307,6 +2379,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -2371,6 +2446,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -2426,7 +2504,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2450,7 +2528,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2542,6 +2620,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2581,6 +2668,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2605,6 +2695,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -2689,6 +2782,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2728,6 +2830,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2752,6 +2857,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html
index bd911a481a..78ef1b7a20 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html
@@ -105,6 +105,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+  "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+    { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+      "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+      "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+        "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
   "citations": [ # Citations.
     { # Citation info for a segment.
       "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -144,6 +153,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "references": [ # References.
     { # Reference.
       "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
         "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -168,6 +180,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
         "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
           { # Chunk content.
+            "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+              "A String",
+            ],
             "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
             "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html
index fa0e5a827a..6e5835fd2e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html
@@ -130,6 +130,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -169,6 +178,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -193,6 +205,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -293,6 +308,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -332,6 +356,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -356,6 +383,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -482,6 +512,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -521,6 +560,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -545,6 +587,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -659,6 +704,15 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
             "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citations": [ # Citations.
               { # Citation info for a segment.
                 "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -698,6 +752,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "references": [ # References.
               { # Reference.
                 "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -722,6 +779,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -840,6 +900,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -879,6 +948,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -903,6 +975,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -1004,6 +1079,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -1043,6 +1127,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -1067,6 +1154,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.html
index b4523ecd53..db363cceb7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.html
@@ -169,6 +169,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html
index 66e6c2f568..9aaa265fbe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html
@@ -181,6 +181,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
       },
       "isActionConfigured": True or False, # Output only. The connector contains the necessary parameters and is configured to support actions.
+      "serviceName": "A String", # Optional. The Service Directory resource name (projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*) representing a VPC network endpoint used to connect to the data source's `instance_uri`, defined in DataConnector.params. Required when VPC Service Controls are enabled.
     },
     "alertPolicyConfigs": [ # Optional. The connector level alert config.
       { # The connector level alert config.
@@ -348,6 +349,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
     },
     "isActionConfigured": True or False, # Output only. The connector contains the necessary parameters and is configured to support actions.
+    "serviceName": "A String", # Optional. The Service Directory resource name (projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*) representing a VPC network endpoint used to connect to the data source's `instance_uri`, defined in DataConnector.params. Required when VPC Service Controls are enabled.
   },
   "alertPolicyConfigs": [ # Optional. The connector level alert config.
     { # The connector level alert config.
@@ -519,6 +521,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
           },
           "isActionConfigured": True or False, # Output only. The connector contains the necessary parameters and is configured to support actions.
+          "serviceName": "A String", # Optional. The Service Directory resource name (projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*) representing a VPC network endpoint used to connect to the data source's `instance_uri`, defined in DataConnector.params. Required when VPC Service Controls are enabled.
         },
         "alertPolicyConfigs": [ # Optional. The connector level alert config.
           { # The connector level alert config.
@@ -700,6 +703,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
       },
       "isActionConfigured": True or False, # Output only. The connector contains the necessary parameters and is configured to support actions.
+      "serviceName": "A String", # Optional. The Service Directory resource name (projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*) representing a VPC network endpoint used to connect to the data source's `instance_uri`, defined in DataConnector.params. Required when VPC Service Controls are enabled.
     },
     "alertPolicyConfigs": [ # Optional. The connector level alert config.
       { # The connector level alert config.
@@ -891,6 +895,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
     },
     "isActionConfigured": True or False, # Output only. The connector contains the necessary parameters and is configured to support actions.
+    "serviceName": "A String", # Optional. The Service Directory resource name (projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*) representing a VPC network endpoint used to connect to the data source's `instance_uri`, defined in DataConnector.params. Required when VPC Service Controls are enabled.
   },
   "alertPolicyConfigs": [ # Optional. The connector level alert config.
     { # The connector level alert config.
@@ -1049,6 +1054,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
     },
     "isActionConfigured": True or False, # Output only. The connector contains the necessary parameters and is configured to support actions.
+    "serviceName": "A String", # Optional. The Service Directory resource name (projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*) representing a VPC network endpoint used to connect to the data source's `instance_uri`, defined in DataConnector.params. Required when VPC Service Controls are enabled.
   },
   "alertPolicyConfigs": [ # Optional. The connector level alert config.
     { # The connector level alert config.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html
index 86aacae939..5bc8df10e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for CompletionService.AdvancedCompleteQuery method. .
   "boostSpec": { # Specification to boost suggestions based on the condtion of the suggestion. # Optional. Specification to boost suggestions matching the condition.
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
       { # Boost applies to suggestions which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the suggestions a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the top result will be a boosted suggestion. Setting to -1.0 gives the suggestions a big demotion. However, other suggestions that are relevant might still be shown. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
         "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax is the same as [filter expression syntax](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata#filter-expression-syntax). Currently, the only supported condition is a list of BCP-47 lang codes. Example: * To boost suggestions in languages `en` or `fr`: `(lang_code: ANY("en", "fr"))`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html
index e758ab76b9..afd9bc1708 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -162,6 +162,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -179,6 +188,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -233,6 +245,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
       "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
     "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
   },
@@ -279,6 +294,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -296,6 +320,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -352,6 +379,15 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
       "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
           "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -369,6 +405,9 @@ 
Method Details

           { # Document reference.
             "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
               { # Chunk content.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               },
@@ -510,6 +549,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -527,6 +575,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -594,6 +645,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -611,6 +671,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -703,6 +766,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -720,6 +792,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -800,6 +875,15 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
               "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+                "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                  { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                    "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                    "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                      "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
                 "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                   "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                     { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -817,6 +901,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   { # Document reference.
                     "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                       { # Chunk content.
+                        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
                         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                         "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       },
@@ -903,6 +990,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -920,6 +1016,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -988,6 +1087,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -1005,6 +1113,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html
index 2060f60608..e991901da9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html
@@ -243,6 +243,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -457,6 +458,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -678,6 +680,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
         "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+        "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
         "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
           { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
             "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -836,6 +839,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -976,6 +980,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 38ebe7ea1f..4dc5ec7b8e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -186,7 +189,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -210,7 +213,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -302,6 +305,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -341,6 +353,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -365,6 +380,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -449,6 +467,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -488,6 +515,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -512,6 +542,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -661,6 +694,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -777,6 +813,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
               "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
             },
+            "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+              "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+            },
             "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
             "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
           },
@@ -899,6 +938,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -1004,6 +1046,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -1266,7 +1311,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1317,6 +1362,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
@@ -1324,10 +1372,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1420,7 +1468,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -1756,6 +1804,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -1773,6 +1830,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -1800,7 +1860,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1851,6 +1911,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
@@ -1858,10 +1921,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1954,7 +2017,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -2290,6 +2353,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -2307,6 +2379,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -2371,6 +2446,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -2426,7 +2504,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2450,7 +2528,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2542,6 +2620,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2581,6 +2668,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2605,6 +2695,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -2689,6 +2782,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2728,6 +2830,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2752,6 +2857,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
index c5650a464c..12b3765858 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
@@ -105,6 +105,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+  "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+    { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+      "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+      "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+        "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
   "citations": [ # Citations.
     { # Citation info for a segment.
       "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -144,6 +153,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "references": [ # References.
     { # Reference.
       "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
         "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -168,6 +180,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
         "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
           { # Chunk content.
+            "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+              "A String",
+            ],
             "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
             "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html
index 7c01079c4b..cc395f8b17 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html
@@ -130,6 +130,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -169,6 +178,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -193,6 +205,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -293,6 +308,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -332,6 +356,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -356,6 +383,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -482,6 +512,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -521,6 +560,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -545,6 +587,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -659,6 +704,15 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
             "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citations": [ # Citations.
               { # Citation info for a segment.
                 "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -698,6 +752,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "references": [ # References.
               { # Reference.
                 "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -722,6 +779,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -840,6 +900,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -879,6 +948,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -903,6 +975,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -1004,6 +1079,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -1043,6 +1127,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -1067,6 +1154,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html
index 8908f289e2..65fbeee4b2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html
@@ -169,6 +169,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html
index b8a7b61118..9df1c43953 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "searchRequest": { # Request message for SearchService.Search method. # Required. The search request that is used to perform the evaluation. Only the following fields within SearchRequest are supported; if any other fields are provided, an UNSUPPORTED error will be returned: * SearchRequest.serving_config * SearchRequest.branch * SearchRequest.canonical_filter * SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec * SearchRequest.spell_correction_spec * SearchRequest.content_search_spec * SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -195,6 +195,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
             "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
           },
+          "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+            "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+          },
           "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
           "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
         },
@@ -202,10 +205,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
         "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
       },
-      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -298,7 +301,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
         "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
       },
-      "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+      "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
       "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
       "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
       "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -436,7 +439,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "searchRequest": { # Request message for SearchService.Search method. # Required. The search request that is used to perform the evaluation. Only the following fields within SearchRequest are supported; if any other fields are provided, an UNSUPPORTED error will be returned: * SearchRequest.serving_config * SearchRequest.branch * SearchRequest.canonical_filter * SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec * SearchRequest.spell_correction_spec * SearchRequest.content_search_spec * SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -487,6 +490,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
             "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
           },
+          "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+            "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+          },
           "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
           "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
         },
@@ -494,10 +500,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
         "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
       },
-      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -590,7 +596,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
         "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
       },
-      "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+      "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
       "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
       "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
       "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -704,7 +710,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "searchRequest": { # Request message for SearchService.Search method. # Required. The search request that is used to perform the evaluation. Only the following fields within SearchRequest are supported; if any other fields are provided, an UNSUPPORTED error will be returned: * SearchRequest.serving_config * SearchRequest.branch * SearchRequest.canonical_filter * SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec * SearchRequest.spell_correction_spec * SearchRequest.content_search_spec * SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -755,6 +761,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
                 "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
               },
+              "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+                "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+              },
               "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
               "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
             },
@@ -762,10 +771,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
             "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
           },
-          "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+          "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
             { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
               "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-                "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+                "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
                   { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                     "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                     "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -858,7 +867,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
             "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
           },
-          "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+          "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
           "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
           "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
           "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index e4ac8cea12..26f16900f2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -109,6 +109,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the operations Resource.

 
+

+  podcasts()
+

+
Returns the podcasts Resource.

+
 

   rankingConfigs()
 

@@ -285,6 +290,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
   "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
   "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
   "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
     { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -930,6 +936,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
       },
       "isActionConfigured": True or False, # Output only. The connector contains the necessary parameters and is configured to support actions.
+      "serviceName": "A String", # Optional. The Service Directory resource name (projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*) representing a VPC network endpoint used to connect to the data source's `instance_uri`, defined in DataConnector.params. Required when VPC Service Controls are enabled.
     },
     "alertPolicyConfigs": [ # Optional. The connector level alert config.
       { # The connector level alert config.
@@ -1156,6 +1163,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
   "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
   "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
   "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
     { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html
index 1f4643d9b4..86f2af17e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html
@@ -131,6 +131,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -166,6 +167,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -240,6 +242,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -333,6 +336,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
         "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+        "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
         "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
           { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
             "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.podcasts.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.podcasts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3d88b18b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.podcasts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+
+
+
Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . podcasts

+
Instance Methods

+

+  operations()
+

+
Returns the operations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b665c42ba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+
+
+
+
Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . podcasts . operations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e03e32ac0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.html
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+
+
+
+
Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . cmekConfigs

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
De-provisions a CmekConfig.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the CmekConfig.

+

+  list(parent, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all the CmekConfigs with the project.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, setDefault=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
De-provisions a CmekConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the CmekConfig to delete, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmek_config}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the CmekConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of CmekConfig, such as `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfig` or `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfigs/*`. If the caller does not have permission to access the CmekConfig, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configurations used to enable CMEK data encryption with Cloud KMS keys.
+  "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default CmekConfig for the Customer.
+  "kmsKey": "A String", # KMS key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+  "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
+  "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
+  "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
+    { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The states of the CmekConfig.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all the CmekConfigs with the project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent location resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. If the caller does not have permission to list CmekConfigs under this location, regardless of whether or not a CmekConfig exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for CmekConfigService.ListCmekConfigs method.
+  "cmekConfigs": [ # All the customer's CmekConfigs.
+    { # Configurations used to enable CMEK data encryption with Cloud KMS keys.
+      "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default CmekConfig for the Customer.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # KMS key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+      "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
+      "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+      "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
+      "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
+        { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
+          "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The states of the CmekConfig.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, setDefault=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configurations used to enable CMEK data encryption with Cloud KMS keys.
+  "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default CmekConfig for the Customer.
+  "kmsKey": "A String", # KMS key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+  "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
+  "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
+  "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
+    { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The states of the CmekConfig.
+}
+
+  setDefault: boolean, Set the following CmekConfig as the default to be used for child resources if one is not specified.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html
index b2150421c1..7cb1e6d120 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for CompletionService.AdvancedCompleteQuery method. .
   "boostSpec": { # Specification to boost suggestions based on the condtion of the suggestion. # Optional. Specification to boost suggestions matching the condition.
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
       { # Boost applies to suggestions which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the suggestions a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the top result will be a boosted suggestion. Setting to -1.0 gives the suggestions a big demotion. However, other suggestions that are relevant might still be shown. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
         "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax is the same as [filter expression syntax](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata#filter-expression-syntax). Currently, the only supported condition is a list of BCP-47 lang codes. Example: * To boost suggestions in languages `en` or `fr`: `(lang_code: ANY("en", "fr"))`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html
index e3a5d1e269..e6aed92ad1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -162,6 +162,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -179,6 +188,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -233,6 +245,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
       "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
     "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
   },
@@ -279,6 +294,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -296,6 +320,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -352,6 +379,15 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
       "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
           "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -369,6 +405,9 @@ 
Method Details

           { # Document reference.
             "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
               { # Chunk content.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               },
@@ -497,6 +536,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -514,6 +562,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -581,6 +632,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -598,6 +658,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -690,6 +753,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -707,6 +779,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -787,6 +862,15 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
               "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+                "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                  { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                    "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                    "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                      "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
                 "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                   "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                     { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -804,6 +888,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   { # Document reference.
                     "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                       { # Chunk content.
+                        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
                         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                         "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       },
@@ -890,6 +977,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -907,6 +1003,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -975,6 +1074,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -992,6 +1100,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
index 0d74034939..66bee64d81 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
@@ -221,6 +221,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -239,6 +240,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -408,6 +410,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -426,6 +429,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -551,6 +555,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response message for DataStoreService.ListDataStores method.
   "dataStores": [ # All the customer's DataStores.
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+      "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
       "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
         "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
         "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -569,6 +574,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
         "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+        "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
         "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
           { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
             "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -682,6 +688,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -700,6 +707,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -795,6 +803,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -813,6 +822,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index dc06883c7f..57958d80f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -186,7 +189,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -207,7 +210,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -299,6 +302,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -338,6 +350,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -362,6 +377,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -446,6 +464,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -485,6 +512,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -509,6 +539,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -655,6 +688,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -763,6 +799,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
               "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
             },
+            "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+              "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+            },
             "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
             "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
           },
@@ -877,6 +916,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -974,6 +1016,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -1218,7 +1263,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1269,14 +1314,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1369,7 +1417,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -1679,6 +1727,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -1696,6 +1753,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -1723,7 +1783,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1774,14 +1834,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1874,7 +1937,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -2184,6 +2247,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -2201,6 +2273,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -2265,6 +2340,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -2320,7 +2398,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2341,7 +2419,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2433,6 +2511,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2472,6 +2559,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2496,6 +2586,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -2580,6 +2673,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2619,6 +2721,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2643,6 +2748,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
index fe277a9ef1..8bd3e070b8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
@@ -105,6 +105,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+  "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+    { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+      "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+      "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+        "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
   "citations": [ # Citations.
     { # Citation info for a segment.
       "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -144,6 +153,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "references": [ # References.
     { # Reference.
       "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
         "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -168,6 +180,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
         "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
           { # Chunk content.
+            "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+              "A String",
+            ],
             "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
             "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html
index 500f9f61da..8c3c45b9d8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html
@@ -130,6 +130,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -169,6 +178,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -193,6 +205,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -293,6 +308,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -332,6 +356,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -356,6 +383,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -482,6 +512,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -521,6 +560,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -545,6 +587,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -659,6 +704,15 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
             "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citations": [ # Citations.
               { # Citation info for a segment.
                 "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -698,6 +752,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "references": [ # References.
               { # Reference.
                 "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -722,6 +779,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -840,6 +900,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -879,6 +948,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -903,6 +975,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -1004,6 +1079,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -1043,6 +1127,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -1067,6 +1154,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html
index e446dc4119..7d0a5f2f54 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for CompletionService.AdvancedCompleteQuery method. .
   "boostSpec": { # Specification to boost suggestions based on the condtion of the suggestion. # Optional. Specification to boost suggestions matching the condition.
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
       { # Boost applies to suggestions which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the suggestions a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the top result will be a boosted suggestion. Setting to -1.0 gives the suggestions a big demotion. However, other suggestions that are relevant might still be shown. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
         "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax is the same as [filter expression syntax](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata#filter-expression-syntax). Currently, the only supported condition is a list of BCP-47 lang codes. Example: * To boost suggestions in languages `en` or `fr`: `(lang_code: ANY("en", "fr"))`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html
index 91471aad1f..9c2d7483f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -162,6 +162,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -179,6 +188,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -233,6 +245,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
       "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
     "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
   },
@@ -279,6 +294,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -296,6 +320,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -352,6 +379,15 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
       "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
           "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -369,6 +405,9 @@ 
Method Details

           { # Document reference.
             "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
               { # Chunk content.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               },
@@ -497,6 +536,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -514,6 +562,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -581,6 +632,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -598,6 +658,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -690,6 +753,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -707,6 +779,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -787,6 +862,15 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
               "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+                "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                  { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                    "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                    "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                      "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
                 "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                   "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                     { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -804,6 +888,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   { # Document reference.
                     "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                       { # Chunk content.
+                        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
                         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                         "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       },
@@ -890,6 +977,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -907,6 +1003,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -975,6 +1074,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -992,6 +1100,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index 53868d96fc..bcc1111ea5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -186,7 +189,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -207,7 +210,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -299,6 +302,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -338,6 +350,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -362,6 +377,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -446,6 +464,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -485,6 +512,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -509,6 +539,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -655,6 +688,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -763,6 +799,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
               "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
             },
+            "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+              "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+            },
             "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
             "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
           },
@@ -877,6 +916,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -974,6 +1016,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -1218,7 +1263,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1269,14 +1314,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1369,7 +1417,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -1679,6 +1727,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -1696,6 +1753,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -1723,7 +1783,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1774,14 +1834,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1874,7 +1937,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -2184,6 +2247,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -2201,6 +2273,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -2265,6 +2340,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -2320,7 +2398,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2341,7 +2419,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2433,6 +2511,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2472,6 +2559,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2496,6 +2586,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -2580,6 +2673,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2619,6 +2721,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2643,6 +2748,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html
index 074f7d1de8..c375a56741 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html
@@ -105,6 +105,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+  "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+    { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+      "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+      "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+        "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
   "citations": [ # Citations.
     { # Citation info for a segment.
       "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -144,6 +153,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "references": [ # References.
     { # Reference.
       "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
         "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -168,6 +180,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
         "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
           { # Chunk content.
+            "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+              "A String",
+            ],
             "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
             "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html
index 669a6d05b8..ab04f16ab6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html
@@ -130,6 +130,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -169,6 +178,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -193,6 +205,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -293,6 +308,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -332,6 +356,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -356,6 +383,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -482,6 +512,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -521,6 +560,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -545,6 +587,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -659,6 +704,15 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
             "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citations": [ # Citations.
               { # Citation info for a segment.
                 "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -698,6 +752,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "references": [ # References.
               { # Reference.
                 "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -722,6 +779,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -840,6 +900,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -879,6 +948,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -903,6 +975,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -1004,6 +1079,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -1043,6 +1127,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -1067,6 +1154,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html
index ef92ca1646..140542a31e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for CompletionService.AdvancedCompleteQuery method. .
   "boostSpec": { # Specification to boost suggestions based on the condtion of the suggestion. # Optional. Specification to boost suggestions matching the condition.
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.
       { # Boost applies to suggestions which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the suggestions a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the top result will be a boosted suggestion. Setting to -1.0 gives the suggestions a big demotion. However, other suggestions that are relevant might still be shown. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
         "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax is the same as [filter expression syntax](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata#filter-expression-syntax). Currently, the only supported condition is a list of BCP-47 lang codes. Example: * To boost suggestions in languages `en` or `fr`: `(lang_code: ANY("en", "fr"))`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html
index ea79f9e76e..217748271c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -162,6 +162,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -179,6 +188,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -233,6 +245,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
       "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
     "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
   },
@@ -279,6 +294,15 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
             "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+              "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                  "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                  "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                    "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                 "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                   { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -296,6 +320,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 { # Document reference.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     },
@@ -352,6 +379,15 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
       "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
           "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -369,6 +405,9 @@ 
Method Details

           { # Document reference.
             "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
               { # Chunk content.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               },
@@ -497,6 +536,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -514,6 +562,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -581,6 +632,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -598,6 +658,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -690,6 +753,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -707,6 +779,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -787,6 +862,15 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
               "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+                "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+                  { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                    "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                    "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                      "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
                 "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
                   "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                     { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -804,6 +888,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   { # Document reference.
                     "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                       { # Chunk content.
+                        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
                         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                         "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       },
@@ -890,6 +977,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -907,6 +1003,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
@@ -975,6 +1074,15 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
           "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
               "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
                 { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -992,6 +1100,9 @@ 
Method Details

               { # Document reference.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html
index e46b0612d1..f6934c3b2a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html
@@ -213,6 +213,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -231,6 +232,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -400,6 +402,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -418,6 +421,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -543,6 +547,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response message for DataStoreService.ListDataStores method.
   "dataStores": [ # All the customer's DataStores.
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+      "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
       "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
         "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
         "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -561,6 +566,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
         "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+        "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
         "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
           { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
             "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -674,6 +680,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -692,6 +699,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -787,6 +795,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+  "aclEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.
   "advancedSiteSearchConfig": { # Configuration data for advance site search. # Optional. Configuration for advanced site search.
     "disableAutomaticRefresh": True or False, # If set true, automatic refresh is disabled for the DataStore.
     "disableInitialIndex": True or False, # If set true, initial indexing is disabled for the DataStore.
@@ -805,6 +814,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index fb48e12828..8f0164f957 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -186,7 +189,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -207,7 +210,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -299,6 +302,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -338,6 +350,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -362,6 +377,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -446,6 +464,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -485,6 +512,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -509,6 +539,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -655,6 +688,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -763,6 +799,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
               "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
             },
+            "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+              "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+            },
             "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
             "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
           },
@@ -877,6 +916,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -974,6 +1016,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
           "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
         },
+        "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+          "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+        },
         "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
         "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
       },
@@ -1218,7 +1263,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1269,14 +1314,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1369,7 +1417,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -1679,6 +1727,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -1696,6 +1753,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -1723,7 +1783,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
   "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
       { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
         "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
         "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1774,14 +1834,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
         "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
       },
+      "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+        "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+      },
       "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -1874,7 +1937,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
     "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
-  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
   "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
   "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
   "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -2184,6 +2247,15 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
     "summaryWithMetadata": { # Summary with metadata information. # Summary with metadata information.
+      "blobAttachments": [ # Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.
+        { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+          "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+          "data": { # Stores type and data of the blob. # Output only. The blob data.
+            "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
       "citationMetadata": { # Citation metadata. # Citation metadata for given summary.
         "citations": [ # Citations for segments.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
@@ -2201,6 +2273,9 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Document reference.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             },
@@ -2265,6 +2340,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
       "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
     },
+    "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+      "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+    },
     "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
       "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
     },
@@ -2320,7 +2398,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
     "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2341,7 +2419,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -2433,6 +2511,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+      { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+        "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+        "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+          "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     "citations": [ # Citations.
       { # Citation info for a segment.
         "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2472,6 +2559,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "references": [ # References.
       { # Reference.
         "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
           "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
           "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2496,6 +2586,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
           "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
             { # Chunk content.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
               "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -2580,6 +2673,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+            { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+              "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+              "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "citations": [ # Citations.
             { # Citation info for a segment.
               "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -2619,6 +2721,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "references": [ # References.
             { # Reference.
               "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
                 "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                 "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                 "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -2643,6 +2748,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                 "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                   { # Chunk content.
+                    "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
                     "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                     "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                     "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
index f634ec4295..776d08a0ee 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html
@@ -105,6 +105,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+  "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+    { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+      "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+      "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+        "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
   "citations": [ # Citations.
     { # Citation info for a segment.
       "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -144,6 +153,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "references": [ # References.
     { # Reference.
       "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+        "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
         "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
         "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -168,6 +180,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
         "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
           { # Chunk content.
+            "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+              "A String",
+            ],
             "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
             "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
             "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html
index ea18f1bc40..07840d56bf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html
@@ -130,6 +130,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -169,6 +178,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -193,6 +205,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -293,6 +308,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -332,6 +356,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -356,6 +383,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -482,6 +512,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -521,6 +560,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -545,6 +587,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -659,6 +704,15 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
             "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+            "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+              { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+                "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+                "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+                  "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "citations": [ # Citations.
               { # Citation info for a segment.
                 "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -698,6 +752,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "references": [ # References.
               { # Reference.
                 "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -722,6 +779,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
                   "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                     { # Chunk content.
+                      "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
                       "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                       "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                       "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -840,6 +900,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -879,6 +948,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -903,6 +975,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
@@ -1004,6 +1079,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+        "blobAttachments": [ # List of blob attachments in the answer.
+          { # Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.
+            "attributionType": "A String", # Output only. The attribution type of the blob.
+            "data": { # The media type and data of the blob. # Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.
+              "data": "A String", # Output only. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "citations": [ # Citations.
           { # Citation info for a segment.
             "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive. Measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). If there are multi-byte characters,such as non-ASCII characters, the index measurement is longer than the string length.
@@ -1043,6 +1127,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "references": [ # References.
           { # Reference.
             "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+              "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                "A String",
+              ],
               "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
               "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
               "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
@@ -1067,6 +1154,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
               "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
                 { # Chunk content.
+                  "blobAttachmentIndexes": [ # Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
                   "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
                   "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
                   "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html
index 50454b892d..9d56167004 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "searchRequest": { # Request message for SearchService.Search method. # Required. The search request that is used to perform the evaluation. Only the following fields within SearchRequest are supported; if any other fields are provided, an UNSUPPORTED error will be returned: * SearchRequest.serving_config * SearchRequest.branch * SearchRequest.canonical_filter * SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec * SearchRequest.spell_correction_spec * SearchRequest.content_search_spec * SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -195,14 +195,17 @@ 
Method Details

           "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
             "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
           },
+          "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+            "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+          },
           "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
           "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
         },
       },
-      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -295,7 +298,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
         "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
       },
-      "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+      "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
       "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
       "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
       "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -433,7 +436,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "searchRequest": { # Request message for SearchService.Search method. # Required. The search request that is used to perform the evaluation. Only the following fields within SearchRequest are supported; if any other fields are provided, an UNSUPPORTED error will be returned: * SearchRequest.serving_config * SearchRequest.branch * SearchRequest.canonical_filter * SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec * SearchRequest.spell_correction_spec * SearchRequest.content_search_spec * SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id
       "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
           { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
             "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
             "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -484,14 +487,17 @@ 
Method Details

           "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
             "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
           },
+          "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+            "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+          },
           "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
           "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
         },
       },
-      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -584,7 +590,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
         "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
       },
-      "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+      "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
       "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
       "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
       "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
@@ -698,7 +704,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "searchRequest": { # Request message for SearchService.Search method. # Required. The search request that is used to perform the evaluation. Only the following fields within SearchRequest are supported; if any other fields are provided, an UNSUPPORTED error will be returned: * SearchRequest.serving_config * SearchRequest.branch * SearchRequest.canonical_filter * SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec * SearchRequest.spell_correction_spec * SearchRequest.content_search_spec * SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id
           "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
               { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                 "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                 "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -749,14 +755,17 @@ 
Method Details

               "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
                 "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
               },
+              "multimodalSpec": { # Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision. # Optional. Multimodal specification.
+                "imageSource": "A String", # Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.
+              },
               "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
               "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
             },
           },
-          "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
+          "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
             { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
               "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
-                "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+                "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
                   { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
                     "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
                     "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
@@ -849,7 +858,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
             "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
           },
-          "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
+          "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result
           "rankingExpressionBackend": "A String", # Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.
           "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US" and "419". For more information, see [Standard fields](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/standard_fields). If set, then results will be boosted based on the region_code provided.
           "relevanceScoreSpec": { # The specification for returning the document relevance score. # Optional. The specification for returning the relevance score.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 0bd7715a1c..1aed727b46 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@
 
 
Discovery Engine API . projects . locations

 
Instance Methods

+

+  cmekConfigs()
+

+
Returns the cmekConfigs Resource.

+
 

   collections()
 

@@ -104,6 +109,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the operations Resource.

 
+

+  podcasts()
+

+
Returns the podcasts Resource.

+
 

   rankingConfigs()
 

@@ -122,6 +132,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  getCmekConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the CmekConfig.

 

   obtainCrawlRate(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Obtains the time series data of organic or dedicated crawl rate for monitoring. When dedicated crawl rate is not set, it will return vertex AI's organic crawl rate time series. Organic crawl means Google automatically crawl the internet at its own convenience. When dedicated crawl rate is set, it will return vertex AI's dedicated crawl rate time series.

@@ -131,12 +144,45 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   setDedicatedCrawlRate(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Sets the dedicated crawl rate for a crawl_rate_scope. If the dedicated crawl rate was not set, this will enable vertex AI's crawl bot to use the new dedicated crawl rate for crawling. If the dedicated crawl rate was set, vertex AI's crawl bot will try to update the rate to the new value. If the new value is too high, the crawl bot may crawl at a lower rate to avoid overloading the user's website.

+

+  updateCmekConfig(name, body=None, setDefault=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
   
Close httplib2 connections.

 

 
+

+    getCmekConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the CmekConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of CmekConfig, such as `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfig` or `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfigs/*`. If the caller does not have permission to access the CmekConfig, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configurations used to enable CMEK data encryption with Cloud KMS keys.
+  "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default CmekConfig for the Customer.
+  "kmsKey": "A String", # KMS key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+  "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
+  "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
+  "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
+    { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The states of the CmekConfig.
+}

+

+
 

     obtainCrawlRate(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Obtains the time series data of organic or dedicated crawl rate for monitoring. When dedicated crawl rate is not set, it will return vertex AI's organic crawl rate time series. Organic crawl means Google automatically crawl the internet at its own convenience. When dedicated crawl rate is set, it will return vertex AI's dedicated crawl rate time series.
@@ -755,4 +801,58 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    updateCmekConfig(name, body=None, setDefault=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configurations used to enable CMEK data encryption with Cloud KMS keys.
+  "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default CmekConfig for the Customer.
+  "kmsKey": "A String", # KMS key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+  "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
+  "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+  "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
+  "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
+    { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The states of the CmekConfig.
+}
+
+  setDefault: boolean, Set the following CmekConfig as the default to be used for child resources if one is not specified.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html
index ecf8e30daa..0e825a5758 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.identityMappingStores.html
@@ -131,6 +131,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -160,6 +161,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -228,6 +230,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
     "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
     "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+    "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
     "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
       { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
@@ -315,6 +318,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyVersion": "A String", # KMS key version resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `/cryptoKeyVersions/{keyVersion}`.
         "lastRotationTimestampMicros": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last key rotation.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.
+        "notebooklmState": "A String", # Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.
         "singleRegionKeys": [ # Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.
           { # Metadata for single-regional CMEKs.
             "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. Single-regional kms key resource name which will be used to encrypt resources `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{keyId}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.podcasts.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.podcasts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3768c3cd16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.podcasts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+
+
+
Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . podcasts

+
Instance Methods

+

+  operations()
+

+
Returns the operations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e87b65ac0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+
+
+
+
Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . podcasts . operations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
index 7c81743d02..ab52f0e4bd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
@@ -160,7 +160,179 @@
 },
 "resources": {
 "locations": {
+"methods": {
+"getCmekConfig": {
+"description": "Gets the CmekConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfig",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.getCmekConfig",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Resource name of CmekConfig, such as `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfig` or `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfigs/*`. If the caller does not have permission to access the CmekConfig, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cmekConfig$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CmekConfig"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"updateCmekConfig": {
+"description": "Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfig",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.updateCmekConfig",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cmekConfig$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"setDefault": {
+"description": "Set the following CmekConfig as the default to be used for child resources if one is not specified.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CmekConfig"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+},
 "resources": {
+"cmekConfigs": {
+"methods": {
+"delete": {
+"description": "De-provisions a CmekConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the CmekConfig to delete, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmek_config}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cmekConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the CmekConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Resource name of CmekConfig, such as `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfig` or `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfigs/*`. If the caller does not have permission to access the CmekConfig, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cmekConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CmekConfig"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists all the CmekConfigs with the project.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfigs",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent location resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. If the caller does not have permission to list CmekConfigs under this location, regardless of whether or not a CmekConfig exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/cmekConfigs",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListCmekConfigsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cmekConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"setDefault": {
+"description": "Set the following CmekConfig as the default to be used for child resources if one is not specified.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CmekConfig"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
 "collections": {
 "resources": {
 "dataConnector": {
@@ -6499,6 +6671,39 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"podcasts": {
+"resources": {
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/podcasts/{podcastsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/podcasts/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "rankingConfigs": {
 "methods": {
 "rank": {
@@ -6740,7 +6945,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250312",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiDistribution": {
@@ -8920,6 +9125,23 @@
 "description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"notebooklmState": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.",
+"enum": [
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The NotebookLM state is unknown.",
+"The NotebookLM is not ready.",
+"The NotebookLM is ready to be used.",
+"The NotebookLM is not enabled."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "singleRegionKeys": {
 "description": "Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.",
 "items": {
@@ -9679,6 +9901,10 @@
 "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore",
 "properties": {
+"aclEnabled": {
+"description": "Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "advancedSiteSearchConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AdvancedSiteSearchConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Configuration for advanced site search."
@@ -11176,6 +11402,20 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListCmekConfigsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for CmekConfigService.ListCmekConfigs method.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListCmekConfigsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"cmekConfigs": {
+"description": "All the customer's CmekConfigs.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CmekConfig"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListControlsResponse": {
 "description": "Response for ListControls method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListControlsResponse",
@@ -12158,7 +12398,7 @@
 "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
+"description": "Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -12290,7 +12530,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestBoostSpec",
 "properties": {
 "conditionBoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
+"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
 },
@@ -13995,6 +14235,10 @@
 "description": "Output only. The connector contains the necessary parameters and is configured to support actions.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"serviceName": {
+"description": "Optional. The Service Directory resource name (projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*) representing a VPC network endpoint used to connect to the data source's `instance_uri`, defined in DataConnector.params. Required when VPC Service Controls are enabled.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -14096,6 +14340,13 @@
 "description": "The textual answer.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"blobAttachments": {
+"description": "List of blob attachments in the answer.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "citations": {
 "description": "Citations.",
 "items": {
@@ -14184,6 +14435,51 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment": {
+"description": "Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment",
+"properties": {
+"attributionType": {
+"description": "Output only. The attribution type of the blob.",
+"enum": [
+"ATTRIBUTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CORPUS",
+"GENERATED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified attribution type.",
+"The attachment data is from the corpus.",
+"The attachment data is generated by the model through code generation."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"data": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"description": "Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.",
+"readOnly": true
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob": {
+"description": "The media type and data of the blob.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"properties": {
+"data": {
+"description": "Output only. Raw bytes.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mimeType": {
+"description": "Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerCitation": {
 "description": "Citation info for a segment.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerCitation",
@@ -14318,6 +14614,15 @@
 "description": "Chunk information.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachmentIndexes": {
+"description": "Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "chunk": {
 "description": "Chunk resource name.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -14436,6 +14741,15 @@
 "description": "Chunk content.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceUnstructuredDocumentInfoChunkContent",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachmentIndexes": {
+"description": "Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "content": {
 "description": "Chunk textual content.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -14687,6 +15001,23 @@
 "description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"notebooklmState": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.",
+"enum": [
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The NotebookLM state is unknown.",
+"The NotebookLM is not ready.",
+"The NotebookLM is ready to be used.",
+"The NotebookLM is not enabled."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "singleRegionKeys": {
 "description": "Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.",
 "items": {
@@ -17988,7 +18319,7 @@
 "description": "Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
+"description": "Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -18068,13 +18399,13 @@
 "description": "The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs."
 },
 "rankingExpression": {
-"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
+"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rankingExpressionBackend": {
 "description": "Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.",
 "enum": [
-"UNKNOWN",
+"RANKING_EXPRESSION_BACKEND_UNSPECIFIED",
 "BYOE",
 "CLEARBOX"
 ],
@@ -18158,7 +18489,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpec",
 "properties": {
 "conditionBoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
+"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
 },
@@ -18390,6 +18721,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec",
 "description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM."
 },
+"multimodalSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"description": "Optional. Multimodal specification."
+},
 "summaryResultCount": {
 "description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -18424,6 +18759,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec": {
+"description": "Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"properties": {
+"imageSource": {
+"description": "Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.",
+"enum": [
+"IMAGE_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALL_AVAILABLE_SOURCES",
+"CORPUS_IMAGE_ONLY",
+"FIGURE_GENERATION_ONLY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified image source (multimodal feature is disabled by default).",
+"Behavior when service determines the pick from all available sources.",
+"Includes image from corpus in the answer.",
+"Triggers figure generation in the answer."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec": {
 "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec",
@@ -19321,6 +19679,23 @@
 "description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"notebooklmState": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.",
+"enum": [
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The NotebookLM state is unknown.",
+"The NotebookLM is not ready.",
+"The NotebookLM is ready to be used.",
+"The NotebookLM is not enabled."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "singleRegionKeys": {
 "description": "Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.",
 "items": {
@@ -19749,6 +20124,10 @@
 "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStore",
 "properties": {
+"aclEnabled": {
+"description": "Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "advancedSiteSearchConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAdvancedSiteSearchConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Configuration for advanced site search."
@@ -21241,7 +21620,7 @@
 "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
+"description": "Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -21321,13 +21700,13 @@
 "description": "The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs."
 },
 "rankingExpression": {
-"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
+"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rankingExpressionBackend": {
 "description": "Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.",
 "enum": [
-"UNKNOWN",
+"RANKING_EXPRESSION_BACKEND_UNSPECIFIED",
 "BYOE",
 "CLEARBOX"
 ],
@@ -21411,7 +21790,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpec",
 "properties": {
 "conditionBoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
+"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
 },
@@ -21643,6 +22022,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec",
 "description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM."
 },
+"multimodalSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"description": "Optional. Multimodal specification."
+},
 "summaryResultCount": {
 "description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -21677,6 +22060,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec": {
+"description": "Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"properties": {
+"imageSource": {
+"description": "Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.",
+"enum": [
+"IMAGE_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALL_AVAILABLE_SOURCES",
+"CORPUS_IMAGE_ONLY",
+"FIGURE_GENERATION_ONLY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified image source (multimodal feature is disabled by default).",
+"Behavior when service determines the pick from all available sources.",
+"Includes image from corpus in the answer.",
+"Triggers figure generation in the answer."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec": {
 "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
index 53bb4aa04e..12e4d8f788 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
@@ -8291,6 +8291,39 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"podcasts": {
+"resources": {
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/podcasts/{podcastsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/podcasts/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "rankingConfigs": {
 "methods": {
 "rank": {
@@ -8983,7 +9016,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250312",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApiservingMediaRequestInfo": {
@@ -10054,6 +10087,23 @@
 "description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"notebooklmState": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.",
+"enum": [
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The NotebookLM state is unknown.",
+"The NotebookLM is not ready.",
+"The NotebookLM is ready to be used.",
+"The NotebookLM is not enabled."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "singleRegionKeys": {
 "description": "Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.",
 "items": {
@@ -10465,6 +10515,10 @@
 "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore",
 "properties": {
+"aclEnabled": {
+"description": "Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "advancedSiteSearchConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AdvancedSiteSearchConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Configuration for advanced site search."
@@ -12285,6 +12339,10 @@
 "description": "Output only. The connector contains the necessary parameters and is configured to support actions.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"serviceName": {
+"description": "Optional. The Service Directory resource name (projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*) representing a VPC network endpoint used to connect to the data source's `instance_uri`, defined in DataConnector.params. Required when VPC Service Controls are enabled.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -12355,7 +12413,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAdvancedCompleteQueryRequestBoostSpec",
 "properties": {
 "conditionBoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.",
+"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAdvancedCompleteQueryRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
 },
@@ -12722,6 +12780,13 @@
 "description": "The textual answer.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"blobAttachments": {
+"description": "List of blob attachments in the answer.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "citations": {
 "description": "Citations.",
 "items": {
@@ -12810,6 +12875,51 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment": {
+"description": "Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment",
+"properties": {
+"attributionType": {
+"description": "Output only. The attribution type of the blob.",
+"enum": [
+"ATTRIBUTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CORPUS",
+"GENERATED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified attribution type.",
+"The attachment data is from the corpus.",
+"The attachment data is generated by the model through code generation."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"data": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"description": "Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.",
+"readOnly": true
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob": {
+"description": "The media type and data of the blob.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"properties": {
+"data": {
+"description": "Output only. Raw bytes.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mimeType": {
+"description": "Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerCitation": {
 "description": "Citation info for a segment.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerCitation",
@@ -12969,6 +13079,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecModelSpec",
 "description": "Answer generation model specification."
 },
+"multimodalSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecMultimodalSpec",
+"description": "Optional. Multimodal specification."
+},
 "promptSpec": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecPromptSpec",
 "description": "Answer generation prompt specification."
@@ -12987,6 +13101,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecMultimodalSpec": {
+"description": "Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecMultimodalSpec",
+"properties": {
+"imageSource": {
+"description": "Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.",
+"enum": [
+"IMAGE_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALL_AVAILABLE_SOURCES",
+"CORPUS_IMAGE_ONLY",
+"FIGURE_GENERATION_ONLY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified image source (multimodal feature is disabled by default).",
+"Behavior when service determines the pick from all available sources.",
+"Includes image from corpus in the answer.",
+"Triggers figure generation in the answer."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecPromptSpec": {
 "description": "Answer generation prompt specification.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecPromptSpec",
@@ -13540,6 +13677,15 @@
 "description": "Chunk information.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachmentIndexes": {
+"description": "Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "chunk": {
 "description": "Chunk resource name.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -13658,6 +13804,15 @@
 "description": "Chunk content.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceUnstructuredDocumentInfoChunkContent",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachmentIndexes": {
+"description": "Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "content": {
 "description": "Chunk textual content.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -14510,6 +14665,23 @@
 "description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"notebooklmState": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.",
+"enum": [
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The NotebookLM state is unknown.",
+"The NotebookLM is not ready.",
+"The NotebookLM is ready to be used.",
+"The NotebookLM is not enabled."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "singleRegionKeys": {
 "description": "Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.",
 "items": {
@@ -20083,7 +20255,7 @@
 "description": "Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
+"description": "Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -20163,13 +20335,13 @@
 "description": "The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs."
 },
 "rankingExpression": {
-"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
+"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rankingExpressionBackend": {
 "description": "Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.",
 "enum": [
-"UNKNOWN",
+"RANKING_EXPRESSION_BACKEND_UNSPECIFIED",
 "BYOE",
 "CLEARBOX"
 ],
@@ -20253,7 +20425,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpec",
 "properties": {
 "conditionBoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
+"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
 },
@@ -20485,6 +20657,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec",
 "description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM."
 },
+"multimodalSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"description": "Optional. Multimodal specification."
+},
 "summaryResultCount": {
 "description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -20519,6 +20695,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec": {
+"description": "Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"properties": {
+"imageSource": {
+"description": "Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.",
+"enum": [
+"IMAGE_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALL_AVAILABLE_SOURCES",
+"CORPUS_IMAGE_ONLY",
+"FIGURE_GENERATION_ONLY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified image source (multimodal feature is disabled by default).",
+"Behavior when service determines the pick from all available sources.",
+"Includes image from corpus in the answer.",
+"Triggers figure generation in the answer."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec": {
 "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec",
@@ -21349,6 +21548,51 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachment": {
+"description": "Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachment",
+"properties": {
+"attributionType": {
+"description": "Output only. The attribution type of the blob.",
+"enum": [
+"ATTRIBUTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CORPUS",
+"GENERATED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified attribution type.",
+"The attachment data is from the corpus.",
+"The attachment data is generated by the model through code generation."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"data": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"description": "Output only. The blob data.",
+"readOnly": true
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachmentBlob": {
+"description": "Stores type and data of the blob.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"properties": {
+"data": {
+"description": "Output only. Raw bytes.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mimeType": {
+"description": "Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryCitation": {
 "description": "Citation info for a segment.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryCitation",
@@ -21429,6 +21673,15 @@
 "description": "Chunk content.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryReferenceChunkContent",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachmentIndexes": {
+"description": "Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "content": {
 "description": "Chunk textual content.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -21466,6 +21719,14 @@
 "description": "Summary with metadata information.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummarySummaryWithMetadata",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachments": {
+"description": "Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachment"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "citationMetadata": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummaryCitationMetadata",
 "description": "Citation metadata for given summary."
@@ -23345,6 +23606,23 @@
 "description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"notebooklmState": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.",
+"enum": [
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The NotebookLM state is unknown.",
+"The NotebookLM is not ready.",
+"The NotebookLM is ready to be used.",
+"The NotebookLM is not enabled."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "singleRegionKeys": {
 "description": "Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.",
 "items": {
@@ -23773,6 +24051,10 @@
 "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStore",
 "properties": {
+"aclEnabled": {
+"description": "Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "advancedSiteSearchConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAdvancedSiteSearchConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Configuration for advanced site search."
@@ -25265,7 +25547,7 @@
 "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
+"description": "Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -25345,13 +25627,13 @@
 "description": "The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs."
 },
 "rankingExpression": {
-"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
+"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rankingExpressionBackend": {
 "description": "Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.",
 "enum": [
-"UNKNOWN",
+"RANKING_EXPRESSION_BACKEND_UNSPECIFIED",
 "BYOE",
 "CLEARBOX"
 ],
@@ -25435,7 +25717,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpec",
 "properties": {
 "conditionBoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
+"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
 },
@@ -25667,6 +25949,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec",
 "description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM."
 },
+"multimodalSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"description": "Optional. Multimodal specification."
+},
 "summaryResultCount": {
 "description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -25701,6 +25987,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec": {
+"description": "Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"properties": {
+"imageSource": {
+"description": "Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.",
+"enum": [
+"IMAGE_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALL_AVAILABLE_SOURCES",
+"CORPUS_IMAGE_ONLY",
+"FIGURE_GENERATION_ONLY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified image source (multimodal feature is disabled by default).",
+"Behavior when service determines the pick from all available sources.",
+"Includes image from corpus in the answer.",
+"Triggers figure generation in the answer."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec": {
 "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
index bc1a8a2f87..ff4e2062bd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
@@ -161,6 +161,31 @@
 "resources": {
 "locations": {
 "methods": {
+"getCmekConfig": {
+"description": "Gets the CmekConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfig",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.getCmekConfig",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Resource name of CmekConfig, such as `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfig` or `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfigs/*`. If the caller does not have permission to access the CmekConfig, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cmekConfig$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCmekConfig"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "obtainCrawlRate": {
 "description": "Obtains the time series data of organic or dedicated crawl rate for monitoring. When dedicated crawl rate is not set, it will return vertex AI's organic crawl rate time series. Organic crawl means Google automatically crawl the internet at its own convenience. When dedicated crawl rate is set, it will return vertex AI's dedicated crawl rate time series.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:obtainCrawlRate",
@@ -244,9 +269,154 @@
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
+},
+"updateCmekConfig": {
+"description": "Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfig",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.updateCmekConfig",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cmekConfig$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"setDefault": {
+"description": "Set the following CmekConfig as the default to be used for child resources if one is not specified.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCmekConfig"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
 }
 },
 "resources": {
+"cmekConfigs": {
+"methods": {
+"delete": {
+"description": "De-provisions a CmekConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the CmekConfig to delete, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmek_config}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cmekConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the CmekConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Resource name of CmekConfig, such as `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfig` or `projects/*/locations/*/cmekConfigs/*`. If the caller does not have permission to access the CmekConfig, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cmekConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCmekConfig"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists all the CmekConfigs with the project.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfigs",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent location resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. If the caller does not have permission to list CmekConfigs under this location, regardless of whether or not a CmekConfig exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/cmekConfigs",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListCmekConfigsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Provisions a CMEK key for use in a location of a customer's project. This method will also conduct location validation on the provided cmekConfig to make sure the key is valid and can be used in the selected location.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.cmekConfigs.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cmekConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"setDefault": {
+"description": "Set the following CmekConfig as the default to be used for child resources if one is not specified.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCmekConfig"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
 "collections": {
 "resources": {
 "dataConnector": {
@@ -7136,6 +7306,39 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"podcasts": {
+"resources": {
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/podcasts/{podcastsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.podcasts.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/podcasts/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "rankingConfigs": {
 "methods": {
 "rank": {
@@ -7722,7 +7925,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250312",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiDistribution": {
@@ -8211,6 +8414,23 @@
 "description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"notebooklmState": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.",
+"enum": [
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The NotebookLM state is unknown.",
+"The NotebookLM is not ready.",
+"The NotebookLM is ready to be used.",
+"The NotebookLM is not enabled."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "singleRegionKeys": {
 "description": "Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.",
 "items": {
@@ -8622,6 +8842,10 @@
 "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore",
 "properties": {
+"aclEnabled": {
+"description": "Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "advancedSiteSearchConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AdvancedSiteSearchConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Configuration for advanced site search."
@@ -10442,6 +10666,10 @@
 "description": "Output only. The connector contains the necessary parameters and is configured to support actions.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"serviceName": {
+"description": "Optional. The Service Directory resource name (projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*) representing a VPC network endpoint used to connect to the data source's `instance_uri`, defined in DataConnector.params. Required when VPC Service Controls are enabled.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -10543,6 +10771,13 @@
 "description": "The textual answer.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"blobAttachments": {
+"description": "List of blob attachments in the answer.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "citations": {
 "description": "Citations.",
 "items": {
@@ -10631,6 +10866,51 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment": {
+"description": "Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachment",
+"properties": {
+"attributionType": {
+"description": "Output only. The attribution type of the blob.",
+"enum": [
+"ATTRIBUTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CORPUS",
+"GENERATED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified attribution type.",
+"The attachment data is from the corpus.",
+"The attachment data is generated by the model through code generation."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"data": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"description": "Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.",
+"readOnly": true
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob": {
+"description": "The media type and data of the blob.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"properties": {
+"data": {
+"description": "Output only. Raw bytes.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mimeType": {
+"description": "Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerCitation": {
 "description": "Citation info for a segment.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerCitation",
@@ -10765,6 +11045,15 @@
 "description": "Chunk information.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachmentIndexes": {
+"description": "Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "chunk": {
 "description": "Chunk resource name.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -10883,6 +11172,15 @@
 "description": "Chunk content.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceUnstructuredDocumentInfoChunkContent",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachmentIndexes": {
+"description": "Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "content": {
 "description": "Chunk textual content.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -11134,6 +11432,23 @@
 "description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"notebooklmState": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.",
+"enum": [
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The NotebookLM state is unknown.",
+"The NotebookLM is not ready.",
+"The NotebookLM is ready to be used.",
+"The NotebookLM is not enabled."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "singleRegionKeys": {
 "description": "Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.",
 "items": {
@@ -14435,7 +14750,7 @@
 "description": "Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
+"description": "Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -14515,13 +14830,13 @@
 "description": "The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs."
 },
 "rankingExpression": {
-"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
+"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rankingExpressionBackend": {
 "description": "Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.",
 "enum": [
-"UNKNOWN",
+"RANKING_EXPRESSION_BACKEND_UNSPECIFIED",
 "BYOE",
 "CLEARBOX"
 ],
@@ -14605,7 +14920,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpec",
 "properties": {
 "conditionBoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
+"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
 },
@@ -14837,6 +15152,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec",
 "description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM."
 },
+"multimodalSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"description": "Optional. Multimodal specification."
+},
 "summaryResultCount": {
 "description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -14871,6 +15190,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec": {
+"description": "Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"properties": {
+"imageSource": {
+"description": "Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.",
+"enum": [
+"IMAGE_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALL_AVAILABLE_SOURCES",
+"CORPUS_IMAGE_ONLY",
+"FIGURE_GENERATION_ONLY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified image source (multimodal feature is disabled by default).",
+"Behavior when service determines the pick from all available sources.",
+"Includes image from corpus in the answer.",
+"Triggers figure generation in the answer."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec": {
 "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec",
@@ -15761,7 +16103,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAdvancedCompleteQueryRequestBoostSpec",
 "properties": {
 "conditionBoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.",
+"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a suggestion matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost values from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. Note: Currently only support language condition boost.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAdvancedCompleteQueryRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
 },
@@ -16085,6 +16427,13 @@
 "description": "The textual answer.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"blobAttachments": {
+"description": "List of blob attachments in the answer.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerBlobAttachment"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "citations": {
 "description": "Citations.",
 "items": {
@@ -16173,6 +16522,51 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerBlobAttachment": {
+"description": "Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerBlobAttachment",
+"properties": {
+"attributionType": {
+"description": "Output only. The attribution type of the blob.",
+"enum": [
+"ATTRIBUTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CORPUS",
+"GENERATED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified attribution type.",
+"The attachment data is from the corpus.",
+"The attachment data is generated by the model through code generation."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"data": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"description": "Output only. The mime type and data of the blob.",
+"readOnly": true
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob": {
+"description": "The media type and data of the blob.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"properties": {
+"data": {
+"description": "Output only. Raw bytes.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mimeType": {
+"description": "Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated or retrieved data.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerCitation": {
 "description": "Citation info for a segment.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerCitation",
@@ -16332,6 +16726,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecModelSpec",
 "description": "Answer generation model specification."
 },
+"multimodalSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecMultimodalSpec",
+"description": "Optional. Multimodal specification."
+},
 "promptSpec": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecPromptSpec",
 "description": "Answer generation prompt specification."
@@ -16350,6 +16748,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecMultimodalSpec": {
+"description": "Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecMultimodalSpec",
+"properties": {
+"imageSource": {
+"description": "Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.",
+"enum": [
+"IMAGE_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALL_AVAILABLE_SOURCES",
+"CORPUS_IMAGE_ONLY",
+"FIGURE_GENERATION_ONLY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified image source (multimodal feature is disabled by default).",
+"Behavior when service determines the pick from all available sources.",
+"Includes image from corpus in the answer.",
+"Triggers figure generation in the answer."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecPromptSpec": {
 "description": "Answer generation prompt specification.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestAnswerGenerationSpecPromptSpec",
@@ -16899,6 +17320,15 @@
 "description": "Chunk information.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachmentIndexes": {
+"description": "Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "chunk": {
 "description": "Chunk resource name.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -17017,6 +17447,15 @@
 "description": "Chunk content.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerReferenceUnstructuredDocumentInfoChunkContent",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachmentIndexes": {
+"description": "Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "content": {
 "description": "Chunk textual content.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -17768,6 +18207,23 @@
 "description": "Required. The name of the CmekConfig of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfig` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cmekConfigs/{cmekConfig}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"notebooklmState": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the NotebookLM Corpus is ready to be used.",
+"enum": [
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_READY",
+"NOTEBOOK_LM_NOT_ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The NotebookLM state is unknown.",
+"The NotebookLM is not ready.",
+"The NotebookLM is ready to be used.",
+"The NotebookLM is not enabled."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "singleRegionKeys": {
 "description": "Optional. Single-regional CMEKs that are required for some VAIS features.",
 "items": {
@@ -18551,6 +19007,10 @@
 "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStore",
 "properties": {
+"aclEnabled": {
+"description": "Immutable. Whether data in the DataStore has ACL information. If set to `true`, the source data must have ACL. ACL will be ingested when data is ingested by DocumentService.ImportDocuments methods. When ACL is enabled for the DataStore, Document can't be accessed by calling DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. Currently ACL is only supported in `GENERIC` industry vertical with non-`PUBLIC_WEBSITE` content config.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "advancedSiteSearchConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAdvancedSiteSearchConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Configuration for advanced site search."
@@ -20276,6 +20736,20 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListCmekConfigsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for CmekConfigService.ListCmekConfigs method.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListCmekConfigsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"cmekConfigs": {
+"description": "All the customer's CmekConfigs.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCmekConfig"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListControlsResponse": {
 "description": "Response for ListControls method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListControlsResponse",
@@ -21692,7 +22166,7 @@
 "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specifications that define the specific [DataStore]s to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
+"description": "Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -21772,13 +22246,13 @@
 "description": "The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs."
 },
 "rankingExpression": {
-"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking expression is not provided or set to BYOE, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking expression is set to CLEARBOX, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
+"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The syntax and supported features depend on the ranking_expression_backend value. If ranking_expression_backend is not provided, it defaults to BYOE. === BYOE === If ranking_expression_backend is not provided or set to `BYOE`, it should be a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`. === CLEARBOX === If ranking_expression_backend is set to `CLEARBOX`, the following expression types (and combinations of those chained using + or * operators) are supported: * double * signal * log(signal) * exp(signal) * rr(signal, double > 0) -- reciprocal rank transformation with second argument being a denominator constant. * is_nan(signal) -- returns 0 if signal is NaN, 1 otherwise. * fill_nan(signal1, signal2 | double) -- if signal1 is NaN, returns signal2 | double, else returns signal1. Examples: * 0.2 * gecko_score + 0.8 * log(bm25_score) * 0.2 * exp(fill_nan(gecko_score, 0)) + 0.3 * is_nan(bm25_score) * 0.2 * rr(gecko_score, 16) + 0.8 * rr(bm25_score, 32) The following signals are supported: * gecko_score -- semantic similarity adjustment * bm25_score -- keyword match adjustment * jetstream_score -- semantic relevance adjustment * pctr_rank -- predicted conversion rate adjustment as a rank * freshness_rank -- freshness adjustment as a rank * base_rank -- the default rank of the result",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rankingExpressionBackend": {
 "description": "Optional. The backend to use for the ranking expression evaluation.",
 "enum": [
-"UNKNOWN",
+"RANKING_EXPRESSION_BACKEND_UNSPECIFIED",
 "BYOE",
 "CLEARBOX"
 ],
@@ -21862,7 +22336,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpec",
 "properties": {
 "conditionBoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
+"description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
 },
@@ -22094,6 +22568,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec",
 "description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM."
 },
+"multimodalSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"description": "Optional. Multimodal specification."
+},
 "summaryResultCount": {
 "description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -22128,6 +22606,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec": {
+"description": "Multimodal specification: Will return an image from specified source. If multiple sources are specified, the pick is a quality based decision.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecMultiModalSpec",
+"properties": {
+"imageSource": {
+"description": "Optional. Source of image returned in the answer.",
+"enum": [
+"IMAGE_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALL_AVAILABLE_SOURCES",
+"CORPUS_IMAGE_ONLY",
+"FIGURE_GENERATION_ONLY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified image source (multimodal feature is disabled by default).",
+"Behavior when service determines the pick from all available sources.",
+"Includes image from corpus in the answer.",
+"Triggers figure generation in the answer."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec": {
 "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec",
@@ -22958,6 +23459,51 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachment": {
+"description": "Stores binarydata attached to text answer, e.g. image, video, audio, etc.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachment",
+"properties": {
+"attributionType": {
+"description": "Output only. The attribution type of the blob.",
+"enum": [
+"ATTRIBUTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CORPUS",
+"GENERATED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified attribution type.",
+"The attachment data is from the corpus.",
+"The attachment data is generated by the model through code generation."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"data": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"description": "Output only. The blob data.",
+"readOnly": true
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachmentBlob": {
+"description": "Stores type and data of the blob.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachmentBlob",
+"properties": {
+"data": {
+"description": "Output only. Raw bytes.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mimeType": {
+"description": "Output only. The media type (MIME type) of the generated data.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryCitation": {
 "description": "Citation info for a segment.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryCitation",
@@ -23038,6 +23584,15 @@
 "description": "Chunk content.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryReferenceChunkContent",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachmentIndexes": {
+"description": "Output only. Stores indexes of blobattachments linked to this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "content": {
 "description": "Chunk textual content.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -23075,6 +23630,14 @@
 "description": "Summary with metadata information.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummarySummaryWithMetadata",
 "properties": {
+"blobAttachments": {
+"description": "Output only. Store multimodal data for answer enhancement.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryBlobAttachment"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "citationMetadata": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummaryCitationMetadata",
 "description": "Citation metadata for given summary."

From 76088b5c22e2a2c8fcc455a11ba84cc085a76480 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 18/35] feat(displayvideo): update the api

#### displayvideo:v3

The following keys were added:
- schemas.AssignedTargetingOption.properties.contentThemeExclusionDetails.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ContentThemeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.ContentThemeTargetingOptionDetails (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.TargetingOption.properties.contentThemeDetails.$ref (Total Keys: 1)

#### displayvideo:v4

The following keys were added:
- schemas.AssignedTargetingOption.properties.contentThemeExclusionDetails.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ContentThemeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.ContentThemeTargetingOptionDetails (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.TargetingOption.properties.contentThemeDetails.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 .../displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html |   5 +
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  12 +
 ...displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.html |   5 +
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  12 +
 docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.html     |  15 +
 ...yvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html |   5 +
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  24 ++
 ...displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html |  10 +
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  24 ++
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  24 ++
 docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.html        |  10 +
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  24 ++
 ...eo_v3.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html |  12 +
 .../displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html |   5 +
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  12 +
 docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.html     |  15 +
 ...displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html |  10 +
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  24 ++
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  24 ++
 docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.html        |  10 +
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  24 ++
 ...eo_v4.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html |  12 +
 .../documents/displayvideo.v2.json            |   4 +-
 .../documents/displayvideo.v3.json            | 309 ++++++++++++++----
 .../documents/displayvideo.v4.json            | 242 +++++++++++---
 25 files changed, 770 insertions(+), 103 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html
index 5e8b983edb..52f033ade4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html
@@ -239,6 +239,11 @@ 
Method Details

           "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
           "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
         },
+        "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+          "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+          "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+          "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+        },
         "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
           "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
           "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index eee1906bfc..490c8b3f7d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this line item that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -277,6 +278,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -539,6 +545,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   filter: string, Optional. Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources with ID 1 or 2: `assignedTargetingOptionId="1" OR assignedTargetingOptionId="2"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Optional. Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `assignedTargetingOptionId desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
@@ -671,6 +678,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.html
index 35e413bd98..310635ba7c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.html
@@ -616,6 +616,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index bf4e8ca33d..f25ebaf635 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this campaign that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -277,6 +278,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -539,6 +545,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the `OR` logical operator. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` * `inheritance` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources with ID 1 or 2 `assignedTargetingOptionId="1" OR assignedTargetingOptionId="2"` * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources with inheritance status of `NOT_INHERITED` or `INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER` `inheritance="NOT_INHERITED" OR inheritance="INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `assignedTargetingOptionId desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
@@ -671,6 +678,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.html
index e936d1d1f1..77ff2bdf80 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.html
@@ -482,6 +482,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
             "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
           },
+          "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+            "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+            "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+            "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+          },
           "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
             "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
             "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -826,6 +831,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -1325,6 +1335,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html
index 99bc37ee5d..40af33357e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html
@@ -696,6 +696,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 6ec208602e..fa17a6d2da 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -156,6 +156,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -277,6 +278,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -606,6 +612,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -868,6 +879,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the assigned targeting option to delete. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -939,6 +951,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this insertion order that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -1066,6 +1079,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -1328,6 +1346,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` * `inheritance` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources with ID 1 or 2: `assignedTargetingOptionId="1" OR assignedTargetingOptionId="2"` * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources with inheritance status of `NOT_INHERITED` or `INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER`: `inheritance="NOT_INHERITED" OR inheritance="INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `assignedTargetingOptionId desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
@@ -1460,6 +1479,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html
index a3f6591cdc..fbb6f11d70 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html
@@ -250,6 +250,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
             "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
           },
+          "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+            "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+            "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+            "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+          },
           "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
             "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
             "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -638,6 +643,11 @@ 
Method Details

           "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
           "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
         },
+        "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+          "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+          "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+          "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+        },
         "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
           "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
           "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 30ed655dd4..be28ed0fd5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -156,6 +156,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -277,6 +278,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -606,6 +612,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -868,6 +879,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the assigned targeting option to delete. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -939,6 +951,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this line item that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -1066,6 +1079,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -1328,6 +1346,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` * `inheritance` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources with ID 1 or 2: `assignedTargetingOptionId="1" OR assignedTargetingOptionId="2"` * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources with inheritance status of `NOT_INHERITED` or `INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER`: `inheritance="NOT_INHERITED" OR inheritance="INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `assignedTargetingOptionId desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
@@ -1460,6 +1479,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 562bfd325e..4d9364c265 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -155,6 +155,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -276,6 +277,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -605,6 +611,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -866,6 +877,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the assigned targeting option to delete. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -936,6 +948,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this advertiser that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -1063,6 +1076,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -1324,6 +1342,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the `OR` logical operator. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` with ID 123456: `assignedTargetingOptionId="123456"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `assignedTargetingOptionId desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
@@ -1456,6 +1475,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.html
index 2aa7835e10..67f701177d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.html
@@ -236,6 +236,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
             "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
           },
+          "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+            "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+            "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+            "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+          },
           "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
             "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
             "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -580,6 +585,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 6efb1df063..d5fccaac53 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -155,6 +155,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -276,6 +277,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -605,6 +611,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -866,6 +877,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the assigned targeting option to delete. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -936,6 +948,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this partner that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -1063,6 +1076,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -1324,6 +1342,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resource with ID 123456: `assignedTargetingOptionId="123456"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `assignedTargetingOptionId desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `200`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
@@ -1456,6 +1475,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
index 5479f2a483..ea48002285 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
@@ -154,6 +154,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   targetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the of targeting option to retrieve. (required)
   advertiserId: string, Required. The Advertiser this request is being made in the context of.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -207,6 +208,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "contentStreamTypeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content stream type. This will be populated in the content_stream_type_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`. # Content stream type resource details.
     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
   },
+  "contentThemeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content theme. This will be populated in the content_theme_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme content classifier.
+  },
   "deviceMakeModelDetails": { # Represents a targetable device make and model. This will be populated in the device_make_model_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_MAKE_MODEL`. # Device make and model resource details.
     "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the device make and model.
   },
@@ -332,6 +336,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   advertiserId: string, Required. The Advertiser this request is being made in the context of.
   filter: string, Allows filtering by targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `OR` logical operators. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `carrierAndIspDetails.type` * `geoRegionDetails.geoRegionType` * `targetingOptionId` Examples: * All `GEO REGION` targeting options that belong to sub type `GEO_REGION_TYPE_COUNTRY` or `GEO_REGION_TYPE_STATE`: `geoRegionDetails.geoRegionType="GEO_REGION_TYPE_COUNTRY" OR geoRegionDetails.geoRegionType="GEO_REGION_TYPE_STATE"` * All `CARRIER AND ISP` targeting options that belong to sub type `CARRIER_AND_ISP_TYPE_CARRIER`: `carrierAndIspDetails.type="CARRIER_AND_ISP_TYPE_CARRIER"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `targetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `targetingOptionId desc`.
@@ -391,6 +396,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "contentStreamTypeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content stream type. This will be populated in the content_stream_type_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`. # Content stream type resource details.
         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
       },
+      "contentThemeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content theme. This will be populated in the content_theme_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme content classifier.
+      },
       "deviceMakeModelDetails": { # Represents a targetable device make and model. This will be populated in the device_make_model_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_MAKE_MODEL`. # Device make and model resource details.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the device make and model.
       },
@@ -532,6 +540,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -605,6 +614,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "contentStreamTypeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content stream type. This will be populated in the content_stream_type_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`. # Content stream type resource details.
         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
       },
+      "contentThemeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content theme. This will be populated in the content_theme_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme content classifier.
+      },
       "deviceMakeModelDetails": { # Represents a targetable device make and model. This will be populated in the device_make_model_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_MAKE_MODEL`. # Device make and model resource details.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the device make and model.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html
index 7c38354b6c..63b0cfd9ca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html
@@ -239,6 +239,11 @@ 
Method Details

           "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
           "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
         },
+        "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+          "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+          "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+          "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+        },
         "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
           "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
           "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 15bd4643f6..23a5b53ae0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this line item that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -277,6 +278,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -539,6 +545,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   filter: string, Optional. Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources with ID 1 or 2: `assignedTargetingOptionId="1" OR assignedTargetingOptionId="2"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Optional. Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `assignedTargetingOptionId desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
@@ -671,6 +678,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.html
index 06e4e164e8..16e5163467 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.html
@@ -482,6 +482,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
             "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
           },
+          "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+            "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+            "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+            "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+          },
           "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
             "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
             "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -826,6 +831,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -1325,6 +1335,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html
index a381f7b474..c75c585618 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html
@@ -250,6 +250,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
             "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
           },
+          "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+            "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+            "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+            "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+          },
           "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
             "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
             "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -638,6 +643,11 @@ 
Method Details

           "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
           "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
         },
+        "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+          "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+          "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+          "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+        },
         "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
           "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
           "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 244b63d7bb..c5b77373a6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -156,6 +156,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -277,6 +278,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -606,6 +612,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -868,6 +879,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the assigned targeting option to delete. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -939,6 +951,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this line item that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -1066,6 +1079,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -1328,6 +1346,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` * `inheritance` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources with ID 1 or 2: `assignedTargetingOptionId="1" OR assignedTargetingOptionId="2"` * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources with inheritance status of `NOT_INHERITED` or `INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER`: `inheritance="NOT_INHERITED" OR inheritance="INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `assignedTargetingOptionId desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
@@ -1460,6 +1479,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 833c792cd0..792f301bc1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -155,6 +155,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -276,6 +277,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -605,6 +611,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -866,6 +877,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the assigned targeting option to delete. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -936,6 +948,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this advertiser that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -1063,6 +1076,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -1324,6 +1342,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the `OR` logical operator. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` with ID 123456: `assignedTargetingOptionId="123456"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `assignedTargetingOptionId desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
@@ -1456,6 +1475,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.html
index 30af967852..aabff68c61 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.html
@@ -236,6 +236,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
             "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
           },
+          "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+            "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+            "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+            "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+          },
           "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
             "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
             "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -580,6 +585,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 3ade582d71..8d252e2727 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -155,6 +155,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -276,6 +277,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -605,6 +611,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -866,6 +877,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the assigned targeting option to delete. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -936,6 +948,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this partner that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -1063,6 +1076,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
     "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
   },
+  "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+    "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+    "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+  },
   "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
     "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
     "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
@@ -1324,6 +1342,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resource with ID 123456: `assignedTargetingOptionId="123456"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `assignedTargetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `assignedTargetingOptionId desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `200`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
@@ -1456,6 +1475,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
         "targetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. The targeting_option_id field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`.
       },
+      "contentThemeExclusionDetails": { # Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.
+        "excludedContentTheme": "A String", # Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.
+        "excludedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.
+      },
       "dayAndTimeDetails": { # Representation of a segment of time defined on a specific day of the week and with a start and end time. The time represented by `start_hour` must be before the time represented by `end_hour`. # Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`.
         "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. The day of the week for this day and time targeting setting.
         "endHour": 42, # Required. The end hour for day and time targeting. Must be between 1 (1 hour after start of day) and 24 (end of day).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
index 9b7d043ac6..95135801bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
@@ -154,6 +154,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   targetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the of targeting option to retrieve. (required)
   advertiserId: string, Required. The Advertiser this request is being made in the context of.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -207,6 +208,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "contentStreamTypeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content stream type. This will be populated in the content_stream_type_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`. # Content stream type resource details.
     "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
   },
+  "contentThemeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content theme. This will be populated in the content_theme_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details.
+    "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme content classifier.
+  },
   "deviceMakeModelDetails": { # Represents a targetable device make and model. This will be populated in the device_make_model_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_MAKE_MODEL`. # Device make and model resource details.
     "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the device make and model.
   },
@@ -332,6 +336,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   advertiserId: string, Required. The Advertiser this request is being made in the context of.
   filter: string, Allows filtering by targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `OR` logical operators. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `carrierAndIspDetails.type` * `geoRegionDetails.geoRegionType` * `targetingOptionId` Examples: * All `GEO REGION` targeting options that belong to sub type `GEO_REGION_TYPE_COUNTRY` or `GEO_REGION_TYPE_STATE`: `geoRegionDetails.geoRegionType="GEO_REGION_TYPE_COUNTRY" OR geoRegionDetails.geoRegionType="GEO_REGION_TYPE_STATE"` * All `CARRIER AND ISP` targeting options that belong to sub type `CARRIER_AND_ISP_TYPE_CARRIER`: `carrierAndIspDetails.type="CARRIER_AND_ISP_TYPE_CARRIER"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `targetingOptionId` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `targetingOptionId desc`.
@@ -391,6 +396,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "contentStreamTypeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content stream type. This will be populated in the content_stream_type_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`. # Content stream type resource details.
         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
       },
+      "contentThemeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content theme. This will be populated in the content_theme_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme content classifier.
+      },
       "deviceMakeModelDetails": { # Represents a targetable device make and model. This will be populated in the device_make_model_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_MAKE_MODEL`. # Device make and model resource details.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the device make and model.
       },
@@ -532,6 +540,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO - Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL - Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION - Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION - Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion).
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -605,6 +614,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "contentStreamTypeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content stream type. This will be populated in the content_stream_type_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`. # Content stream type resource details.
         "contentStreamType": "A String", # Output only. The content stream type.
       },
+      "contentThemeDetails": { # Represents a targetable content theme. This will be populated in the content_theme_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. # Content theme details.
+        "contentTheme": "A String", # Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme content classifier.
+      },
       "deviceMakeModelDetails": { # Represents a targetable device make and model. This will be populated in the device_make_model_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_MAKE_MODEL`. # Device make and model resource details.
         "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the device make and model.
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json
index dd7a82de3f..dbcde37f1d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json
@@ -8010,7 +8010,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250313",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": {
@@ -17407,7 +17407,6 @@ true
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_AD_SERVER",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_TRUST_METRICS",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_VIZU",
-"PARTNER_COST_TYPE_ADLINGO_FEE",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_CUSTOM_FEE_1",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_CUSTOM_FEE_2",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_CUSTOM_FEE_3",
@@ -17440,7 +17439,6 @@ true
 "The cost is charged for using a third-party ad server. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged for using TrustMetrics. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged for using Vizu. Billed by the partner.",
-"The cost is charged for using AdLingo. Billed through DV360.",
 "The cost is charged as custom fee 1. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged as custom fee 2. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged as custom fee 3. Billed by the partner.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json
index ceb0c47e72..07a2ba717e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json
@@ -690,7 +690,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -741,7 +742,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -856,7 +858,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -907,7 +910,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -1319,7 +1323,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -1370,7 +1375,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -1485,7 +1491,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -1536,7 +1543,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -2499,7 +2507,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -2550,7 +2559,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -2655,7 +2665,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -2706,7 +2717,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -2808,7 +2820,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -2859,7 +2872,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -2974,7 +2988,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -3025,7 +3040,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -3596,7 +3612,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -3647,7 +3664,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -3752,7 +3770,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -3803,7 +3822,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -3905,7 +3925,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -3956,7 +3977,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -4071,7 +4093,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -4122,7 +4145,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -4948,7 +4972,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -4999,7 +5024,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -5095,7 +5121,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -5146,7 +5173,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -5239,7 +5267,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -5290,7 +5319,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -5396,7 +5426,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -5447,7 +5478,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -8038,7 +8070,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -8089,7 +8122,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -8185,7 +8219,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -8236,7 +8271,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -8329,7 +8365,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -8380,7 +8417,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -8486,7 +8524,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -8537,7 +8576,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -8725,7 +8765,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -8776,7 +8817,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -8879,7 +8921,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -8930,7 +8973,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -9006,7 +9050,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -9057,7 +9102,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -9256,7 +9302,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250313",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": {
@@ -10919,6 +10965,10 @@
 "$ref": "ContentStreamTypeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
 "description": "Content duration details. This field will be populated when the TargetingType is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`."
 },
+"contentThemeExclusionDetails": {
+"$ref": "ContentThemeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
+"description": "Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions."
+},
 "dayAndTimeDetails": {
 "$ref": "DayAndTimeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
 "description": "Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`."
@@ -11092,7 +11142,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -11143,7 +11194,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -13026,6 +13078,110 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ContentThemeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails": {
+"description": "Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`.",
+"id": "ContentThemeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
+"properties": {
+"contentTheme": {
+"description": "Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.",
+"enum": [
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONTENT_THEME_FIGHTING_VIDEO_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_MATURE_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_HEALTH_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_NEWS_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_POLITICS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RECENT_NEWS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RELIGION",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_HEALTH_CONTENT",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_NEWS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"This enum is only a placeholder and doesn't specify a DV360 content theme.",
+"Fighting video games.",
+"Mature games.",
+"Not yet determined health sources.",
+"Not yet determined news sources.",
+"Politics.",
+"Recent news.",
+"Religion.",
+"Unpleasant health content.",
+"Unpleasant news."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"excludedContentTheme": {
+"description": "Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.",
+"enum": [
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONTENT_THEME_FIGHTING_VIDEO_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_MATURE_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_HEALTH_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_NEWS_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_POLITICS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RECENT_NEWS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RELIGION",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_HEALTH_CONTENT",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_NEWS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"This enum is only a placeholder and doesn't specify a DV360 content theme.",
+"Fighting video games.",
+"Mature games.",
+"Not yet determined health sources.",
+"Not yet determined news sources.",
+"Politics.",
+"Recent news.",
+"Religion.",
+"Unpleasant health content.",
+"Unpleasant news."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"excludedTargetingOptionId": {
+"description": "Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ContentThemeTargetingOptionDetails": {
+"description": "Represents a targetable content theme. This will be populated in the content_theme_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`.",
+"id": "ContentThemeTargetingOptionDetails",
+"properties": {
+"contentTheme": {
+"description": "Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme content classifier.",
+"enum": [
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONTENT_THEME_FIGHTING_VIDEO_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_MATURE_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_HEALTH_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_NEWS_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_POLITICS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RECENT_NEWS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RELIGION",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_HEALTH_CONTENT",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_NEWS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"This enum is only a placeholder and doesn't specify a DV360 content theme.",
+"Fighting video games.",
+"Mature games.",
+"Not yet determined health sources.",
+"Not yet determined news sources.",
+"Politics.",
+"Recent news.",
+"Religion.",
+"Unpleasant health content.",
+"Unpleasant news."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ConversionCountingConfig": {
 "description": "Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting.",
 "id": "ConversionCountingConfig",
@@ -13144,7 +13300,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -13195,7 +13352,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -14295,7 +14453,8 @@ false
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -14346,7 +14505,8 @@ false
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -20288,6 +20448,39 @@ false
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_CUSTOM_FEE_5",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_SCIBIDS_FEE"
 ],
+"enumDeprecated": [
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false
+],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Type value is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
 "The cost is charged for using Adloox. Billed by the partner.",
@@ -21559,6 +21752,10 @@ false
 "$ref": "ContentStreamTypeTargetingOptionDetails",
 "description": "Content stream type resource details."
 },
+"contentThemeDetails": {
+"$ref": "ContentThemeTargetingOptionDetails",
+"description": "Content theme details."
+},
 "deviceMakeModelDetails": {
 "$ref": "DeviceMakeModelTargetingOptionDetails",
 "description": "Device make and model resource details."
@@ -21688,7 +21885,8 @@ false
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -21739,7 +21937,8 @@ false
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json
index c98771b124..7dfcd0a3f7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json
@@ -690,7 +690,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -741,7 +742,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -856,7 +858,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -907,7 +910,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -2525,7 +2529,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -2576,7 +2581,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -2681,7 +2687,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -2732,7 +2739,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -2834,7 +2842,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -2885,7 +2894,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -3000,7 +3010,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -3051,7 +3062,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -3877,7 +3889,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -3928,7 +3941,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -4024,7 +4038,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -4075,7 +4090,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -4168,7 +4184,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -4219,7 +4236,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -4325,7 +4343,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -4376,7 +4395,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -6967,7 +6987,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -7018,7 +7039,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -7114,7 +7136,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -7165,7 +7188,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -7258,7 +7282,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -7309,7 +7334,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -7415,7 +7441,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -7466,7 +7493,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -7654,7 +7682,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -7705,7 +7734,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -7808,7 +7838,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -7859,7 +7890,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -7935,7 +7967,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -7986,7 +8019,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+$",
@@ -8185,7 +8219,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250313",
+"revision": "20250320",
 "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": {
@@ -9848,6 +9882,10 @@
 "$ref": "ContentStreamTypeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
 "description": "Content duration details. This field will be populated when the TargetingType is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_STREAM_TYPE`."
 },
+"contentThemeExclusionDetails": {
+"$ref": "ContentThemeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
+"description": "Content theme details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`. Content theme are targeting exclusions. Advertiser level content theme exclusions, if set, are always applied in serving (even though they aren't visible in resource settings). Resource settings can exclude content theme in addition to advertiser exclusions."
+},
 "dayAndTimeDetails": {
 "$ref": "DayAndTimeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
 "description": "Day and time details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_DAY_AND_TIME`."
@@ -10021,7 +10059,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -10072,7 +10111,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -11921,6 +11961,110 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ContentThemeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails": {
+"description": "Targeting details for content theme. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`.",
+"id": "ContentThemeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
+"properties": {
+"contentTheme": {
+"description": "Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme classifier.",
+"enum": [
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONTENT_THEME_FIGHTING_VIDEO_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_MATURE_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_HEALTH_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_NEWS_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_POLITICS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RECENT_NEWS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RELIGION",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_HEALTH_CONTENT",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_NEWS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"This enum is only a placeholder and doesn't specify a DV360 content theme.",
+"Fighting video games.",
+"Mature games.",
+"Not yet determined health sources.",
+"Not yet determined news sources.",
+"Politics.",
+"Recent news.",
+"Religion.",
+"Unpleasant health content.",
+"Unpleasant news."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"excludedContentTheme": {
+"description": "Required. An enum for the DV360 content theme classified to be EXCLUDED.",
+"enum": [
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONTENT_THEME_FIGHTING_VIDEO_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_MATURE_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_HEALTH_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_NEWS_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_POLITICS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RECENT_NEWS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RELIGION",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_HEALTH_CONTENT",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_NEWS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"This enum is only a placeholder and doesn't specify a DV360 content theme.",
+"Fighting video games.",
+"Mature games.",
+"Not yet determined health sources.",
+"Not yet determined news sources.",
+"Politics.",
+"Recent news.",
+"Religion.",
+"Unpleasant health content.",
+"Unpleasant news."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"excludedTargetingOptionId": {
+"description": "Required. ID of the content theme to be EXCLUDED.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ContentThemeTargetingOptionDetails": {
+"description": "Represents a targetable content theme. This will be populated in the content_theme_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION`.",
+"id": "ContentThemeTargetingOptionDetails",
+"properties": {
+"contentTheme": {
+"description": "Output only. An enum for the DV360 content theme content classifier.",
+"enum": [
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONTENT_THEME_FIGHTING_VIDEO_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_MATURE_GAMES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_HEALTH_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_NOT_YET_DETERMINED_NEWS_SOURCES",
+"CONTENT_THEME_POLITICS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RECENT_NEWS",
+"CONTENT_THEME_RELIGION",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_HEALTH_CONTENT",
+"CONTENT_THEME_UNPLEASANT_NEWS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"This enum is only a placeholder and doesn't specify a DV360 content theme.",
+"Fighting video games.",
+"Mature games.",
+"Not yet determined health sources.",
+"Not yet determined news sources.",
+"Politics.",
+"Recent news.",
+"Religion.",
+"Unpleasant health content.",
+"Unpleasant news."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ConversionCountingConfig": {
 "description": "Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting.",
 "id": "ConversionCountingConfig",
@@ -12039,7 +12183,8 @@
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -12090,7 +12235,8 @@
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -13179,7 +13325,8 @@ false
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -13230,7 +13377,8 @@ false
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -19139,7 +19287,6 @@ false
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_AD_SERVER",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_TRUST_METRICS",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_VIZU",
-"PARTNER_COST_TYPE_ADLINGO_FEE",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_CUSTOM_FEE_1",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_CUSTOM_FEE_2",
 "PARTNER_COST_TYPE_CUSTOM_FEE_3",
@@ -19172,7 +19319,6 @@ false
 "The cost is charged for using a third-party ad server. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged for using TrustMetrics. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged for using Vizu. Billed by the partner.",
-"The cost is charged for using AdLingo. Billed through DV360.",
 "The cost is charged as custom fee 1. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged as custom fee 2. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged as custom fee 3. Billed by the partner.",
@@ -20383,6 +20529,10 @@ false
 "$ref": "ContentStreamTypeTargetingOptionDetails",
 "description": "Content stream type resource details."
 },
+"contentThemeDetails": {
+"$ref": "ContentThemeTargetingOptionDetails",
+"description": "Content theme details."
+},
 "deviceMakeModelDetails": {
 "$ref": "DeviceMakeModelTargetingOptionDetails",
 "description": "Device make and model resource details."
@@ -20512,7 +20662,8 @@ false
 "TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_GENRE",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO",
 "TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL",
-"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION"
+"TARGETING_TYPE_SESSION_POSITION",
+"TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_THEME_EXCLUSION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -20563,7 +20714,8 @@ false
 "Target ads to a specific content genre.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube video. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
 "Target ads to a specific YouTube channel. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API. Although this targeting is inherited by child resources, **inherited targeting of this type will not be retrieveable**.",
-"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API."
+"Target ads to a serve it in a certain position of a session. Only supported for Ad Group resources under YouTube Programmatic Reservation line items. Targeting of this type cannot be created or updated using the API.",
+"Filter website content by content themes (for example, religion)."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"

From 79b0b5264cc3b703565f25df2b9531b06fb92c4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 19/35] feat(documentai): update the api

#### documentai:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.list.parameters.extraLocationTypes (Total Keys: 3)

#### documentai:v1beta3

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.list.parameters.extraLocationTypes (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3ProcessOptionsLayoutConfig.properties.enableLlmLayoutParsing.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 .../dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html |  5 ++-
 ...ntai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html | 28 ++++++------
 ...ocations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html | 14 +++---
 ...ocations.processors.processorVersions.html | 28 ++++++------
 ...documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html |  5 ++-
 ...projects.locations.processors.dataset.html | 14 +++---
 ...v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html | 44 ++++++++++---------
 ...ocations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html | 28 ++++++------
 ...ocations.processors.processorVersions.html | 44 ++++++++++---------
 .../documents/documentai.v1.json              | 22 ++++++----
 .../documents/documentai.v1beta3.json         | 26 +++++++----
 11 files changed, 140 insertions(+), 118 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
index 988170f008..a07bc063fd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets information about a location.

 

-  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

 

   list_next()

@@ -173,11 +173,12 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
index 25345d38b6..90fb4a2ede 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -637,22 +637,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
@@ -1662,22 +1662,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
index 20b544de94..c6dd412ad2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
@@ -228,22 +228,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index bec0ac0008..b3d3454022 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -729,22 +729,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
@@ -1754,22 +1754,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
index 6ad7d79290..f7174b3f24 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets information about a location.

 

-  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

 

   list_next()

@@ -173,11 +173,12 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html
index 8eb27d0271..8e2ac0c1c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html
@@ -362,22 +362,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
index de072afcc0..d7c5055bb1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -186,6 +186,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to include ancestor headings when splitting.
         "semanticChunkingGroupSize": True or False, # Optional. The number of tokens to group together when evaluating semantic similarity. THIS FIELD IS NOT YET USED.
       },
+      "enableLlmLayoutParsing": True or False, # Optional. Whether to refine PDF layout using LLM.
       "returnBoundingBoxes": True or False, # Optional. Whether to include bounding boxes in layout parser processor response.
       "returnImages": True or False, # Optional. Whether to include images in layout parser processor response.
     },
@@ -664,22 +665,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
@@ -1606,22 +1607,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
@@ -2461,6 +2462,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to include ancestor headings when splitting.
         "semanticChunkingGroupSize": True or False, # Optional. The number of tokens to group together when evaluating semantic similarity. THIS FIELD IS NOT YET USED.
       },
+      "enableLlmLayoutParsing": True or False, # Optional. Whether to refine PDF layout using LLM.
       "returnBoundingBoxes": True or False, # Optional. Whether to include bounding boxes in layout parser processor response.
       "returnImages": True or False, # Optional. Whether to include images in layout parser processor response.
     },
@@ -2647,22 +2649,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
index ef59715905..f81eb023ba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
@@ -195,22 +195,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
@@ -1178,22 +1178,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index 3b60c3da74..98958acfce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -176,6 +176,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to include ancestor headings when splitting.
         "semanticChunkingGroupSize": True or False, # Optional. The number of tokens to group together when evaluating semantic similarity. THIS FIELD IS NOT YET USED.
       },
+      "enableLlmLayoutParsing": True or False, # Optional. Whether to refine PDF layout using LLM.
       "returnBoundingBoxes": True or False, # Optional. Whether to include bounding boxes in layout parser processor response.
       "returnImages": True or False, # Optional. Whether to include images in layout parser processor response.
     },
@@ -825,22 +826,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
@@ -1767,22 +1768,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
@@ -2622,6 +2623,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to include ancestor headings when splitting.
         "semanticChunkingGroupSize": True or False, # Optional. The number of tokens to group together when evaluating semantic similarity. THIS FIELD IS NOT YET USED.
       },
+      "enableLlmLayoutParsing": True or False, # Optional. Whether to refine PDF layout using LLM.
       "returnBoundingBoxes": True or False, # Optional. Whether to include bounding boxes in layout parser processor response.
       "returnImages": True or False, # Optional. Whether to include images in layout parser processor response.
     },
@@ -2808,22 +2810,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
           "dateValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date value. Includes year, month, day. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/date.proto
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
index 459767bb64..2698286964 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
@@ -197,6 +197,12 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"extraLocationTypes": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
 "location": "query",
@@ -1042,7 +1048,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250117",
+"revision": "20250321",
 "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": {
@@ -6196,18 +6202,18 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleTypePostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478.",
 "id": "GoogleTypePostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -6215,7 +6221,7 @@ true
 "type": "string"
 },
 "locality": {
-"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.",
+"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "organization": {
@@ -6223,7 +6229,7 @@ true
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -6243,11 +6249,11 @@ true
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (for example, \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
-"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.",
+"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
index a3d5985a79..1d2b4fcde8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
@@ -168,6 +168,12 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"extraLocationTypes": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
 "location": "query",
@@ -1284,7 +1290,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250210",
+"revision": "20250321",
 "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": {
@@ -5697,6 +5703,10 @@ true
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3ProcessOptionsLayoutConfigChunkingConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Config for chunking in layout parser processor."
 },
+"enableLlmLayoutParsing": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether to refine PDF layout using LLM.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "returnBoundingBoxes": {
 "description": "Optional. Whether to include bounding boxes in layout parser processor response.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -6843,18 +6853,18 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleTypePostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478.",
 "id": "GoogleTypePostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -6862,7 +6872,7 @@ true
 "type": "string"
 },
 "locality": {
-"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.",
+"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "organization": {
@@ -6870,7 +6880,7 @@ true
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -6890,11 +6900,11 @@ true
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (for example, \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
-"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.",
+"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },

From 0ad6b20463a9e0aa7ead2e742326da6a03003bed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 20/35] feat(gkebackup): update the api

#### gkebackup:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.list.parameters.extraLocationTypes (Total Keys: 3)
---
 docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.html             | 5 +++--
 .../discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json           | 8 +++++++-
 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.html
index 6db5c1e89c..c18fb2c04a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets information about a location.

 

-  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

 

   list_next()

@@ -135,11 +135,12 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json
index a5ebba800e..d0756b5d9a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json
@@ -143,6 +143,12 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"extraLocationTypes": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
 "location": "query",
@@ -1718,7 +1724,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250305",
+"revision": "20250317",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {

From 3786649a17773e25cc01b70d5fb07b4d9645e0b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 21/35] feat(integrations): update the api

#### integrations:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.integrations.methods.search.parameters.enableNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstanding (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaClientConfig.properties.enableHttpCall.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaProvisionClientRequest.properties.enableHttpCall.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...ntegrations_v1.projects.locations.clients.html |  1 +
 docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.html  |  1 +
 ...ations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.html |  5 +++--
 .../documents/integrations.v1.json                | 15 ++++++++++++++-
 4 files changed, 19 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.clients.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.clients.html
index 505fd1a848..deffe3c53d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.clients.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.clients.html
@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "kmsRing": "A String", # Required. A key ring organizes keys in a specific Google Cloud location and allows you to manage access control on groups of keys. A key ring's name does not need to be unique across a Google Cloud project, but must be unique within a given location.
   },
   "createSampleWorkflows": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if sample workflow should be created along with provisioning
+  "enableHttpCall": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the client should be allowed to make HTTP calls.
   "provisionGmek": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. Indicates provision with GMEK or CMEK. This field is deprecated and the provision would always be GMEK if cloud_kms_config is not present in the request.
   "runAsServiceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User input run-as service account, if empty, will bring up a new default service account
   "skipCpProvision": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if skip CP provision or not
diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.html
index 18320ab2a1..6c7e5f60f0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -200,6 +200,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "createTime": "A String", # The timestamp when the client was first created.
     "description": "A String", # Description of what the client is used for
+    "enableHttpCall": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the client enables making HTTP call.
     "enableInternalIp": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the client enables internal IP feature, this is applicable for internal clients only.
     "enableVariableMasking": True or False, # Optional. True if variable masking feature should be turned on for this region
     "id": "A String", # Globally unique ID (project_id + region)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.html
index b8f2769644..8e956d6ee9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   schedule(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Schedules an integration for execution by passing the trigger id and the scheduled time in the request body.

 

-  search(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  search(parent, enableNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstanding=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Searches and returns the list of integrations in the specified project.

 

   search_next()

@@ -646,11 +646,12 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    search(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    search(parent, enableNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstanding=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Searches and returns the list of integrations in the specified project.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Project and location from which the integrations should be listed. Format: projects/*/locations/*/resources/integrations (required)
+  enableNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstanding: boolean, Optional. Whether to enable natural language query understanding.
   filter: string, Optional. The pre-filter to be applied to the search. This should follow the expressions defined in https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata. For example, "status:ANY("ACTIVE")" will return all the resources whose status contains the "ACTIVE".
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 results will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `SearchIntegrations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `SearchIntegrations` must match the call that provided the page token.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json
index ab27b0f39f..19fe08ff82 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json
@@ -1206,6 +1206,11 @@
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"enableNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstanding": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether to enable natural language query understanding.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "Optional. The pre-filter to be applied to the search. This should follow the expressions defined in https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata. For example, \"status:ANY(\"ACTIVE\")\" will return all the resources whose status contains the \"ACTIVE\".",
 "location": "query",
@@ -4546,7 +4551,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250310",
+"revision": "20250316",
 "rootUrl": "https://integrations.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CrmlogErrorCode": {
@@ -10754,6 +10759,10 @@ false
 "description": "Description of what the client is used for",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"enableHttpCall": {
+"description": "Optional. Indicates the client enables making HTTP call.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "enableInternalIp": {
 "description": "Optional. Indicates the client enables internal IP feature, this is applicable for internal clients only.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -13111,6 +13120,10 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. Indicates if sample workflow should be created along with provisioning",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"enableHttpCall": {
+"description": "Optional. Indicates if the client should be allowed to make HTTP calls.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "provisionGmek": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "Optional. Deprecated. Indicates provision with GMEK or CMEK. This field is deprecated and the provision would always be GMEK if cloud_kms_config is not present in the request.",

From 7e80d5a8e7984c44b3799e53cfc381c70928ec0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 22/35] feat(managedkafka): update the api

#### managedkafka:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.methods.create (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.methods.delete (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.methods.list (Total Keys: 20)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.methods.patch (Total Keys: 17)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.resources.connectors.methods.create (Total Keys: 14)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.resources.connectors.methods.delete (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.resources.connectors.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.resources.connectors.methods.list (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.resources.connectors.methods.patch (Total Keys: 15)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.resources.connectors.methods.pause (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.resources.connectors.methods.restart (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.resources.connectors.methods.resume (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.connectClusters.resources.connectors.methods.stop (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.ConnectAccessConfig (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.ConnectCluster (Total Keys: 18)
- schemas.ConnectGcpConfig (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.ConnectNetworkConfig (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.Connector (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.ListConnectClustersResponse (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.ListConnectorsResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.PauseConnectorRequest (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.PauseConnectorResponse (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.RestartConnectorRequest (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.RestartConnectorResponse (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ResumeConnectorRequest (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ResumeConnectorResponse (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.StopConnectorRequest (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.StopConnectorResponse (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.TaskRetryPolicy (Total Keys: 6)
---
 ....locations.connectClusters.connectors.html | 391 ++++++++++
 ...v1.projects.locations.connectClusters.html | 425 ++++++++++
 .../managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html   |   5 +
 .../documents/managedkafka.v1.json            | 731 +++++++++++++++++-
 4 files changed, 1551 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.connectClusters.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb5ed3f89b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.html
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+
+
+
+
Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . connectClusters . connectors

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(parent, body=None, connectorId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a new connector in a given Connect cluster.

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a connector.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Returns the properties of a single connector.

+

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists the connectors in a given Connect cluster.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates the properties of a connector.

+

+  pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Pauses the connector and its tasks.

+

+  restart(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Restarts the connector.

+

+  resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Resumes the connector and its tasks.

+

+  stop(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Stops the connector.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(parent, body=None, connectorId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a new connector in a given Connect cluster.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent Connect cluster in which to create the connector. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Kafka Connect connector in a given ConnectCluster.
+  "configs": { # Optional. Connector config as keys/values. The keys of the map are connector property names, for example: `connector.class`, `tasks.max`, `key.converter`.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the connector. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster}/connectors/{connector}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the connector.
+  "taskRestartPolicy": { # Task Retry Policy is implemented on a best-effort basis. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. Note that the delay between consecutive task restarts may not always precisely match the configured settings. This can happen when the ConnectCluster is in rebalancing state or if the ConnectCluster is unresponsive etc. # Optional. Restarts the individual tasks of a Connector.
+    "maximumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The maximum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets an upper bound for the backoff delay.
+    "minimumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets a lower bound for the backoff delay.
+  },
+}
+
+  connectorId: string, Required. The ID to use for the connector, which will become the final component of the connector's name. The ID must be 1-63 characters long, and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` to comply with RFC 1035. This value is structured like: `my-connector-id`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Kafka Connect connector in a given ConnectCluster.
+  "configs": { # Optional. Connector config as keys/values. The keys of the map are connector property names, for example: `connector.class`, `tasks.max`, `key.converter`.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the connector. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster}/connectors/{connector}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the connector.
+  "taskRestartPolicy": { # Task Retry Policy is implemented on a best-effort basis. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. Note that the delay between consecutive task restarts may not always precisely match the configured settings. This can happen when the ConnectCluster is in rebalancing state or if the ConnectCluster is unresponsive etc. # Optional. Restarts the individual tasks of a Connector.
+    "maximumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The maximum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets an upper bound for the backoff delay.
+    "minimumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets a lower bound for the backoff delay.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a connector.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the connector to delete. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Returns the properties of a single connector.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the connector whose configuration to return. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Kafka Connect connector in a given ConnectCluster.
+  "configs": { # Optional. Connector config as keys/values. The keys of the map are connector property names, for example: `connector.class`, `tasks.max`, `key.converter`.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the connector. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster}/connectors/{connector}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the connector.
+  "taskRestartPolicy": { # Task Retry Policy is implemented on a best-effort basis. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. Note that the delay between consecutive task restarts may not always precisely match the configured settings. This can happen when the ConnectCluster is in rebalancing state or if the ConnectCluster is unresponsive etc. # Optional. Restarts the individual tasks of a Connector.
+    "maximumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The maximum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets an upper bound for the backoff delay.
+    "minimumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets a lower bound for the backoff delay.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists the connectors in a given Connect cluster.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent Connect cluster whose connectors are to be listed. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of connectors to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListConnectors` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConnectors` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListConnectors.
+  "connectors": [ # The list of connectors in the requested parent.
+    { # A Kafka Connect connector in a given ConnectCluster.
+      "configs": { # Optional. Connector config as keys/values. The keys of the map are connector property names, for example: `connector.class`, `tasks.max`, `key.converter`.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the connector. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster}/connectors/{connector}
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the connector.
+      "taskRestartPolicy": { # Task Retry Policy is implemented on a best-effort basis. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. Note that the delay between consecutive task restarts may not always precisely match the configured settings. This can happen when the ConnectCluster is in rebalancing state or if the ConnectCluster is unresponsive etc. # Optional. Restarts the individual tasks of a Connector.
+        "maximumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The maximum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets an upper bound for the backoff delay.
+        "minimumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets a lower bound for the backoff delay.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is omitted, there are no more results.
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates the properties of a connector.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the connector. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster}/connectors/{connector} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Kafka Connect connector in a given ConnectCluster.
+  "configs": { # Optional. Connector config as keys/values. The keys of the map are connector property names, for example: `connector.class`, `tasks.max`, `key.converter`.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the connector. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster}/connectors/{connector}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the connector.
+  "taskRestartPolicy": { # Task Retry Policy is implemented on a best-effort basis. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. Note that the delay between consecutive task restarts may not always precisely match the configured settings. This can happen when the ConnectCluster is in rebalancing state or if the ConnectCluster is unresponsive etc. # Optional. Restarts the individual tasks of a Connector.
+    "maximumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The maximum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets an upper bound for the backoff delay.
+    "minimumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets a lower bound for the backoff delay.
+  },
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the cluster resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. The mask is required and a value of * will update all fields.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Kafka Connect connector in a given ConnectCluster.
+  "configs": { # Optional. Connector config as keys/values. The keys of the map are connector property names, for example: `connector.class`, `tasks.max`, `key.converter`.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the connector. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster}/connectors/{connector}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the connector.
+  "taskRestartPolicy": { # Task Retry Policy is implemented on a best-effort basis. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. Note that the delay between consecutive task restarts may not always precisely match the configured settings. This can happen when the ConnectCluster is in rebalancing state or if the ConnectCluster is unresponsive etc. # Optional. Restarts the individual tasks of a Connector.
+    "maximumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The maximum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets an upper bound for the backoff delay.
+    "minimumBackoff": "A String", # Optional. The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets a lower bound for the backoff delay.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Pauses the connector and its tasks.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the connector to pause. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for PauseConnector.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for PauseConnector.
+}

+

+
+

+    restart(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Restarts the connector.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the connector to restart. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for RestartConnector.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for RestartConnector.
+}

+

+
+

+    resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Resumes the connector and its tasks.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the connector to pause. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for ResumeConnector.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ResumeConnector.
+}

+

+
+

+    stop(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Stops the connector.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the connector to stop. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for StopConnector.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for StopConnector.
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.connectClusters.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.connectClusters.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98a264a2d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.connectClusters.html
@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+
+
+
+
Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . connectClusters

+
Instance Methods

+

+  connectors()
+

+
Returns the connectors Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(parent, body=None, connectClusterId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a new Kafka Connect cluster in a given project and location.

+

+  delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a single Connect cluster.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Returns the properties of a single Kafka Connect cluster.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists the Kafka Connect clusters in a given project and location.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates the properties of a single Kafka Connect cluster.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(parent, body=None, connectClusterId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a new Kafka Connect cluster in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent project/location in which to create the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An Apache Kafka Connect cluster deployed in a location.
+  "capacityConfig": { # A capacity configuration of a Kafka cluster. # Required. Capacity configuration for the Kafka Connect cluster.
+    "memoryBytes": "A String", # Required. The memory to provision for the cluster in bytes. The CPU:memory ratio (vCPU:GiB) must be between 1:1 and 1:8. Minimum: 3221225472 (3 GiB).
+    "vcpuCount": "A String", # Required. The number of vCPUs to provision for the cluster. Minimum: 3.
+  },
+  "config": { # Optional. Configurations for the worker that are overridden from the defaults. The key of the map is a Kafka Connect worker property name, for example: `exactly.once.source.support`.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the cluster was created.
+  "gcpConfig": { # Configuration properties for a Kafka Connect cluster deployed to Google Cloud Platform. # Required. Configuration properties for a Kafka Connect cluster deployed to Google Cloud Platform.
+    "accessConfig": { # The configuration of access to the Kafka Connect cluster. # Required. Access configuration for the Kafka Connect cluster.
+      "networkConfigs": [ # Required. Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) networks that must be granted direct access to the Kafka Connect cluster. Minimum of 1 network is required. Maximum 10 networks can be specified.
+        { # The configuration of a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network that can access the Kafka Connect cluster.
+          "additionalSubnets": [ # Optional. Additional subnets may be specified. They may be in another region, but must be in the same VPC network. The Connect workers can communicate with network endpoints in either the primary or additional subnets.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "dnsDomainNames": [ # Optional. Additional DNS domain names from the subnet's network to be made visible to the Connect Cluster. When using MirrorMaker2, it's necessary to add the bootstrap address's dns domain name of the target cluster to make it visible to the connector. For example: my-kafka-cluster.us-central1.managedkafka.my-project.cloud.goog
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "primarySubnet": "A String", # Required. VPC subnet to make available to the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnet_id} It is used to create a Private Service Connect (PSC) interface for the Kafka Connect workers. It must be located in the same region as the Kafka Connect cluster. The CIDR range of the subnet must be within the IPv4 address ranges for private networks, as specified in RFC 1918. The primary subnet CIDR range must have a minimum size of /22 (1024 addresses).
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "secretPaths": [ # Optional. Secrets to load into workers. Exact SecretVersions from Secret Manager must be provided -- aliases are not supported. Up to 32 secrets may be loaded into one cluster. Format: projects//secrets//versions/
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "kafkaCluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the Kafka cluster this Kafka Connect cluster is attached to. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the cluster.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the cluster was last updated.
+}
+
+  connectClusterId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Connect cluster, which will become the final component of the cluster's name. The ID must be 1-63 characters long, and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` to comply with RFC 1035. This value is structured like: `my-cluster-id`.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID to avoid duplication of requests. If a request times out or fails, retrying with the same ID allows the server to recognize the previous attempt. For at least 60 minutes, the server ignores duplicate requests bearing the same ID. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID within 60 minutes of the last request, the server checks if an original operation with the same request ID was received. If so, the server ignores the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID. A zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a single Connect cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster to delete. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}`. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID to avoid duplication of requests. If a request times out or fails, retrying with the same ID allows the server to recognize the previous attempt. For at least 60 minutes, the server ignores duplicate requests bearing the same ID. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID within 60 minutes of the last request, the server checks if an original operation with the same request ID was received. If so, the server ignores the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID. A zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Returns the properties of a single Kafka Connect cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster whose configuration to return. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Apache Kafka Connect cluster deployed in a location.
+  "capacityConfig": { # A capacity configuration of a Kafka cluster. # Required. Capacity configuration for the Kafka Connect cluster.
+    "memoryBytes": "A String", # Required. The memory to provision for the cluster in bytes. The CPU:memory ratio (vCPU:GiB) must be between 1:1 and 1:8. Minimum: 3221225472 (3 GiB).
+    "vcpuCount": "A String", # Required. The number of vCPUs to provision for the cluster. Minimum: 3.
+  },
+  "config": { # Optional. Configurations for the worker that are overridden from the defaults. The key of the map is a Kafka Connect worker property name, for example: `exactly.once.source.support`.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the cluster was created.
+  "gcpConfig": { # Configuration properties for a Kafka Connect cluster deployed to Google Cloud Platform. # Required. Configuration properties for a Kafka Connect cluster deployed to Google Cloud Platform.
+    "accessConfig": { # The configuration of access to the Kafka Connect cluster. # Required. Access configuration for the Kafka Connect cluster.
+      "networkConfigs": [ # Required. Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) networks that must be granted direct access to the Kafka Connect cluster. Minimum of 1 network is required. Maximum 10 networks can be specified.
+        { # The configuration of a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network that can access the Kafka Connect cluster.
+          "additionalSubnets": [ # Optional. Additional subnets may be specified. They may be in another region, but must be in the same VPC network. The Connect workers can communicate with network endpoints in either the primary or additional subnets.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "dnsDomainNames": [ # Optional. Additional DNS domain names from the subnet's network to be made visible to the Connect Cluster. When using MirrorMaker2, it's necessary to add the bootstrap address's dns domain name of the target cluster to make it visible to the connector. For example: my-kafka-cluster.us-central1.managedkafka.my-project.cloud.goog
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "primarySubnet": "A String", # Required. VPC subnet to make available to the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnet_id} It is used to create a Private Service Connect (PSC) interface for the Kafka Connect workers. It must be located in the same region as the Kafka Connect cluster. The CIDR range of the subnet must be within the IPv4 address ranges for private networks, as specified in RFC 1918. The primary subnet CIDR range must have a minimum size of /22 (1024 addresses).
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "secretPaths": [ # Optional. Secrets to load into workers. Exact SecretVersions from Secret Manager must be provided -- aliases are not supported. Up to 32 secrets may be loaded into one cluster. Format: projects//secrets//versions/
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "kafkaCluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the Kafka cluster this Kafka Connect cluster is attached to. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the cluster.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the cluster was last updated.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists the Kafka Connect clusters in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent project/location whose Connect clusters are to be listed. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter expression for the result.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Order by fields for the result.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of Connect clusters to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListConnectClusters` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConnectClusters` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListConnectClusters.
+  "connectClusters": [ # The list of Connect clusters in the requested parent.
+    { # An Apache Kafka Connect cluster deployed in a location.
+      "capacityConfig": { # A capacity configuration of a Kafka cluster. # Required. Capacity configuration for the Kafka Connect cluster.
+        "memoryBytes": "A String", # Required. The memory to provision for the cluster in bytes. The CPU:memory ratio (vCPU:GiB) must be between 1:1 and 1:8. Minimum: 3221225472 (3 GiB).
+        "vcpuCount": "A String", # Required. The number of vCPUs to provision for the cluster. Minimum: 3.
+      },
+      "config": { # Optional. Configurations for the worker that are overridden from the defaults. The key of the map is a Kafka Connect worker property name, for example: `exactly.once.source.support`.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the cluster was created.
+      "gcpConfig": { # Configuration properties for a Kafka Connect cluster deployed to Google Cloud Platform. # Required. Configuration properties for a Kafka Connect cluster deployed to Google Cloud Platform.
+        "accessConfig": { # The configuration of access to the Kafka Connect cluster. # Required. Access configuration for the Kafka Connect cluster.
+          "networkConfigs": [ # Required. Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) networks that must be granted direct access to the Kafka Connect cluster. Minimum of 1 network is required. Maximum 10 networks can be specified.
+            { # The configuration of a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network that can access the Kafka Connect cluster.
+              "additionalSubnets": [ # Optional. Additional subnets may be specified. They may be in another region, but must be in the same VPC network. The Connect workers can communicate with network endpoints in either the primary or additional subnets.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "dnsDomainNames": [ # Optional. Additional DNS domain names from the subnet's network to be made visible to the Connect Cluster. When using MirrorMaker2, it's necessary to add the bootstrap address's dns domain name of the target cluster to make it visible to the connector. For example: my-kafka-cluster.us-central1.managedkafka.my-project.cloud.goog
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "primarySubnet": "A String", # Required. VPC subnet to make available to the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnet_id} It is used to create a Private Service Connect (PSC) interface for the Kafka Connect workers. It must be located in the same region as the Kafka Connect cluster. The CIDR range of the subnet must be within the IPv4 address ranges for private networks, as specified in RFC 1918. The primary subnet CIDR range must have a minimum size of /22 (1024 addresses).
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "secretPaths": [ # Optional. Secrets to load into workers. Exact SecretVersions from Secret Manager must be provided -- aliases are not supported. Up to 32 secrets may be loaded into one cluster. Format: projects//secrets//versions/
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "kafkaCluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the Kafka cluster this Kafka Connect cluster is attached to. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the cluster.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the cluster was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is omitted, there are no more results.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates the properties of a single Kafka Connect cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An Apache Kafka Connect cluster deployed in a location.
+  "capacityConfig": { # A capacity configuration of a Kafka cluster. # Required. Capacity configuration for the Kafka Connect cluster.
+    "memoryBytes": "A String", # Required. The memory to provision for the cluster in bytes. The CPU:memory ratio (vCPU:GiB) must be between 1:1 and 1:8. Minimum: 3221225472 (3 GiB).
+    "vcpuCount": "A String", # Required. The number of vCPUs to provision for the cluster. Minimum: 3.
+  },
+  "config": { # Optional. Configurations for the worker that are overridden from the defaults. The key of the map is a Kafka Connect worker property name, for example: `exactly.once.source.support`.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the cluster was created.
+  "gcpConfig": { # Configuration properties for a Kafka Connect cluster deployed to Google Cloud Platform. # Required. Configuration properties for a Kafka Connect cluster deployed to Google Cloud Platform.
+    "accessConfig": { # The configuration of access to the Kafka Connect cluster. # Required. Access configuration for the Kafka Connect cluster.
+      "networkConfigs": [ # Required. Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) networks that must be granted direct access to the Kafka Connect cluster. Minimum of 1 network is required. Maximum 10 networks can be specified.
+        { # The configuration of a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network that can access the Kafka Connect cluster.
+          "additionalSubnets": [ # Optional. Additional subnets may be specified. They may be in another region, but must be in the same VPC network. The Connect workers can communicate with network endpoints in either the primary or additional subnets.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "dnsDomainNames": [ # Optional. Additional DNS domain names from the subnet's network to be made visible to the Connect Cluster. When using MirrorMaker2, it's necessary to add the bootstrap address's dns domain name of the target cluster to make it visible to the connector. For example: my-kafka-cluster.us-central1.managedkafka.my-project.cloud.goog
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "primarySubnet": "A String", # Required. VPC subnet to make available to the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnet_id} It is used to create a Private Service Connect (PSC) interface for the Kafka Connect workers. It must be located in the same region as the Kafka Connect cluster. The CIDR range of the subnet must be within the IPv4 address ranges for private networks, as specified in RFC 1918. The primary subnet CIDR range must have a minimum size of /22 (1024 addresses).
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "secretPaths": [ # Optional. Secrets to load into workers. Exact SecretVersions from Secret Manager must be provided -- aliases are not supported. Up to 32 secrets may be loaded into one cluster. Format: projects//secrets//versions/
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "kafkaCluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the Kafka cluster this Kafka Connect cluster is attached to. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the cluster.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the cluster was last updated.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID to avoid duplication of requests. If a request times out or fails, retrying with the same ID allows the server to recognize the previous attempt. For at least 60 minutes, the server ignores duplicate requests bearing the same ID. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID within 60 minutes of the last request, the server checks if an original operation with the same request ID was received. If so, the server ignores the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID. A zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the cluster resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. The mask is required and a value of * will update all fields.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html
index 9ee75ef77b..0c2129deff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -79,6 +79,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the clusters Resource.

 
+

+  connectClusters()
+

+
Returns the connectClusters Resource.

+
 

   operations()
 

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json
index 7461c95bd3..b46f38dd4e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json
@@ -642,6 +642,459 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"connectClusters": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a new Kafka Connect cluster in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"connectClusterId": {
+"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Connect cluster, which will become the final component of the cluster's name. The ID must be 1-63 characters long, and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` to comply with RFC 1035. This value is structured like: `my-cluster-id`.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent project/location in which to create the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID to avoid duplication of requests. If a request times out or fails, retrying with the same ID allows the server to recognize the previous attempt. For at least 60 minutes, the server ignores duplicate requests bearing the same ID. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID within 60 minutes of the last request, the server checks if an original operation with the same request ID was received. If so, the server ignores the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID. A zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/connectClusters",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ConnectCluster"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a single Connect cluster.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster to delete. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID to avoid duplication of requests. If a request times out or fails, retrying with the same ID allows the server to recognize the previous attempt. For at least 60 minutes, the server ignores duplicate requests bearing the same ID. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID within 60 minutes of the last request, the server checks if an original operation with the same request ID was received. If so, the server ignores the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID. A zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Returns the properties of a single Kafka Connect cluster.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster whose configuration to return. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ConnectCluster"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists the Kafka Connect clusters in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. Filter expression for the result.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Optional. Order by fields for the result.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of Connect clusters to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListConnectClusters` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConnectClusters` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent project/location whose Connect clusters are to be listed. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/connectClusters",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListConnectClustersResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the properties of a single Kafka Connect cluster.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID to avoid duplication of requests. If a request times out or fails, retrying with the same ID allows the server to recognize the previous attempt. For at least 60 minutes, the server ignores duplicate requests bearing the same ID. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID within 60 minutes of the last request, the server checks if an original operation with the same request ID was received. If so, the server ignores the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID. A zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the cluster resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. The mask is required and a value of * will update all fields.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ConnectCluster"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+},
+"resources": {
+"connectors": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a new connector in a given Connect cluster.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}/connectors",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"connectorId": {
+"description": "Required. The ID to use for the connector, which will become the final component of the connector's name. The ID must be 1-63 characters long, and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` to comply with RFC 1035. This value is structured like: `my-connector-id`.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent Connect cluster in which to create the connector. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/connectors",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Connector"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Connector"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a connector.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}/connectors/{connectorsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the connector to delete. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+/connectors/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Empty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Returns the properties of a single connector.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}/connectors/{connectorsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the connector whose configuration to return. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+/connectors/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Connector"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists the connectors in a given Connect cluster.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}/connectors",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of connectors to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListConnectors` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConnectors` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent Connect cluster whose connectors are to be listed. Structured like `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/connectors",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListConnectorsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the properties of a connector.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}/connectors/{connectorsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The name of the connector. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster}/connectors/{connector}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+/connectors/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the cluster resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. The mask is required and a value of * will update all fields.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Connector"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Connector"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"pause": {
+"description": "Pauses the connector and its tasks.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}/connectors/{connectorsId}:pause",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.pause",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the connector to pause. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+/connectors/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:pause",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "PauseConnectorRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "PauseConnectorResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"restart": {
+"description": "Restarts the connector.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}/connectors/{connectorsId}:restart",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.restart",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the connector to restart. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+/connectors/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:restart",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "RestartConnectorRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "RestartConnectorResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"resume": {
+"description": "Resumes the connector and its tasks.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}/connectors/{connectorsId}:resume",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.resume",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the connector to pause. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+/connectors/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:resume",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ResumeConnectorRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ResumeConnectorResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"stop": {
+"description": "Stops the connector.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectClusters/{connectClustersId}/connectors/{connectorsId}:stop",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.connectClusters.connectors.stop",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the connector to stop. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connectCluster}/connectors/{connector}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectClusters/[^/]+/connectors/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:stop",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "StopConnectorRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "StopConnectorResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
@@ -770,7 +1223,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250306",
+"revision": "20250313",
 "rootUrl": "https://managedkafka.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessConfig": {
@@ -879,6 +1332,174 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ConnectAccessConfig": {
+"description": "The configuration of access to the Kafka Connect cluster.",
+"id": "ConnectAccessConfig",
+"properties": {
+"networkConfigs": {
+"description": "Required. Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) networks that must be granted direct access to the Kafka Connect cluster. Minimum of 1 network is required. Maximum 10 networks can be specified.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "ConnectNetworkConfig"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ConnectCluster": {
+"description": "An Apache Kafka Connect cluster deployed in a location.",
+"id": "ConnectCluster",
+"properties": {
+"capacityConfig": {
+"$ref": "CapacityConfig",
+"description": "Required. Capacity configuration for the Kafka Connect cluster."
+},
+"config": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Configurations for the worker that are overridden from the defaults. The key of the map is a Kafka Connect worker property name, for example: `exactly.once.source.support`.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the cluster was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"gcpConfig": {
+"$ref": "ConnectGcpConfig",
+"description": "Required. Configuration properties for a Kafka Connect cluster deployed to Google Cloud Platform."
+},
+"kafkaCluster": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The name of the Kafka cluster this Kafka Connect cluster is attached to. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The name of the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster_id}",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the cluster.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CREATING",
+"ACTIVE",
+"DELETING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"A state was not specified.",
+"The cluster is being created.",
+"The cluster is active.",
+"The cluster is being deleted."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the cluster was last updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ConnectGcpConfig": {
+"description": "Configuration properties for a Kafka Connect cluster deployed to Google Cloud Platform.",
+"id": "ConnectGcpConfig",
+"properties": {
+"accessConfig": {
+"$ref": "ConnectAccessConfig",
+"description": "Required. Access configuration for the Kafka Connect cluster."
+},
+"secretPaths": {
+"description": "Optional. Secrets to load into workers. Exact SecretVersions from Secret Manager must be provided -- aliases are not supported. Up to 32 secrets may be loaded into one cluster. Format: projects//secrets//versions/",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ConnectNetworkConfig": {
+"description": "The configuration of a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network that can access the Kafka Connect cluster.",
+"id": "ConnectNetworkConfig",
+"properties": {
+"additionalSubnets": {
+"description": "Optional. Additional subnets may be specified. They may be in another region, but must be in the same VPC network. The Connect workers can communicate with network endpoints in either the primary or additional subnets.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"dnsDomainNames": {
+"description": "Optional. Additional DNS domain names from the subnet's network to be made visible to the Connect Cluster. When using MirrorMaker2, it's necessary to add the bootstrap address's dns domain name of the target cluster to make it visible to the connector. For example: my-kafka-cluster.us-central1.managedkafka.my-project.cloud.goog",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"primarySubnet": {
+"description": "Required. VPC subnet to make available to the Kafka Connect cluster. Structured like: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnet_id} It is used to create a Private Service Connect (PSC) interface for the Kafka Connect workers. It must be located in the same region as the Kafka Connect cluster. The CIDR range of the subnet must be within the IPv4 address ranges for private networks, as specified in RFC 1918. The primary subnet CIDR range must have a minimum size of /22 (1024 addresses).",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Connector": {
+"description": "A Kafka Connect connector in a given ConnectCluster.",
+"id": "Connector",
+"properties": {
+"configs": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Connector config as keys/values. The keys of the map are connector property names, for example: `connector.class`, `tasks.max`, `key.converter`.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The name of the connector. Structured like: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectClusters/{connect_cluster}/connectors/{connector}",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the connector.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"UNASSIGNED",
+"RUNNING",
+"PAUSED",
+"FAILED",
+"RESTARTING",
+"STOPPED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"A state was not specified.",
+"The connector is not assigned to any tasks, usually transient.",
+"The connector is running.",
+"The connector has been paused.",
+"The connector has failed. See logs for why.",
+"The connector is restarting.",
+"The connector has been stopped."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"taskRestartPolicy": {
+"$ref": "TaskRetryPolicy",
+"description": "Optional. Restarts the individual tasks of a Connector."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ConsumerGroup": {
 "description": "A Kafka consumer group in a given cluster.",
 "id": "ConsumerGroup",
@@ -973,6 +1594,49 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ListConnectClustersResponse": {
+"description": "Response for ListConnectClusters.",
+"id": "ListConnectClustersResponse",
+"properties": {
+"connectClusters": {
+"description": "The list of Connect clusters in the requested parent.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "ConnectCluster"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is omitted, there are no more results.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListConnectorsResponse": {
+"description": "Response for ListConnectors.",
+"id": "ListConnectorsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"connectors": {
+"description": "The list of connectors in the requested parent.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Connector"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is omitted, there are no more results.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ListConsumerGroupsResponse": {
 "description": "Response for ListConsumerGroups.",
 "id": "ListConsumerGroupsResponse",
@@ -1169,6 +1833,18 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"PauseConnectorRequest": {
+"description": "Request for PauseConnector.",
+"id": "PauseConnectorRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PauseConnectorResponse": {
+"description": "Response for PauseConnector.",
+"id": "PauseConnectorResponse",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "RebalanceConfig": {
 "description": "Defines rebalancing behavior of a Kafka cluster.",
 "id": "RebalanceConfig",
@@ -1190,6 +1866,30 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"RestartConnectorRequest": {
+"description": "Request for RestartConnector.",
+"id": "RestartConnectorRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RestartConnectorResponse": {
+"description": "Response for RestartConnector.",
+"id": "RestartConnectorResponse",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ResumeConnectorRequest": {
+"description": "Request for ResumeConnector.",
+"id": "ResumeConnectorRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ResumeConnectorResponse": {
+"description": "Response for ResumeConnector.",
+"id": "ResumeConnectorResponse",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Status": {
 "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
 "id": "Status",
@@ -1217,6 +1917,35 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"StopConnectorRequest": {
+"description": "Request for StopConnector.",
+"id": "StopConnectorRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"StopConnectorResponse": {
+"description": "Response for StopConnector.",
+"id": "StopConnectorResponse",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"TaskRetryPolicy": {
+"description": "Task Retry Policy is implemented on a best-effort basis. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. Note that the delay between consecutive task restarts may not always precisely match the configured settings. This can happen when the ConnectCluster is in rebalancing state or if the ConnectCluster is unresponsive etc.",
+"id": "TaskRetryPolicy",
+"properties": {
+"maximumBackoff": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets an upper bound for the backoff delay.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"minimumBackoff": {
+"description": "Optional. The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a failed task. This sets a lower bound for the backoff delay.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Topic": {
 "description": "A Kafka topic in a given cluster.",
 "id": "Topic",

From 54e2633d6cbe62df90626e0e9cefc5ae6524cecd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 23/35] feat(merchantapi): update the api

#### merchantapi:products_v1beta

The following keys were added:
- resources.accounts.resources.productInputs.methods.patch (Total Keys: 17)
---
 ...accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html |  42 +-
 ..._v1beta.accounts.onlineReturnPolicies.html |   8 +-
 ...roducts_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html | 629 ++++++++++++++++++
 .../merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json          |  20 +-
 .../merchantapi.products_v1beta.json          |  41 +-
 5 files changed, 704 insertions(+), 36 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html
index 2567af2af6..ecb21492d8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html
@@ -104,22 +104,22 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The `BusinessInfo` message contains essential information about a merchant's business. This message captures key business details such as physical address, customer service contacts, and region-specific identifiers.
-  "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
   },
   "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
     "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
@@ -157,22 +157,22 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The `BusinessInfo` message contains essential information about a merchant's business. This message captures key business details such as physical address, customer service contacts, and region-specific identifiers.
-  "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
   },
   "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
     "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
@@ -209,22 +209,22 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The `BusinessInfo` message contains essential information about a merchant's business. This message captures key business details such as physical address, customer service contacts, and region-specific identifiers.
-  "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
   },
   "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
     "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.onlineReturnPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.onlineReturnPolicies.html
index ae4de8f1ee..246b68b811 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.onlineReturnPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.onlineReturnPolicies.html
@@ -117,12 +117,12 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "label": "A String", # Required. Immutable. This field represents the unique user-defined label of the return policy. It is important to note that the same label cannot be used in different return policies for the same country. Unless a product specifies a specific label attribute, policies will be automatically labeled as 'default'. To assign a custom return policy to certain product groups, follow the instructions provided in the [Return policy label] (https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9445425). The label can contain up to 50 characters.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the `OnlineReturnPolicy` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/onlineReturnPolicies/{return_policy}`
-  "policy": { # The available policies. # The return policy.
+  "policy": { # The available policies. # Optional. The return policy.
     "days": "A String", # The number of days items can be returned after delivery, where one day is defined as 24 hours after the delivery timestamp. Required for `NUMBER_OF_DAYS_AFTER_DELIVERY` returns.
     "type": "A String", # Policy type.
   },
   "processRefundDays": 42, # The field specifies the number of days it takes for merchants to process refunds, field is optional.
-  "restockingFee": { # The restocking fee. This can be a flat fee or a micro percent. # The restocking fee that applies to all return reason categories. This would be treated as a free restocking fee if the value is not set.
+  "restockingFee": { # The restocking fee. This can be a flat fee or a micro percent. # Optional. The restocking fee that applies to all return reason categories. This would be treated as a free restocking fee if the value is not set.
     "fixedFee": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Fixed restocking fee.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
@@ -195,12 +195,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "label": "A String", # Required. Immutable. This field represents the unique user-defined label of the return policy. It is important to note that the same label cannot be used in different return policies for the same country. Unless a product specifies a specific label attribute, policies will be automatically labeled as 'default'. To assign a custom return policy to certain product groups, follow the instructions provided in the [Return policy label] (https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9445425). The label can contain up to 50 characters.
       "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the `OnlineReturnPolicy` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/onlineReturnPolicies/{return_policy}`
-      "policy": { # The available policies. # The return policy.
+      "policy": { # The available policies. # Optional. The return policy.
         "days": "A String", # The number of days items can be returned after delivery, where one day is defined as 24 hours after the delivery timestamp. Required for `NUMBER_OF_DAYS_AFTER_DELIVERY` returns.
         "type": "A String", # Policy type.
       },
       "processRefundDays": 42, # The field specifies the number of days it takes for merchants to process refunds, field is optional.
-      "restockingFee": { # The restocking fee. This can be a flat fee or a micro percent. # The restocking fee that applies to all return reason categories. This would be treated as a free restocking fee if the value is not set.
+      "restockingFee": { # The restocking fee. This can be a flat fee or a micro percent. # Optional. The restocking fee that applies to all return reason categories. This would be treated as a free restocking fee if the value is not set.
         "fixedFee": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Fixed restocking fee.
           "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
           "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html
index 708e9432fd..efb59f4a59 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   insert(parent, body=None, dataSource=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Uploads a product input to your Merchant Center account. If an input with the same contentLanguage, offerId, and dataSource already exists, this method replaces that entry. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, dataSource=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates the existing product input in your Merchant Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -733,4 +736,630 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    patch(name, body=None, dataSource=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates the existing product input in your Merchant Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the product input. Format: `"{productinput.name=accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}}"` where the last section `productinput` consists of 4 parts: channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id example for product input name is "accounts/123/productInputs/online~en~US~sku123" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # This resource represents input data you submit for a product, not the processed product that you see in Merchant Center, in Shopping ads, or across Google surfaces. Product inputs, rules and supplemental data source data are combined to create the processed Product. Required product input attributes to pass data validation checks are primarily defined in the [Products Data Specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494). The following attributes are required: feedLabel, contentLanguage and offerId. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved. All fields in the product input and its sub-messages match the English name of their corresponding attribute in the vertical spec with [some exceptions](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).
+  "attributes": { # Attributes. # Optional. A list of product attributes.
+    "additionalImageLinks": [ # Additional URLs of images of the item.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "adsGrouping": "A String", # Used to group items in an arbitrary way. Only for CPA%, discouraged otherwise.
+    "adsLabels": [ # Similar to ads_grouping, but only works on CPC.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "adsRedirect": "A String", # Allows advertisers to override the item URL when the product is shown within the context of Product ads.
+    "adult": True or False, # Set to true if the item is targeted towards adults.
+    "ageGroup": "A String", # Target [age group](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324463) of the item.
+    "autoPricingMinPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # A safeguard in the "Automated Discounts" (https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10295759) and "Dynamic Promotions" (https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13949249) projects, ensuring that discounts on merchants' offers do not fall below this value, thereby preserving the offer's value and profitability.
+      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+    },
+    "availability": "A String", # Availability status of the item.
+    "availabilityDate": "A String", # The day a pre-ordered product becomes available for delivery, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
+    "brand": "A String", # Brand of the item.
+    "canonicalLink": "A String", # URL for the canonical version of your item's landing page.
+    "certifications": [ # Product Certifications, for example for energy efficiency labeling of products recorded in the [EU EPREL](https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/screen/home) database. See the [Help Center](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13528839) article for more information.
+      { # Product [certification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13528839), initially introduced for EU energy efficiency labeling compliance using the EU EPREL database.
+        "certificationAuthority": "A String", # The certification authority, for example "European_Commission". Maximum length is 2000 characters.
+        "certificationCode": "A String", # The certification code. Maximum length is 2000 characters.
+        "certificationName": "A String", # The name of the certification, for example "EPREL". Maximum length is 2000 characters.
+        "certificationValue": "A String", # The certification value (also known as class, level or grade), for example "A+", "C", "gold". Maximum length is 2000 characters.
+      },
+    ],
+    "cloudExportAdditionalProperties": [ # Extra fields to export to the Cloud Retail program.
+      { # Product property for the Cloud Retail API. For example, properties for a TV product could be "Screen-Resolution" or "Screen-Size".
+        "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value of the given property. For example for a TV product, "True" or "False" if the screen is UHD.
+        "floatValue": [ # Float values of the given property. For example for a TV product 1.2345. Maximum repeatedness of this value is 400. Values are stored in an arbitrary but consistent order.
+          3.14,
+        ],
+        "intValue": [ # Integer values of the given property. For example, 1080 for a TV product's Screen Resolution. Maximum repeatedness of this value is 400. Values are stored in an arbitrary but consistent order.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "maxValue": 3.14, # Maximum float value of the given property. For example for a TV product 100.00.
+        "minValue": 3.14, # Minimum float value of the given property. For example for a TV product 1.00.
+        "propertyName": "A String", # Name of the given property. For example, "Screen-Resolution" for a TV product. Maximum string size is 256 characters.
+        "textValue": [ # Text value of the given property. For example, "8K(UHD)" could be a text value for a TV product. Maximum repeatedness of this value is 400. Values are stored in an arbitrary but consistent order. Maximum string size is 256 characters.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "unitCode": "A String", # Unit of the given property. For example, "Pixels" for a TV product. Maximum string size is 256B.
+      },
+    ],
+    "color": "A String", # Color of the item.
+    "condition": "A String", # Condition or state of the item.
+    "costOfGoodsSold": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Cost of goods sold. Used for gross profit reporting.
+      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+    },
+    "customLabel0": "A String", # Custom label 0 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
+    "customLabel1": "A String", # Custom label 1 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
+    "customLabel2": "A String", # Custom label 2 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
+    "customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
+    "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
+    "description": "A String", # Description of the item.
+    "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information.
+    "displayAdsId": "A String", # An identifier for an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns.
+    "displayAdsLink": "A String", # URL directly to your item's landing page for dynamic remarketing campaigns.
+    "displayAdsSimilarIds": [ # Advertiser-specified recommendations.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "displayAdsTitle": "A String", # Title of an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns.
+    "displayAdsValue": 3.14, # Offer margin for dynamic remarketing campaigns.
+    "energyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU.
+    "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. The actual expiration date is exposed in `productstatuses` as [googleExpirationDate](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499) and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future.
+    "externalSellerId": "A String", # Required for multi-seller accounts. Use this attribute if you're a marketplace uploading products for various sellers to your multi-seller account.
+    "freeShippingThreshold": [ # Conditions to be met for a product to have free shipping.
+      { # Conditions to be met for a product to have free shipping.
+        "country": "A String", # The [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) of the country to which an item will ship.
+        "priceThreshold": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The minimum product price for the shipping cost to become free. Represented as a number.
+          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "gender": "A String", # Target gender of the item.
+    "googleProductCategory": "A String", # Google's category of the item (see [Google product taxonomy](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/1705911)). When querying products, this field will contain the user provided value. There is currently no way to get back the auto assigned google product categories through the API.
+    "gtin": [ # Global Trade Item Numbers ([GTIN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#gtin)) of the item. You can provide up to 10 GTINs.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "identifierExists": True or False, # Set this value to false when the item does not have unique product identifiers appropriate to its category, such as GTIN, MPN, and brand. Defaults to true, if not provided.
+    "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item.
+    "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "installment": { # A message that represents installment. # Number and amount of installments to pay for an item.
+      "amount": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The amount the buyer has to pay per month.
+        "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+      },
+      "creditType": "A String", # Type of installment payments. Supported values are: * "`finance`" * "`lease`"
+      "downpayment": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The up-front down payment amount the buyer has to pay.
+        "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+      },
+      "months": "A String", # The number of installments the buyer has to pay.
+    },
+    "isBundle": True or False, # Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.
+    "itemGroupId": "A String", # Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.
+    "lifestyleImageLinks": [ # Additional URLs of lifestyle images of the item, used to explicitly identify images that showcase your item in a real-world context. See the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9103186) for more information.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "link": "A String", # URL directly linking to your item's page on your online store.
+    "linkTemplate": "A String", # Link template for merchant hosted local storefront.
+    "loyaltyPoints": { # A message that represents loyalty points. # Loyalty points that users receive after purchasing the item. Japan only.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of loyalty points program. It is recommended to limit the name to 12 full-width characters or 24 Roman characters.
+      "pointsValue": "A String", # The retailer's loyalty points in absolute value.
+      "ratio": 3.14, # The ratio of a point when converted to currency. Google assumes currency based on Merchant Center settings. If ratio is left out, it defaults to 1.0.
+    },
+    "loyaltyPrograms": [ # A list of loyalty program information that is used to surface loyalty benefits (for example, better pricing, points, etc) to the user of this item.
+      { # A message that represents loyalty program.
+        "cashbackForFutureUse": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The cashback that can be used for future purchases.
+          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+        },
+        "loyaltyPoints": "A String", # The amount of loyalty points earned on a purchase.
+        "memberPriceEffectiveDate": { # Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a Timestamp end (exclusive). The start must be less than or equal to the end. When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time). When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time. # A date range during which the item is eligible for member price. If not specified, the member price is always applicable. The date range is represented by a pair of ISO 8601 dates separated by a space, comma, or slash.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Exclusive end of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the end.
+          "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same or after the start.
+        },
+        "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The price for members of the given tier, that is, the instant discount price. Must be smaller or equal to the regular price.
+          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+        },
+        "programLabel": "A String", # The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. The label must be provided so that the system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+        "shippingLabel": "A String", # The label of the shipping benefit. If the field has value, this offer has loyalty shipping benefit. If the field value isn't provided, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
+        "tierLabel": "A String", # The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
+      },
+    ],
+    "material": "A String", # The material of which the item is made.
+    "maxEnergyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU.
+    "maxHandlingTime": "A String", # Maximal product handling time (in business days).
+    "minEnergyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU.
+    "minHandlingTime": "A String", # Minimal product handling time (in business days).
+    "mobileLink": "A String", # URL for the mobile-optimized version of your item's landing page.
+    "mobileLinkTemplate": "A String", # Link template for merchant hosted local storefront optimized for mobile devices.
+    "mpn": "A String", # Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.
+    "multipack": "A String", # The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.
+    "pattern": "A String", # The item's pattern (for example, polka dots).
+    "pause": "A String", # Publication of this item will be temporarily [paused](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/11909930).
+    "pickupMethod": "A String", # The pick up option for the item.
+    "pickupSla": "A String", # Item store pickup timeline.
+    "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Price of the item.
+      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+    },
+    "productDetails": [ # Technical specification or additional product details.
+      { # The product details.
+        "attributeName": "A String", # The name of the product detail.
+        "attributeValue": "A String", # The value of the product detail.
+        "sectionName": "A String", # The section header used to group a set of product details.
+      },
+    ],
+    "productHeight": { # The dimension of the product. # The height of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
+      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
+      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
+    },
+    "productHighlights": [ # Bullet points describing the most relevant highlights of a product.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "productLength": { # The dimension of the product. # The length of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
+      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
+      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
+    },
+    "productTypes": [ # Categories of the item (formatted as in [product data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#product_type)).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "productWeight": { # The weight of the product. # The weight of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 2000 (inclusive).
+      "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: * "`g`" * "`kg`" * "`oz`" * "`lb`"
+      "value": 3.14, # Required. The weight represented as a number. The weight can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
+    },
+    "productWidth": { # The dimension of the product. # The width of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
+      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
+      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
+    },
+    "promotionIds": [ # The unique ID of a promotion.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "salePrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Advertised sale price of the item.
+      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+    },
+    "salePriceEffectiveDate": { # Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a Timestamp end (exclusive). The start must be less than or equal to the end. When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time). When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time. # Date range during which the item is on sale (see [product data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#sale_price_effective_date)).
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Exclusive end of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the end.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same or after the start.
+    },
+    "sellOnGoogleQuantity": "A String", # The quantity of the product that is available for selling on Google. Supported only for online products.
+    "shipping": [ # Shipping rules.
+      { # The Shipping of the product.
+        "country": "A String", # The [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) of the country to which an item will ship.
+        "locationGroupName": "A String", # The location where the shipping is applicable, represented by a location group name.
+        "locationId": "A String", # The numeric ID of a location that the shipping rate applies to as defined in the [AdWords API](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting).
+        "maxHandlingTime": "A String", # Maximum handling time (inclusive) between when the order is received and shipped in business days. 0 means that the order is shipped on the same day as it is received if it happens before the cut-off time. Both maxHandlingTime and maxTransitTime are required if providing shipping speeds. minHandlingTime is optional if maxHandlingTime is present.
+        "maxTransitTime": "A String", # Maximum transit time (inclusive) between when the order has shipped and when it is delivered in business days. 0 means that the order is delivered on the same day as it ships. Both maxHandlingTime and maxTransitTime are required if providing shipping speeds. minTransitTime is optional if maxTransitTime is present.
+        "minHandlingTime": "A String", # Minimum handling time (inclusive) between when the order is received and shipped in business days. 0 means that the order is shipped on the same day as it is received if it happens before the cut-off time. minHandlingTime can only be present together with maxHandlingTime; but it is not required if maxHandlingTime is present.
+        "minTransitTime": "A String", # Minimum transit time (inclusive) between when the order has shipped and when it is delivered in business days. 0 means that the order is delivered on the same day as it ships. minTransitTime can only be present together with maxTransitTime; but it is not required if maxTransitTime is present.
+        "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code range that the shipping rate applies to, represented by a postal code, a postal code prefix followed by a * wildcard, a range between two postal codes or two postal code prefixes of equal length.
+        "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Fixed shipping price, represented as a number.
+          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+        },
+        "region": "A String", # The geographic region to which a shipping rate applies. See [region](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324484) for more information.
+        "service": "A String", # A free-form description of the service class or delivery speed.
+      },
+    ],
+    "shippingHeight": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Height of the item for shipping.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of value.
+      "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item.
+    },
+    "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group product in account-level shipping rules.
+    "shippingLength": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Length of the item for shipping.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of value.
+      "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item.
+    },
+    "shippingWeight": { # The ShippingWeight of the product. # Weight of the item for shipping.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of value.
+      "value": 3.14, # The weight of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item.
+    },
+    "shippingWidth": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Width of the item for shipping.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of value.
+      "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item.
+    },
+    "shoppingAdsExcludedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) to exclude the offer from Shopping Ads destination. Countries from this list are removed from countries configured in data source settings.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "size": "A String", # Size of the item. Only one value is allowed. For variants with different sizes, insert a separate product for each size with the same `itemGroupId` value (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324492](size definition)).
+    "sizeSystem": "A String", # System in which the size is specified. Recommended for apparel items.
+    "sizeTypes": [ # The cut of the item. It can be used to represent combined size types for apparel items. Maximum two of size types can be provided (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324497](size type)).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "structuredDescription": { # Structured description, for algorithmically (AI)-generated descriptions. # Structured description, for algorithmically (AI)-generated descriptions.
+      "content": "A String", # The description text Maximum length is 5000 characters
+      "digitalSourceType": "A String", # The digital source type, for example "trained_algorithmic_media". Following [IPTC](https://cv.iptc.org/newscodes/digitalsourcetype). Maximum length is 40 characters.
+    },
+    "structuredTitle": { # Structured title, for algorithmically (AI)-generated titles. # Structured title, for algorithmically (AI)-generated titles.
+      "content": "A String", # The title text Maximum length is 150 characters
+      "digitalSourceType": "A String", # The digital source type, for example "trained_algorithmic_media". Following [IPTC](https://cv.iptc.org/newscodes/digitalsourcetype). Maximum length is 40 characters.
+    },
+    "subscriptionCost": { # The SubscriptionCost of the product. # Number of periods (months or years) and amount of payment per period for an item with an associated subscription contract.
+      "amount": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The amount the buyer has to pay per subscription period.
+        "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+      },
+      "period": "A String", # The type of subscription period. Supported values are: * "`month`" * "`year`"
+      "periodLength": "A String", # The number of subscription periods the buyer has to pay.
+    },
+    "sustainabilityIncentives": [ # The list of sustainability incentive programs.
+      { # Information regarding sustainability-related incentive programs such as rebates or tax relief.
+        "amount": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The fixed amount of the incentive.
+          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+        },
+        "percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of the sale price that the incentive is applied to.
+        "type": "A String", # Sustainability incentive program.
+      },
+    ],
+    "taxCategory": "A String", # The tax category of the product.
+    "taxes": [ # Tax information.
+      { # The Tax of the product.
+        "country": "A String", # The country within which the item is taxed, specified as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+        "locationId": "A String", # The numeric ID of a location that the tax rate applies to as defined in the [AdWords API](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code range that the tax rate applies to, represented by a ZIP code, a ZIP code prefix using * wildcard, a range between two ZIP codes or two ZIP code prefixes of equal length. Examples: 94114, 94*, 94002-95460, 94*-95*.
+        "rate": 3.14, # The percentage of tax rate that applies to the item price.
+        "region": "A String", # The geographic region to which the tax rate applies.
+        "taxShip": True or False, # Set to true if tax is charged on shipping.
+      },
+    ],
+    "title": "A String", # Title of the item.
+    "transitTimeLabel": "A String", # The transit time label of the product, used to group product in account-level transit time tables.
+    "unitPricingBaseMeasure": { # The UnitPricingBaseMeasure of the product. # The preference of the denominator of the unit price.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of the denominator.
+      "value": "A String", # The denominator of the unit price.
+    },
+    "unitPricingMeasure": { # The UnitPricingMeasure of the product. # The measure and dimension of an item.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of the measure.
+      "value": 3.14, # The measure of an item.
+    },
+    "virtualModelLink": "A String", # URL of the 3D image of the item. See the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13674896) for more information.
+  },
+  "channel": "A String", # Immutable. The [channel](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7361332) of the product.
+  "contentLanguage": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The two-letter [ISO 639-1](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1) language code for the product.
+  "customAttributes": [ # Optional. A list of custom (merchant-provided) attributes. It can also be used for submitting any attribute of the data specification in its generic form (for example, `{ "name": "size type", "value": "regular" }`). This is useful for submitting attributes not explicitly exposed by the API, such as additional attributes used for Buy on Google. Maximum allowed number of characters for each custom attribute is 10240 (represents sum of characters for name and value). Maximum 2500 custom attributes can be set per product, with total size of 102.4kB. Underscores in custom attribute names are replaced by spaces upon insertion.
+    { # A message that represents custom attributes. Exactly one of `value` or `group_values` must not be empty.
+      "groupValues": [ # Subattributes within this attribute group. If `group_values` is not empty, `value` must be empty.
+        # Object with schema name: CustomAttribute
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # The name of the attribute.
+      "value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. If `value` is not empty, `group_values` must be empty.
+    },
+  ],
+  "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The [feed label](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/guides/products/feed-labels) for the product.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product input. Format: `"{productinput.name=accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}}"` where the last section `productinput` consists of 4 parts: channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id example for product input name is "accounts/123/productInputs/online~en~US~sku123"
+  "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details.
+  "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `"{product.name=accounts/{account}/products/{product}}"`
+  "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown.
+}
+
+  dataSource: string, Required. The primary or supplemental product data source where `data_source` name identifies the product input to be updated. Only API data sources are supported. Format: `accounts/{account}/dataSources/{datasource}`.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of product attributes to be updated. If the update mask is omitted, then it is treated as implied field mask equivalent to all fields that are populated (have a non-empty value). Attributes specified in the update mask without a value specified in the body will be deleted from the product. Update mask can only be specified for top level fields in attributes and custom attributes. To specify the update mask for custom attributes you need to add the `custom_attribute.` prefix. Providing special "*" value for full product replacement is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents input data you submit for a product, not the processed product that you see in Merchant Center, in Shopping ads, or across Google surfaces. Product inputs, rules and supplemental data source data are combined to create the processed Product. Required product input attributes to pass data validation checks are primarily defined in the [Products Data Specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494). The following attributes are required: feedLabel, contentLanguage and offerId. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved. All fields in the product input and its sub-messages match the English name of their corresponding attribute in the vertical spec with [some exceptions](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).
+  "attributes": { # Attributes. # Optional. A list of product attributes.
+    "additionalImageLinks": [ # Additional URLs of images of the item.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "adsGrouping": "A String", # Used to group items in an arbitrary way. Only for CPA%, discouraged otherwise.
+    "adsLabels": [ # Similar to ads_grouping, but only works on CPC.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "adsRedirect": "A String", # Allows advertisers to override the item URL when the product is shown within the context of Product ads.
+    "adult": True or False, # Set to true if the item is targeted towards adults.
+    "ageGroup": "A String", # Target [age group](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324463) of the item.
+    "autoPricingMinPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # A safeguard in the "Automated Discounts" (https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10295759) and "Dynamic Promotions" (https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13949249) projects, ensuring that discounts on merchants' offers do not fall below this value, thereby preserving the offer's value and profitability.
+      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+    },
+    "availability": "A String", # Availability status of the item.
+    "availabilityDate": "A String", # The day a pre-ordered product becomes available for delivery, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
+    "brand": "A String", # Brand of the item.
+    "canonicalLink": "A String", # URL for the canonical version of your item's landing page.
+    "certifications": [ # Product Certifications, for example for energy efficiency labeling of products recorded in the [EU EPREL](https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/screen/home) database. See the [Help Center](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13528839) article for more information.
+      { # Product [certification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13528839), initially introduced for EU energy efficiency labeling compliance using the EU EPREL database.
+        "certificationAuthority": "A String", # The certification authority, for example "European_Commission". Maximum length is 2000 characters.
+        "certificationCode": "A String", # The certification code. Maximum length is 2000 characters.
+        "certificationName": "A String", # The name of the certification, for example "EPREL". Maximum length is 2000 characters.
+        "certificationValue": "A String", # The certification value (also known as class, level or grade), for example "A+", "C", "gold". Maximum length is 2000 characters.
+      },
+    ],
+    "cloudExportAdditionalProperties": [ # Extra fields to export to the Cloud Retail program.
+      { # Product property for the Cloud Retail API. For example, properties for a TV product could be "Screen-Resolution" or "Screen-Size".
+        "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value of the given property. For example for a TV product, "True" or "False" if the screen is UHD.
+        "floatValue": [ # Float values of the given property. For example for a TV product 1.2345. Maximum repeatedness of this value is 400. Values are stored in an arbitrary but consistent order.
+          3.14,
+        ],
+        "intValue": [ # Integer values of the given property. For example, 1080 for a TV product's Screen Resolution. Maximum repeatedness of this value is 400. Values are stored in an arbitrary but consistent order.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "maxValue": 3.14, # Maximum float value of the given property. For example for a TV product 100.00.
+        "minValue": 3.14, # Minimum float value of the given property. For example for a TV product 1.00.
+        "propertyName": "A String", # Name of the given property. For example, "Screen-Resolution" for a TV product. Maximum string size is 256 characters.
+        "textValue": [ # Text value of the given property. For example, "8K(UHD)" could be a text value for a TV product. Maximum repeatedness of this value is 400. Values are stored in an arbitrary but consistent order. Maximum string size is 256 characters.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "unitCode": "A String", # Unit of the given property. For example, "Pixels" for a TV product. Maximum string size is 256B.
+      },
+    ],
+    "color": "A String", # Color of the item.
+    "condition": "A String", # Condition or state of the item.
+    "costOfGoodsSold": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Cost of goods sold. Used for gross profit reporting.
+      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+    },
+    "customLabel0": "A String", # Custom label 0 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
+    "customLabel1": "A String", # Custom label 1 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
+    "customLabel2": "A String", # Custom label 2 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
+    "customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
+    "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
+    "description": "A String", # Description of the item.
+    "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information.
+    "displayAdsId": "A String", # An identifier for an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns.
+    "displayAdsLink": "A String", # URL directly to your item's landing page for dynamic remarketing campaigns.
+    "displayAdsSimilarIds": [ # Advertiser-specified recommendations.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "displayAdsTitle": "A String", # Title of an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns.
+    "displayAdsValue": 3.14, # Offer margin for dynamic remarketing campaigns.
+    "energyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU.
+    "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. The actual expiration date is exposed in `productstatuses` as [googleExpirationDate](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499) and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future.
+    "externalSellerId": "A String", # Required for multi-seller accounts. Use this attribute if you're a marketplace uploading products for various sellers to your multi-seller account.
+    "freeShippingThreshold": [ # Conditions to be met for a product to have free shipping.
+      { # Conditions to be met for a product to have free shipping.
+        "country": "A String", # The [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) of the country to which an item will ship.
+        "priceThreshold": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The minimum product price for the shipping cost to become free. Represented as a number.
+          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "gender": "A String", # Target gender of the item.
+    "googleProductCategory": "A String", # Google's category of the item (see [Google product taxonomy](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/1705911)). When querying products, this field will contain the user provided value. There is currently no way to get back the auto assigned google product categories through the API.
+    "gtin": [ # Global Trade Item Numbers ([GTIN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#gtin)) of the item. You can provide up to 10 GTINs.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "identifierExists": True or False, # Set this value to false when the item does not have unique product identifiers appropriate to its category, such as GTIN, MPN, and brand. Defaults to true, if not provided.
+    "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item.
+    "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "installment": { # A message that represents installment. # Number and amount of installments to pay for an item.
+      "amount": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The amount the buyer has to pay per month.
+        "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+      },
+      "creditType": "A String", # Type of installment payments. Supported values are: * "`finance`" * "`lease`"
+      "downpayment": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The up-front down payment amount the buyer has to pay.
+        "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+      },
+      "months": "A String", # The number of installments the buyer has to pay.
+    },
+    "isBundle": True or False, # Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.
+    "itemGroupId": "A String", # Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.
+    "lifestyleImageLinks": [ # Additional URLs of lifestyle images of the item, used to explicitly identify images that showcase your item in a real-world context. See the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9103186) for more information.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "link": "A String", # URL directly linking to your item's page on your online store.
+    "linkTemplate": "A String", # Link template for merchant hosted local storefront.
+    "loyaltyPoints": { # A message that represents loyalty points. # Loyalty points that users receive after purchasing the item. Japan only.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of loyalty points program. It is recommended to limit the name to 12 full-width characters or 24 Roman characters.
+      "pointsValue": "A String", # The retailer's loyalty points in absolute value.
+      "ratio": 3.14, # The ratio of a point when converted to currency. Google assumes currency based on Merchant Center settings. If ratio is left out, it defaults to 1.0.
+    },
+    "loyaltyPrograms": [ # A list of loyalty program information that is used to surface loyalty benefits (for example, better pricing, points, etc) to the user of this item.
+      { # A message that represents loyalty program.
+        "cashbackForFutureUse": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The cashback that can be used for future purchases.
+          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+        },
+        "loyaltyPoints": "A String", # The amount of loyalty points earned on a purchase.
+        "memberPriceEffectiveDate": { # Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a Timestamp end (exclusive). The start must be less than or equal to the end. When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time). When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time. # A date range during which the item is eligible for member price. If not specified, the member price is always applicable. The date range is represented by a pair of ISO 8601 dates separated by a space, comma, or slash.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Exclusive end of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the end.
+          "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same or after the start.
+        },
+        "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The price for members of the given tier, that is, the instant discount price. Must be smaller or equal to the regular price.
+          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+        },
+        "programLabel": "A String", # The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. The label must be provided so that the system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+        "shippingLabel": "A String", # The label of the shipping benefit. If the field has value, this offer has loyalty shipping benefit. If the field value isn't provided, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
+        "tierLabel": "A String", # The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
+      },
+    ],
+    "material": "A String", # The material of which the item is made.
+    "maxEnergyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU.
+    "maxHandlingTime": "A String", # Maximal product handling time (in business days).
+    "minEnergyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU.
+    "minHandlingTime": "A String", # Minimal product handling time (in business days).
+    "mobileLink": "A String", # URL for the mobile-optimized version of your item's landing page.
+    "mobileLinkTemplate": "A String", # Link template for merchant hosted local storefront optimized for mobile devices.
+    "mpn": "A String", # Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.
+    "multipack": "A String", # The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.
+    "pattern": "A String", # The item's pattern (for example, polka dots).
+    "pause": "A String", # Publication of this item will be temporarily [paused](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/11909930).
+    "pickupMethod": "A String", # The pick up option for the item.
+    "pickupSla": "A String", # Item store pickup timeline.
+    "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Price of the item.
+      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+    },
+    "productDetails": [ # Technical specification or additional product details.
+      { # The product details.
+        "attributeName": "A String", # The name of the product detail.
+        "attributeValue": "A String", # The value of the product detail.
+        "sectionName": "A String", # The section header used to group a set of product details.
+      },
+    ],
+    "productHeight": { # The dimension of the product. # The height of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
+      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
+      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
+    },
+    "productHighlights": [ # Bullet points describing the most relevant highlights of a product.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "productLength": { # The dimension of the product. # The length of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
+      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
+      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
+    },
+    "productTypes": [ # Categories of the item (formatted as in [product data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#product_type)).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "productWeight": { # The weight of the product. # The weight of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 2000 (inclusive).
+      "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: * "`g`" * "`kg`" * "`oz`" * "`lb`"
+      "value": 3.14, # Required. The weight represented as a number. The weight can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
+    },
+    "productWidth": { # The dimension of the product. # The width of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
+      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
+      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
+    },
+    "promotionIds": [ # The unique ID of a promotion.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "salePrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Advertised sale price of the item.
+      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+    },
+    "salePriceEffectiveDate": { # Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a Timestamp end (exclusive). The start must be less than or equal to the end. When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time). When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time. # Date range during which the item is on sale (see [product data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#sale_price_effective_date)).
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Exclusive end of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the end.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same or after the start.
+    },
+    "sellOnGoogleQuantity": "A String", # The quantity of the product that is available for selling on Google. Supported only for online products.
+    "shipping": [ # Shipping rules.
+      { # The Shipping of the product.
+        "country": "A String", # The [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) of the country to which an item will ship.
+        "locationGroupName": "A String", # The location where the shipping is applicable, represented by a location group name.
+        "locationId": "A String", # The numeric ID of a location that the shipping rate applies to as defined in the [AdWords API](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting).
+        "maxHandlingTime": "A String", # Maximum handling time (inclusive) between when the order is received and shipped in business days. 0 means that the order is shipped on the same day as it is received if it happens before the cut-off time. Both maxHandlingTime and maxTransitTime are required if providing shipping speeds. minHandlingTime is optional if maxHandlingTime is present.
+        "maxTransitTime": "A String", # Maximum transit time (inclusive) between when the order has shipped and when it is delivered in business days. 0 means that the order is delivered on the same day as it ships. Both maxHandlingTime and maxTransitTime are required if providing shipping speeds. minTransitTime is optional if maxTransitTime is present.
+        "minHandlingTime": "A String", # Minimum handling time (inclusive) between when the order is received and shipped in business days. 0 means that the order is shipped on the same day as it is received if it happens before the cut-off time. minHandlingTime can only be present together with maxHandlingTime; but it is not required if maxHandlingTime is present.
+        "minTransitTime": "A String", # Minimum transit time (inclusive) between when the order has shipped and when it is delivered in business days. 0 means that the order is delivered on the same day as it ships. minTransitTime can only be present together with maxTransitTime; but it is not required if maxTransitTime is present.
+        "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code range that the shipping rate applies to, represented by a postal code, a postal code prefix followed by a * wildcard, a range between two postal codes or two postal code prefixes of equal length.
+        "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Fixed shipping price, represented as a number.
+          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+        },
+        "region": "A String", # The geographic region to which a shipping rate applies. See [region](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324484) for more information.
+        "service": "A String", # A free-form description of the service class or delivery speed.
+      },
+    ],
+    "shippingHeight": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Height of the item for shipping.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of value.
+      "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item.
+    },
+    "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group product in account-level shipping rules.
+    "shippingLength": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Length of the item for shipping.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of value.
+      "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item.
+    },
+    "shippingWeight": { # The ShippingWeight of the product. # Weight of the item for shipping.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of value.
+      "value": 3.14, # The weight of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item.
+    },
+    "shippingWidth": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Width of the item for shipping.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of value.
+      "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item.
+    },
+    "shoppingAdsExcludedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) to exclude the offer from Shopping Ads destination. Countries from this list are removed from countries configured in data source settings.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "size": "A String", # Size of the item. Only one value is allowed. For variants with different sizes, insert a separate product for each size with the same `itemGroupId` value (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324492](size definition)).
+    "sizeSystem": "A String", # System in which the size is specified. Recommended for apparel items.
+    "sizeTypes": [ # The cut of the item. It can be used to represent combined size types for apparel items. Maximum two of size types can be provided (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324497](size type)).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "structuredDescription": { # Structured description, for algorithmically (AI)-generated descriptions. # Structured description, for algorithmically (AI)-generated descriptions.
+      "content": "A String", # The description text Maximum length is 5000 characters
+      "digitalSourceType": "A String", # The digital source type, for example "trained_algorithmic_media". Following [IPTC](https://cv.iptc.org/newscodes/digitalsourcetype). Maximum length is 40 characters.
+    },
+    "structuredTitle": { # Structured title, for algorithmically (AI)-generated titles. # Structured title, for algorithmically (AI)-generated titles.
+      "content": "A String", # The title text Maximum length is 150 characters
+      "digitalSourceType": "A String", # The digital source type, for example "trained_algorithmic_media". Following [IPTC](https://cv.iptc.org/newscodes/digitalsourcetype). Maximum length is 40 characters.
+    },
+    "subscriptionCost": { # The SubscriptionCost of the product. # Number of periods (months or years) and amount of payment per period for an item with an associated subscription contract.
+      "amount": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The amount the buyer has to pay per subscription period.
+        "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+      },
+      "period": "A String", # The type of subscription period. Supported values are: * "`month`" * "`year`"
+      "periodLength": "A String", # The number of subscription periods the buyer has to pay.
+    },
+    "sustainabilityIncentives": [ # The list of sustainability incentive programs.
+      { # Information regarding sustainability-related incentive programs such as rebates or tax relief.
+        "amount": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The fixed amount of the incentive.
+          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+        },
+        "percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of the sale price that the incentive is applied to.
+        "type": "A String", # Sustainability incentive program.
+      },
+    ],
+    "taxCategory": "A String", # The tax category of the product.
+    "taxes": [ # Tax information.
+      { # The Tax of the product.
+        "country": "A String", # The country within which the item is taxed, specified as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+        "locationId": "A String", # The numeric ID of a location that the tax rate applies to as defined in the [AdWords API](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code range that the tax rate applies to, represented by a ZIP code, a ZIP code prefix using * wildcard, a range between two ZIP codes or two ZIP code prefixes of equal length. Examples: 94114, 94*, 94002-95460, 94*-95*.
+        "rate": 3.14, # The percentage of tax rate that applies to the item price.
+        "region": "A String", # The geographic region to which the tax rate applies.
+        "taxShip": True or False, # Set to true if tax is charged on shipping.
+      },
+    ],
+    "title": "A String", # Title of the item.
+    "transitTimeLabel": "A String", # The transit time label of the product, used to group product in account-level transit time tables.
+    "unitPricingBaseMeasure": { # The UnitPricingBaseMeasure of the product. # The preference of the denominator of the unit price.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of the denominator.
+      "value": "A String", # The denominator of the unit price.
+    },
+    "unitPricingMeasure": { # The UnitPricingMeasure of the product. # The measure and dimension of an item.
+      "unit": "A String", # The unit of the measure.
+      "value": 3.14, # The measure of an item.
+    },
+    "virtualModelLink": "A String", # URL of the 3D image of the item. See the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13674896) for more information.
+  },
+  "channel": "A String", # Immutable. The [channel](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7361332) of the product.
+  "contentLanguage": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The two-letter [ISO 639-1](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1) language code for the product.
+  "customAttributes": [ # Optional. A list of custom (merchant-provided) attributes. It can also be used for submitting any attribute of the data specification in its generic form (for example, `{ "name": "size type", "value": "regular" }`). This is useful for submitting attributes not explicitly exposed by the API, such as additional attributes used for Buy on Google. Maximum allowed number of characters for each custom attribute is 10240 (represents sum of characters for name and value). Maximum 2500 custom attributes can be set per product, with total size of 102.4kB. Underscores in custom attribute names are replaced by spaces upon insertion.
+    { # A message that represents custom attributes. Exactly one of `value` or `group_values` must not be empty.
+      "groupValues": [ # Subattributes within this attribute group. If `group_values` is not empty, `value` must be empty.
+        # Object with schema name: CustomAttribute
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # The name of the attribute.
+      "value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. If `value` is not empty, `group_values` must be empty.
+    },
+  ],
+  "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The [feed label](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/guides/products/feed-labels) for the product.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product input. Format: `"{productinput.name=accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}}"` where the last section `productinput` consists of 4 parts: channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id example for product input name is "accounts/123/productInputs/online~en~US~sku123"
+  "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details.
+  "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `"{product.name=accounts/{account}/products/{product}}"`
+  "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown.
+}

+

+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
index 2d19144fdc..f783588e2c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250311",
+"revision": "20250319",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Accepted": {
@@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ false
 },
 "policy": {
 "$ref": "Policy",
-"description": "The return policy."
+"description": "Optional. The return policy."
 },
 "processRefundDays": {
 "description": "The field specifies the number of days it takes for merchants to process refunds, field is optional.",
@@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ false
 },
 "restockingFee": {
 "$ref": "RestockingFee",
-"description": "The restocking fee that applies to all return reason categories. This would be treated as a free restocking fee if the value is not set."
+"description": "Optional. The restocking fee that applies to all return reason categories. This would be treated as a free restocking fee if the value is not set."
 },
 "returnMethods": {
 "description": "Optional. The return methods of how customers can return an item. This value is required to not be empty unless the type of return policy is noReturns.",
@@ -2752,18 +2752,18 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "PostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478.",
 "id": "PostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -2771,7 +2771,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "locality": {
-"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.",
+"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "organization": {
@@ -2779,7 +2779,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -2799,11 +2799,11 @@ false
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (for example, \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
-"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.",
+"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
index 047148fd51..1342988f6c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
@@ -171,6 +171,45 @@
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
 ]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the existing product input in your Merchant Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved.",
+"flatPath": "products/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/productInputs/{productInputsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "merchantapi.accounts.productInputs.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"dataSource": {
+"description": "Required. The primary or supplemental product data source where `data_source` name identifies the product input to be updated. Only API data sources are supported. Format: `accounts/{account}/dataSources/{datasource}`.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The name of the product input. Format: `\"{productinput.name=accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}}\"` where the last section `productinput` consists of 4 parts: channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id example for product input name is \"accounts/123/productInputs/online~en~US~sku123\"",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/productInputs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. The list of product attributes to be updated. If the update mask is omitted, then it is treated as implied field mask equivalent to all fields that are populated (have a non-empty value). Attributes specified in the update mask without a value specified in the body will be deleted from the product. Update mask can only be specified for top level fields in attributes and custom attributes. To specify the update mask for custom attributes you need to add the `custom_attribute.` prefix. Providing special \"*\" value for full product replacement is not supported.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "products/v1beta/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ProductInput"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ProductInput"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
+]
 }
 }
 },
@@ -242,7 +281,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250311",
+"revision": "20250317",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Attributes": {

From cecd16cb74930bd428d11a7d968a267b8750ab7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 24/35] feat(monitoring): update the api

#### monitoring:v3

The following keys were added:
- schemas.UptimeCheckConfig.properties.disabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html     | 6 ++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json            | 6 +++++-
 2 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html
index 0882451f70..217be5449f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html
@@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "matcher": "A String", # The type of content matcher that will be applied to the server output, compared to the content string when the check is run.
     },
   ],
+  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the check is disabled or not.
   "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required.
   "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check.
     "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299.
@@ -223,6 +224,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "matcher": "A String", # The type of content matcher that will be applied to the server output, compared to the content string when the check is run.
     },
   ],
+  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the check is disabled or not.
   "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required.
   "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check.
     "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299.
@@ -349,6 +351,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "matcher": "A String", # The type of content matcher that will be applied to the server output, compared to the content string when the check is run.
     },
   ],
+  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the check is disabled or not.
   "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required.
   "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check.
     "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299.
@@ -464,6 +467,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "matcher": "A String", # The type of content matcher that will be applied to the server output, compared to the content string when the check is run.
         },
       ],
+      "disabled": True or False, # Whether the check is disabled or not.
       "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required.
       "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check.
         "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299.
@@ -583,6 +587,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "matcher": "A String", # The type of content matcher that will be applied to the server output, compared to the content string when the check is run.
     },
   ],
+  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the check is disabled or not.
   "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required.
   "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check.
     "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299.
@@ -685,6 +690,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "matcher": "A String", # The type of content matcher that will be applied to the server output, compared to the content string when the check is run.
     },
   ],
+  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the check is disabled or not.
   "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required.
   "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check.
     "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
index f585303149..ec98f06963 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
@@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250227",
+"revision": "20250313",
 "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Aggregation": {
@@ -6097,6 +6097,10 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"disabled": {
+"description": "Whether the check is disabled or not.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "displayName": {
 "description": "A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required.",
 "type": "string"

From c2afd5c9b6676556b4c57fd4d578b960565c3672 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 25/35] feat(netapp): update the api

#### netapp:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.StoragePool.properties.customPerformanceEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.StoragePool.properties.totalIops (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.StoragePool.properties.totalThroughputMibps (Total Keys: 2)
---
 .../netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html  |  8 ++++----
 ...rojects.locations.volumes.replications.html |  8 ++++----
 ...1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html | 12 ++++++++++++
 ...app_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html |  8 ++++----
 ...rojects.locations.volumes.replications.html |  8 ++++----
 .../discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json   |  4 ++--
 .../documents/netapp.v1beta1.json              | 18 ++++++++++++++++--
 7 files changed, 46 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html
index 08fa348230..e1f68f0391 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the volume
   "storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume
   "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume.
-    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
     "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
   },
   "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only.
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the volume
   "storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume
   "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume.
-    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
     "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
   },
   "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only.
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the volume
       "storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume
       "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume.
-        "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+        "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
         "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
       },
       "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only.
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the volume
   "storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume
   "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume.
-    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
     "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
   },
   "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html
index 036ed32f02..52b02f1514 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used.
     "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name.
     "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume.
-      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
       "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
     },
     "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used.
     "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name.
     "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume.
-      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
       "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
     },
     "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used.
         "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name.
         "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume.
-          "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+          "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
           "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
         },
         "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used.
     "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name.
     "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume.
-      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
       "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
     },
     "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
index 244b8cc9cb..94146aa2c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
@@ -121,6 +121,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "allowAutoTiering": True or False, # Optional. True if the storage pool supports Auto Tiering enabled volumes. Default is false. Auto-tiering can be enabled after storage pool creation but it can't be disabled once enabled.
   "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the pool
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool
+  "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false
   "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool
   "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source.
   "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions.
@@ -138,6 +139,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
   "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
+  "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool If not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps
+  "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiB/s)
   "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool
   "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool
   "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool.
@@ -227,6 +230,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "allowAutoTiering": True or False, # Optional. True if the storage pool supports Auto Tiering enabled volumes. Default is false. Auto-tiering can be enabled after storage pool creation but it can't be disabled once enabled.
   "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the pool
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool
+  "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false
   "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool
   "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source.
   "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions.
@@ -244,6 +248,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
   "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
+  "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool If not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps
+  "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiB/s)
   "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool
   "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool
   "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool.
@@ -276,6 +282,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "allowAutoTiering": True or False, # Optional. True if the storage pool supports Auto Tiering enabled volumes. Default is false. Auto-tiering can be enabled after storage pool creation but it can't be disabled once enabled.
       "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the pool
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool
+      "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false
       "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool
       "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source.
       "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions.
@@ -293,6 +300,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
       "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
       "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
+      "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool If not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps
+      "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiB/s)
       "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool
       "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool
       "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool.
@@ -332,6 +341,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "allowAutoTiering": True or False, # Optional. True if the storage pool supports Auto Tiering enabled volumes. Default is false. Auto-tiering can be enabled after storage pool creation but it can't be disabled once enabled.
   "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the pool
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool
+  "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false
   "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool
   "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source.
   "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions.
@@ -349,6 +359,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
   "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
+  "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool If not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps
+  "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiB/s)
   "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool
   "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool
   "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html
index df08973bed..a0e213b52b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the volume
   "storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume
   "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume.
-    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
     "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
   },
   "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only.
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the volume
   "storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume
   "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume.
-    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
     "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
   },
   "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only.
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the volume
       "storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume
       "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume.
-        "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+        "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
         "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
       },
       "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only.
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the volume
   "storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume
   "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume.
-    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+    "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
     "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
   },
   "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html
index d62fe1d18e..02ea028fa3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used.
     "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name.
     "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume.
-      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
       "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
     },
     "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used.
     "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name.
     "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume.
-      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
       "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
     },
     "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used.
         "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name.
         "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume.
-          "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+          "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
           "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
         },
         "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used.
     "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name.
     "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume.
-      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.
+      "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.
       "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.
     },
     "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json
index 5063f6511d..2f660a014a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json
@@ -2264,7 +2264,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250129",
+"revision": "20250312",
 "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveDirectory": {
@@ -4083,7 +4083,7 @@
 "id": "TieringPolicy",
 "properties": {
 "coolingThresholdDays": {
-"description": "Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.",
+"description": "Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json
index 028cb9408f..84ccc1c7a0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json
@@ -2264,7 +2264,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250129",
+"revision": "20250312",
 "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveDirectory": {
@@ -3934,6 +3934,10 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"customPerformanceEnabled": {
+"description": "Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "description": {
 "description": "Optional. Description of the storage pool",
 "type": "string"
@@ -4047,6 +4051,16 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"totalIops": {
+"description": "Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool If not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"totalThroughputMibps": {
+"description": "Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiB/s)",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "volumeCapacityGib": {
 "description": "Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool",
 "format": "int64",
@@ -4083,7 +4097,7 @@
 "id": "TieringPolicy",
 "properties": {
 "coolingThresholdDays": {
-"description": "Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31.",
+"description": "Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },

From cabd98e33c4c535b9561f9b7db58ffaa694e01ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 26/35] feat(networkconnectivity): update the api

#### networkconnectivity:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.LinkedProducerVpcNetwork.properties.proposedExcludeExportRanges (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.LinkedVpcNetwork.properties.proposedExcludeExportRanges (Total Keys: 3)
---
 ...ty_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html |  6 +++++
 ...ectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html | 24 +++++++++++++++++++
 .../documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json     | 18 +++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 47 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html
index 17f6fb37d3..6edcf82b5e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html
@@ -588,6 +588,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "network": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the Service Consumer VPC that the Producer VPC is peered with.
         "peering": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the VPC peering between the Service Consumer VPC and the Producer VPC (defined in the Tenant project) which is added to the NCC hub. This peering must be in ACTIVE state.
         "producerNetwork": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the Producer VPC.
+        "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "proposedIncludeExportRanges": [ # Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
           "A String",
         ],
@@ -616,6 +619,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub.
           "A String",
         ],
+        "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "proposedIncludeExportRanges": [ # Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
           "A String",
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html
index 3b55c0ce70..4541ec425c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html
@@ -151,6 +151,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "network": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the Service Consumer VPC that the Producer VPC is peered with.
     "peering": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the VPC peering between the Service Consumer VPC and the Producer VPC (defined in the Tenant project) which is added to the NCC hub. This peering must be in ACTIVE state.
     "producerNetwork": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the Producer VPC.
+    "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
+      "A String",
+    ],
     "proposedIncludeExportRanges": [ # Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -179,6 +182,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub.
       "A String",
     ],
+    "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
+      "A String",
+    ],
     "proposedIncludeExportRanges": [ # Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -321,6 +327,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "network": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the Service Consumer VPC that the Producer VPC is peered with.
     "peering": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the VPC peering between the Service Consumer VPC and the Producer VPC (defined in the Tenant project) which is added to the NCC hub. This peering must be in ACTIVE state.
     "producerNetwork": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the Producer VPC.
+    "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
+      "A String",
+    ],
     "proposedIncludeExportRanges": [ # Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -349,6 +358,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub.
       "A String",
     ],
+    "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
+      "A String",
+    ],
     "proposedIncludeExportRanges": [ # Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -480,6 +492,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "network": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the Service Consumer VPC that the Producer VPC is peered with.
         "peering": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the VPC peering between the Service Consumer VPC and the Producer VPC (defined in the Tenant project) which is added to the NCC hub. This peering must be in ACTIVE state.
         "producerNetwork": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the Producer VPC.
+        "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "proposedIncludeExportRanges": [ # Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
           "A String",
         ],
@@ -508,6 +523,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub.
           "A String",
         ],
+        "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "proposedIncludeExportRanges": [ # Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
           "A String",
         ],
@@ -598,6 +616,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "network": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the Service Consumer VPC that the Producer VPC is peered with.
     "peering": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the VPC peering between the Service Consumer VPC and the Producer VPC (defined in the Tenant project) which is added to the NCC hub. This peering must be in ACTIVE state.
     "producerNetwork": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the Producer VPC.
+    "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
+      "A String",
+    ],
     "proposedIncludeExportRanges": [ # Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -626,6 +647,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub.
       "A String",
     ],
+    "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
+      "A String",
+    ],
     "proposedIncludeExportRanges": [ # Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.
       "A String",
     ],
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
index 62ee2e40d4..492b45b348 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
@@ -2919,7 +2919,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250305",
+"revision": "20250312",
 "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceptHubSpokeRequest": {
@@ -3809,6 +3809,14 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"proposedExcludeExportRanges": {
+"description": "Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "proposedIncludeExportRanges": {
 "description": "Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.",
 "items": {
@@ -3880,6 +3888,14 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
+"proposedExcludeExportRanges": {
+"description": "Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "proposedIncludeExportRanges": {
 "description": "Optional. The proposed include export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval.",
 "items": {

From 8fb80bc60f0372877564dfd2cec32aa6a78bc46d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 27/35] feat(networkservices): update the api

#### networkservices:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.endpointPolicies.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.grpcRoutes.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.httpRoutes.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.tcpRoutes.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.tlsRoutes.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListEndpointPoliciesResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListGrpcRoutesResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListHttpRoutesResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListTcpRoutesResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListTlsRoutesResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListWasmPluginVersionsResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListWasmPluginsResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)

#### networkservices:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.endpointPolicies.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.grpcRoutes.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.httpRoutes.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.tcpRoutes.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.tlsRoutes.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ExtensionChainExtension.properties.allowDynamicForwarding.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ListEndpointPoliciesResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListGrpcRoutesResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListHttpRoutesResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListTcpRoutesResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListTlsRoutesResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListWasmPluginVersionsResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListWasmPluginsResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html |  8 +-
 ...ices_v1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html |  8 +-
 ...ices_v1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html |  8 +-
 ....projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html |  8 +-
 ...rojects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html |  8 +-
 ...v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html | 18 ++--
 ...vices_v1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html |  8 +-
 ...vices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html | 16 ++--
 ...ces_v1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.html |  3 +
 ...ojects.locations.wasmPlugins.versions.html |  3 +
 ...1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html |  8 +-
 ...v1beta1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html |  8 +-
 ...v1beta1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html |  8 +-
 ....projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html | 12 ++-
 ...rojects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html | 12 ++-
 ...a1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html | 18 ++--
 ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html |  8 +-
 ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html | 16 ++--
 ...1beta1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.html |  3 +
 ...ojects.locations.wasmPlugins.versions.html |  3 +
 .../documents/networkservices.v1.json         | 86 ++++++++++++++++--
 .../documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json    | 90 +++++++++++++++++--
 22 files changed, 286 insertions(+), 74 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html
index 5e9da0ac19..ea45e3c230 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets details of a single EndpointPolicy.

 

-  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists EndpointPolicies in a given project and location.

 

   list_next()

@@ -251,13 +251,14 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Lists EndpointPolicies in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the EndpointPolicies should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of EndpointPolicies to return per call.
   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListEndpointPoliciesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListEndpointPolicies` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -299,6 +300,9 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }

 

 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html
index 49a1c28908..233edae200 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets details of a single GrpcRoute.

 

-  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists GrpcRoutes in a given project and location.

 

   list_next()

@@ -331,13 +331,14 @@ 
Method Details
- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists GrpcRoutes in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the GrpcRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of GrpcRoutes to return per call.
   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListGrpcRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListGrpcRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -419,6 +420,9 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html index 626a1aae09..8ed65a0976 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single HttpRoute.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists HttpRoute in a given project and location.

list_next()

@@ -583,13 +583,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists HttpRoute in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the HttpRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of HttpRoutes to return per call.
   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListHttpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListHttpRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -797,6 +798,9 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html index 9dfed62731..a3cf9232fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

"forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@

Method Details

"forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@

Method Details

"forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@

Method Details

"forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html index 5b6ad59df7..72b53bfcf8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

"forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@

Method Details

"forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@

Method Details

"forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@

Method Details

"forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html index 9b46651b52..557e24b2ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html @@ -107,15 +107,15 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. +{ # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. This feature will be deprecated soon. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the ServiceBinding resource. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`. - "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field must be set. - "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. + "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. + "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } @@ -198,15 +198,15 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. + { # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. This feature will be deprecated soon. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the ServiceBinding resource. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`. - "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field must be set. - "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. + "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. + "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } @@ -230,15 +230,15 @@

Method Details

{ # Response returned by the ListServiceBindings method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`. "serviceBindings": [ # List of ServiceBinding resources. - { # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. + { # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. This feature will be deprecated soon. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the ServiceBinding resource. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`. - "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field must be set. - "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. + "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. + "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html index 6f42fd0fe5..5f668f02cd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single TcpRoute.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists TcpRoute in a given project and location.

list_next()

@@ -265,13 +265,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists TcpRoute in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the TcpRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of TcpRoutes to return per call.
   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTcpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListTcpRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -320,6 +321,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.
     },
   ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html index fbd2f40424..b2486a3250 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single TlsRoute.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists TlsRoute in a given project and location.

list_next()

@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

"destinations": [ # Required. The destination services to which traffic should be forwarded. At least one destination service is required. { # Describe the destination for traffic to be routed to. "serviceName": "A String", # Required. The URL of a BackendService to route traffic to. - "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwareded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. + "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. }, ], "idleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the idle timeout for the selected route. The idle timeout is defined as the period in which there are no bytes sent or received on either the upstream or downstream connection. If not set, the default idle timeout is 1 hour. If set to 0s, the timeout will be disabled. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

"destinations": [ # Required. The destination services to which traffic should be forwarded. At least one destination service is required. { # Describe the destination for traffic to be routed to. "serviceName": "A String", # Required. The URL of a BackendService to route traffic to. - "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwareded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. + "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. }, ], "idleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the idle timeout for the selected route. The idle timeout is defined as the period in which there are no bytes sent or received on either the upstream or downstream connection. If not set, the default idle timeout is 1 hour. If set to 0s, the timeout will be disabled. @@ -271,13 +271,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists TlsRoute in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the TlsRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of TlsRoutes to return per call.
   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTlsRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListTlsRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -308,7 +309,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "destinations": [ # Required. The destination services to which traffic should be forwarded. At least one destination service is required.
               { # Describe the destination for traffic to be routed to.
                 "serviceName": "A String", # Required. The URL of a BackendService to route traffic to.
-                "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwareded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100.
+                "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100.
               },
             ],
             "idleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the idle timeout for the selected route. The idle timeout is defined as the period in which there are no bytes sent or received on either the upstream or downstream connection. If not set, the default idle timeout is 1 hour. If set to 0s, the timeout will be disabled.
@@ -329,6 +330,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.
     },
   ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }
@@ -374,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

"destinations": [ # Required. The destination services to which traffic should be forwarded. At least one destination service is required. { # Describe the destination for traffic to be routed to. "serviceName": "A String", # Required. The URL of a BackendService to route traffic to. - "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwareded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. + "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. }, ], "idleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the idle timeout for the selected route. The idle timeout is defined as the period in which there are no bytes sent or received on either the upstream or downstream connection. If not set, the default idle timeout is 1 hour. If set to 0s, the timeout will be disabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.html index 01aa932ac3..56498957f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.html @@ -290,6 +290,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Response returned by the `ListWasmPlugins` method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`. + "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request attempts to list all resources across all supported locations, while some locations are temporarily unavailable. + "A String", + ], "wasmPlugins": [ # List of `WasmPlugin` resources. { # `WasmPlugin` is a resource representing a service executing a customer-provided Wasm module. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.versions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.versions.html index 9945381922..3d1db25868 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.versions.html @@ -235,6 +235,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Response returned by the `ListWasmPluginVersions` method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`. + "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request attempts to list all resources across all supported locations, while some locations are temporarily unavailable. + "A String", + ], "wasmPluginVersions": [ # List of `WasmPluginVersion` resources. { # A single immutable version of a `WasmPlugin` resource. Defines the Wasm module used and optionally its runtime config. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html index af0243dec3..a6ecf30c78 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single EndpointPolicy.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists EndpointPolicies in a given project and location.

list_next()

@@ -251,13 +251,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists EndpointPolicies in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the EndpointPolicies should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of EndpointPolicies to return per call.
   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListEndpointPoliciesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListEndpointPolicies` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -299,6 +300,9 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html index 166e6debc3..63c6304b03 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single GrpcRoute.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists GrpcRoutes in a given project and location.

list_next()

@@ -331,13 +331,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists GrpcRoutes in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the GrpcRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of GrpcRoutes to return per call.
   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListGrpcRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListGrpcRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -419,6 +420,9 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html index 18c4664df8..d96938b271 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single HttpRoute.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists HttpRoute in a given project and location.

list_next()

@@ -583,13 +583,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists HttpRoute in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the HttpRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of HttpRoutes to return per call.
   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListHttpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListHttpRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -797,6 +798,9 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html index a63e23f32a..b38c13f1ea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html @@ -117,12 +117,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A single extension chain wrapper that contains the match conditions and extensions to execute. "extensions": [ # Required. A set of extensions to execute for the matching request. At least one extension is required. Up to 3 extensions can be defined for each extension chain for `LbTrafficExtension` resource. `LbRouteExtension` chains are limited to 1 extension per extension chain. { # A single extension in the chain to execute for the matching request. + "allowDynamicForwarding": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, the response from an extension service is allowed to set the `com.google.envoy.dynamic_forwarding` namespace in the dynamic metadata. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. Required for Callout extensions. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. "forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -241,12 +242,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A single extension chain wrapper that contains the match conditions and extensions to execute. "extensions": [ # Required. A set of extensions to execute for the matching request. At least one extension is required. Up to 3 extensions can be defined for each extension chain for `LbTrafficExtension` resource. `LbRouteExtension` chains are limited to 1 extension per extension chain. { # A single extension in the chain to execute for the matching request. + "allowDynamicForwarding": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, the response from an extension service is allowed to set the `com.google.envoy.dynamic_forwarding` namespace in the dynamic metadata. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. Required for Callout extensions. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. "forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -305,12 +307,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A single extension chain wrapper that contains the match conditions and extensions to execute. "extensions": [ # Required. A set of extensions to execute for the matching request. At least one extension is required. Up to 3 extensions can be defined for each extension chain for `LbTrafficExtension` resource. `LbRouteExtension` chains are limited to 1 extension per extension chain. { # A single extension in the chain to execute for the matching request. + "allowDynamicForwarding": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, the response from an extension service is allowed to set the `com.google.envoy.dynamic_forwarding` namespace in the dynamic metadata. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. Required for Callout extensions. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. "forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -378,12 +381,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A single extension chain wrapper that contains the match conditions and extensions to execute. "extensions": [ # Required. A set of extensions to execute for the matching request. At least one extension is required. Up to 3 extensions can be defined for each extension chain for `LbTrafficExtension` resource. `LbRouteExtension` chains are limited to 1 extension per extension chain. { # A single extension in the chain to execute for the matching request. + "allowDynamicForwarding": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, the response from an extension service is allowed to set the `com.google.envoy.dynamic_forwarding` namespace in the dynamic metadata. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. Required for Callout extensions. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. "forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html index aabb35a546..e4d13ada45 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html @@ -117,12 +117,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A single extension chain wrapper that contains the match conditions and extensions to execute. "extensions": [ # Required. A set of extensions to execute for the matching request. At least one extension is required. Up to 3 extensions can be defined for each extension chain for `LbTrafficExtension` resource. `LbRouteExtension` chains are limited to 1 extension per extension chain. { # A single extension in the chain to execute for the matching request. + "allowDynamicForwarding": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, the response from an extension service is allowed to set the `com.google.envoy.dynamic_forwarding` namespace in the dynamic metadata. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. Required for Callout extensions. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. "forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -241,12 +242,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A single extension chain wrapper that contains the match conditions and extensions to execute. "extensions": [ # Required. A set of extensions to execute for the matching request. At least one extension is required. Up to 3 extensions can be defined for each extension chain for `LbTrafficExtension` resource. `LbRouteExtension` chains are limited to 1 extension per extension chain. { # A single extension in the chain to execute for the matching request. + "allowDynamicForwarding": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, the response from an extension service is allowed to set the `com.google.envoy.dynamic_forwarding` namespace in the dynamic metadata. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. Required for Callout extensions. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. "forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -305,12 +307,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A single extension chain wrapper that contains the match conditions and extensions to execute. "extensions": [ # Required. A set of extensions to execute for the matching request. At least one extension is required. Up to 3 extensions can be defined for each extension chain for `LbTrafficExtension` resource. `LbRouteExtension` chains are limited to 1 extension per extension chain. { # A single extension in the chain to execute for the matching request. + "allowDynamicForwarding": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, the response from an extension service is allowed to set the `com.google.envoy.dynamic_forwarding` namespace in the dynamic metadata. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. Required for Callout extensions. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. "forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. @@ -378,12 +381,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A single extension chain wrapper that contains the match conditions and extensions to execute. "extensions": [ # Required. A set of extensions to execute for the matching request. At least one extension is required. Up to 3 extensions can be defined for each extension chain for `LbTrafficExtension` resource. `LbRouteExtension` chains are limited to 1 extension per extension chain. { # A single extension in the chain to execute for the matching request. + "allowDynamicForwarding": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, the response from an extension service is allowed to set the `com.google.envoy.dynamic_forwarding` namespace in the dynamic metadata. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. Required for Callout extensions. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. "forwardHeaders": [ # Optional. List of the HTTP headers to forward to the extension (from the client or backend). If omitted, all headers are sent. Each element is a string indicating the header name. "A String", ], - "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. + "metadata": { # Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html index d008596156..d9d34bbdd4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html @@ -107,15 +107,15 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. +{ # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. This feature will be deprecated soon. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the ServiceBinding resource. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`. - "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field must be set. - "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. + "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. + "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } @@ -198,15 +198,15 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. + { # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. This feature will be deprecated soon. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the ServiceBinding resource. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`. - "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field must be set. - "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. + "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. + "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } @@ -230,15 +230,15 @@

Method Details

{ # Response returned by the ListServiceBindings method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`. "serviceBindings": [ # List of ServiceBinding resources. - { # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. + { # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. This feature will be deprecated soon. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the ServiceBinding resource. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`. - "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field must be set. - "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. + "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. + "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html index 05b926052d..16bf3717ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single TcpRoute.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists TcpRoute in a given project and location.

list_next()

@@ -265,13 +265,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists TcpRoute in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the TcpRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of TcpRoutes to return per call.
   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTcpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListTcpRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -320,6 +321,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.
     },
   ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html index 5db837b0fa..afd48aa6ca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single TlsRoute.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists TlsRoute in a given project and location.

list_next()

@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

"destinations": [ # Required. The destination services to which traffic should be forwarded. At least one destination service is required. { # Describe the destination for traffic to be routed to. "serviceName": "A String", # Required. The URL of a BackendService to route traffic to. - "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwareded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. + "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. }, ], "idleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the idle timeout for the selected route. The idle timeout is defined as the period in which there are no bytes sent or received on either the upstream or downstream connection. If not set, the default idle timeout is 1 hour. If set to 0s, the timeout will be disabled. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

"destinations": [ # Required. The destination services to which traffic should be forwarded. At least one destination service is required. { # Describe the destination for traffic to be routed to. "serviceName": "A String", # Required. The URL of a BackendService to route traffic to. - "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwareded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. + "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. }, ], "idleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the idle timeout for the selected route. The idle timeout is defined as the period in which there are no bytes sent or received on either the upstream or downstream connection. If not set, the default idle timeout is 1 hour. If set to 0s, the timeout will be disabled. @@ -271,13 +271,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists TlsRoute in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the TlsRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of TlsRoutes to return per call.
   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTlsRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListTlsRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -308,7 +309,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "destinations": [ # Required. The destination services to which traffic should be forwarded. At least one destination service is required.
               { # Describe the destination for traffic to be routed to.
                 "serviceName": "A String", # Required. The URL of a BackendService to route traffic to.
-                "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwareded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100.
+                "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100.
               },
             ],
             "idleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the idle timeout for the selected route. The idle timeout is defined as the period in which there are no bytes sent or received on either the upstream or downstream connection. If not set, the default idle timeout is 1 hour. If set to 0s, the timeout will be disabled.
@@ -329,6 +330,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.
     },
   ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }
@@ -374,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

"destinations": [ # Required. The destination services to which traffic should be forwarded. At least one destination service is required. { # Describe the destination for traffic to be routed to. "serviceName": "A String", # Required. The URL of a BackendService to route traffic to. - "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwareded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. + "weight": 42, # Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100. }, ], "idleTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the idle timeout for the selected route. The idle timeout is defined as the period in which there are no bytes sent or received on either the upstream or downstream connection. If not set, the default idle timeout is 1 hour. If set to 0s, the timeout will be disabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.html index 3664826c8b..ad28e575c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.html @@ -290,6 +290,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Response returned by the `ListWasmPlugins` method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`. + "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request attempts to list all resources across all supported locations, while some locations are temporarily unavailable. + "A String", + ], "wasmPlugins": [ # List of `WasmPlugin` resources. { # `WasmPlugin` is a resource representing a service executing a customer-provided Wasm module. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.versions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.versions.html index da4886b418..3934c81c35 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.wasmPlugins.versions.html @@ -235,6 +235,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Response returned by the `ListWasmPluginVersions` method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`. + "unreachable": [ # Unreachable resources. Populated when the request attempts to list all resources across all supported locations, while some locations are temporarily unavailable. + "A String", + ], "wasmPluginVersions": [ # List of `WasmPluginVersion` resources. { # A single immutable version of a `WasmPlugin` resource. Defines the Wasm module used and optionally its runtime config. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index f217dcde74..fe2ef754af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -743,6 +743,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/endpointPolicies", @@ -1124,6 +1129,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/grpcRoutes", @@ -1281,6 +1291,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/httpRoutes", @@ -2434,6 +2449,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/tcpRoutes", @@ -2591,6 +2611,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/tlsRoutes", @@ -2939,7 +2964,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250310", +"revision": "20250311", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -3307,7 +3332,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object.", "type": "any" }, -"description": "Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error.", +"description": "Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error.", "type": "object" }, "name": { @@ -4566,6 +4591,13 @@ "nextPageToken": { "description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", "type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4634,6 +4666,13 @@ "nextPageToken": { "description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", "type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4652,6 +4691,13 @@ "nextPageToken": { "description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", "type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4856,6 +4902,13 @@ "$ref": "TcpRoute" }, "type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4874,6 +4927,13 @@ "$ref": "TlsRoute" }, "type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4886,6 +4946,13 @@ "description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", "type": "string" }, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request attempts to list all resources across all supported locations, while some locations are temporarily unavailable.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "wasmPluginVersions": { "description": "List of `WasmPluginVersion` resources.", "items": { @@ -4904,6 +4971,13 @@ "description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", "type": "string" }, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request attempts to list all resources across all supported locations, while some locations are temporarily unavailable.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "wasmPlugins": { "description": "List of `WasmPlugin` resources.", "items": { @@ -5195,7 +5269,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "ServiceBinding": { -"description": "ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers.", +"description": "ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. This feature will be deprecated soon. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers.", "id": "ServiceBinding", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -5220,11 +5294,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "service": { -"description": "Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field must be set.", +"description": "Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon.", "type": "string" }, "serviceId": { -"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format.", +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -5611,7 +5685,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "weight": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwareded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index aeef4950bb..7d5649f282 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -470,6 +470,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/endpointPolicies", @@ -851,6 +856,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/grpcRoutes", @@ -1008,6 +1018,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/httpRoutes", @@ -2161,6 +2176,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/tcpRoutes", @@ -2318,6 +2338,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests. Otherwise if one of the locations is down or unreachable, the Aggregated List request will fail.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/tlsRoutes", @@ -2666,7 +2691,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250310", +"revision": "20250311", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthzExtension": { @@ -2878,6 +2903,10 @@ "description": "A single extension in the chain to execute for the matching request.", "id": "ExtensionChainExtension", "properties": { +"allowDynamicForwarding": { +"description": "Optional. When set to `TRUE`, the response from an extension service is allowed to set the `com.google.envoy.dynamic_forwarding` namespace in the dynamic metadata. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "authority": { "description": "Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. Required for Callout extensions. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error.", "type": "string" @@ -2898,7 +2927,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object.", "type": "any" }, -"description": "Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error.", +"description": "Optional. The metadata provided here is included as part of the `metadata_context` (of type `google.protobuf.Struct`) in the `ProcessingRequest` message sent to the extension server. The metadata is available under the namespace `com.google....`. For example: `com.google.lb_traffic_extension.lbtrafficextension1.chain1.ext1`. The following variables are supported in the metadata: `{forwarding_rule_id}` - substituted with the forwarding rule's fully qualified resource name. This field is subject to following limitations: * The total size of the metadata must be less than 1KiB. * The total number of keys in the metadata must be less than 20. * The length of each key must be less than 64 characters. * The length of each value must be less than 1024 characters. * All values must be strings. This field is not supported for plugin extensions. Setting it results in a validation error.", "type": "object" }, "name": { @@ -4157,6 +4186,13 @@ "nextPageToken": { "description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", "type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4225,6 +4261,13 @@ "nextPageToken": { "description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", "type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4243,6 +4286,13 @@ "nextPageToken": { "description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", "type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4447,6 +4497,13 @@ "$ref": "TcpRoute" }, "type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4465,6 +4522,13 @@ "$ref": "TlsRoute" }, "type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request opts into return_partial_success and reading across collections e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4477,6 +4541,13 @@ "description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", "type": "string" }, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request attempts to list all resources across all supported locations, while some locations are temporarily unavailable.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "wasmPluginVersions": { "description": "List of `WasmPluginVersion` resources.", "items": { @@ -4495,6 +4566,13 @@ "description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", "type": "string" }, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable resources. Populated when the request attempts to list all resources across all supported locations, while some locations are temporarily unavailable.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "wasmPlugins": { "description": "List of `WasmPlugin` resources.", "items": { @@ -4798,7 +4876,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "ServiceBinding": { -"description": "ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers.", +"description": "ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. This feature will be deprecated soon. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers.", "id": "ServiceBinding", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -4823,11 +4901,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "service": { -"description": "Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field must be set.", +"description": "Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon.", "type": "string" }, "serviceId": { -"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format.", +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -5170,7 +5248,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "weight": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwareded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the backend referenced by the service_name field. This is computed as: - weight/Sum(weights in destinations) Weights in all destinations does not need to sum up to 100.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } From 501255873534b54b4e6123eb57a45673e07fecbd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 28/35] feat(notebooks): update the api #### notebooks:v2 The following keys were added: - schemas.Config.properties.disableWorkbenchLegacyCreation (Total Keys: 2) --- docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html | 1 + .../discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json | 7 ++++++- 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html index 07c35f92c5..b3450440c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -548,6 +548,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultValues": { # DefaultValues represents the default configuration values. # Output only. The default values for configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Output only. The default machine type used by the backend if not provided by the user. }, + "disableWorkbenchLegacyCreation": True or False, # Output only. Flag to disable the creation of legacy Workbench notebooks (User-managed notebooks and Google-managed notebooks). "supportedValues": { # SupportedValues represents the values supported by the configuration. # Output only. The supported values for configuration. "acceleratorTypes": [ # Output only. The accelerator types supported by WbI. "A String", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json index b65f062231..e3a6e864d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250101", +"revision": "20250224", "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -1080,6 +1080,11 @@ "description": "Output only. The default values for configuration.", "readOnly": true }, +"disableWorkbenchLegacyCreation": { +"description": "Output only. Flag to disable the creation of legacy Workbench notebooks (User-managed notebooks and Google-managed notebooks).", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "supportedValues": { "$ref": "SupportedValues", "description": "Output only. The supported values for configuration.", From c892cd5c076aebf30243c119c4cafe6ff227b0c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 29/35] feat(oracledatabase): update the api #### oracledatabase:v1 The following keys were added: - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.autonomousDatabases.methods.restart (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.autonomousDatabases.methods.start (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.autonomousDatabases.methods.stop (Total Keys: 12) - schemas.RestartAutonomousDatabaseRequest (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.StartAutonomousDatabaseRequest (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.StopAutonomousDatabaseRequest (Total Keys: 2) --- ...rojects.locations.autonomousDatabases.html | 132 ++++++++++++++++++ .../documents/oracledatabase.v1.json | 104 +++++++++++++- 2 files changed, 235 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.html index 8606f3f735..864efa58b7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.html @@ -95,9 +95,18 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ restart(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Restarts an Autonomous Database.

restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Restores a single Autonomous Database.

+

+ start(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts an Autonomous Database.

+

+ stop(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Stops an Autonomous Database.

Method Details

close() @@ -681,6 +690,47 @@

Method Details

+
+ restart(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Restarts an Autonomous Database.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Autonomous Database in the following format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/autonomousDatabases/{autonomous_database}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request for `AutonomousDatabase.Restart`.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Restores a single Autonomous Database.
@@ -723,4 +773,86 @@ 
Method Details

 }
+
+ start(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Starts an Autonomous Database.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Autonomous Database in the following format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/autonomousDatabases/{autonomous_database}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request for `AutonomousDatabase.Start`.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ stop(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Stops an Autonomous Database.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Autonomous Database in the following format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/autonomousDatabases/{autonomous_database}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request for `AutonomousDatabase.Stop`.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json index 2fd123e1f4..48718671fc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json @@ -436,6 +436,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"restart": { +"description": "Restarts an Autonomous Database.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/autonomousDatabases/{autonomousDatabasesId}:restart", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "oracledatabase.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.restart", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Autonomous Database in the following format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/autonomousDatabases/{autonomous_database}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/autonomousDatabases/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:restart", +"request": { +"$ref": "RestartAutonomousDatabaseRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "restore": { "description": "Restores a single Autonomous Database.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/autonomousDatabases/{autonomousDatabasesId}:restore", @@ -463,6 +491,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"start": { +"description": "Starts an Autonomous Database.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/autonomousDatabases/{autonomousDatabasesId}:start", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "oracledatabase.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.start", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Autonomous Database in the following format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/autonomousDatabases/{autonomous_database}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/autonomousDatabases/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:start", +"request": { +"$ref": "StartAutonomousDatabaseRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"stop": { +"description": "Stops an Autonomous Database.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/autonomousDatabases/{autonomousDatabasesId}:stop", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "oracledatabase.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.stop", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Autonomous Database in the following format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/autonomousDatabases/{autonomous_database}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/autonomousDatabases/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:stop", +"request": { +"$ref": "StopAutonomousDatabaseRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -1119,7 +1203,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250223", +"revision": "20250312", "rootUrl": "https://oracledatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllConnectionStrings": { @@ -3639,6 +3723,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RestartAutonomousDatabaseRequest": { +"description": "The request for `AutonomousDatabase.Restart`.", +"id": "RestartAutonomousDatabaseRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "RestoreAutonomousDatabaseRequest": { "description": "The request for `AutonomousDatabase.Restore`.", "id": "RestoreAutonomousDatabaseRequest", @@ -3693,6 +3783,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"StartAutonomousDatabaseRequest": { +"description": "The request for `AutonomousDatabase.Start`.", +"id": "StartAutonomousDatabaseRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", @@ -3720,6 +3816,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"StopAutonomousDatabaseRequest": { +"description": "The request for `AutonomousDatabase.Stop`.", +"id": "StopAutonomousDatabaseRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "TimeOfDay": { "description": "Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.", "id": "TimeOfDay", From 6bf4e2d99078fd541d4ec0c9f927ffd876a410aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 30/35] feat(pubsub): update the api #### pubsub:v1 The following keys were added: - schemas.MessageTransform.properties.disabled.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.MessageTransform.properties.enabled.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) --- docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html | 18 ++++++++++++------ docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.topics.html | 18 ++++++++++++------ .../discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json | 9 +++++++-- 3 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html index 5751a8e179..78273af021 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html @@ -213,7 +213,8 @@

Method Details

"messageRetentionDuration": "A String", # Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes. "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages before they are delivered to subscribers. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. @@ -303,7 +304,8 @@

Method Details

"messageRetentionDuration": "A String", # Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes. "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages before they are delivered to subscribers. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. @@ -436,7 +438,8 @@

Method Details

"messageRetentionDuration": "A String", # Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes. "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages before they are delivered to subscribers. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. @@ -573,7 +576,8 @@

Method Details

"messageRetentionDuration": "A String", # Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes. "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages before they are delivered to subscribers. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. @@ -749,7 +753,8 @@

Method Details

"messageRetentionDuration": "A String", # Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes. "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages before they are delivered to subscribers. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. @@ -841,7 +846,8 @@

Method Details

"messageRetentionDuration": "A String", # Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes. "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages before they are delivered to subscribers. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.topics.html b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.topics.html index 4e83b8f470..1e54ed6f7d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.topics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.topics.html @@ -196,7 +196,8 @@

Method Details

}, "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages published to the topic. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. @@ -286,7 +287,8 @@

Method Details

}, "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages published to the topic. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. @@ -401,7 +403,8 @@

Method Details

}, "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages published to the topic. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. @@ -538,7 +541,8 @@

Method Details

}, "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages published to the topic. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. @@ -647,7 +651,8 @@

Method Details

}, "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages published to the topic. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. @@ -739,7 +744,8 @@

Method Details

}, "messageTransforms": [ # Optional. Transforms to be applied to messages published to the topic. Transforms are applied in the order specified. { # All supported message transforms types. - "enabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms. "javascriptUdf": { # User-defined JavaScript function that can transform or filter a Pub/Sub message. # Optional. JavaScript User Defined Function. If multiple JavaScriptUDF's are specified on a resource, each must have a unique `function_name`. "code": "A String", # Required. JavaScript code that contains a function `function_name` with the below signature: ``` /** * Transforms a Pub/Sub message. * @return {(Object)>|null)} - To * filter a message, return `null`. To transform a message return a map * with the following keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (optional) 'attributes' : {Object} * Returning empty `attributes` will remove all attributes from the * message. * * @param {(Object)>} Pub/Sub * message. Keys: * - (required) 'data' : {string} * - (required) 'attributes' : {Object} * * @param {Object} metadata - Pub/Sub message metadata. * Keys: * - (required) 'message_id' : {string} * - (optional) 'publish_time': {string} YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format * - (optional) 'ordering_key': {string} */ function (message, metadata) { } ``` "functionName": "A String", # Required. Name of the JavasScript function that should applied to Pub/Sub messages. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json index adeb842e91..5185e9bff3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json @@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250218", +"revision": "20250311", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { @@ -2373,8 +2373,13 @@ "description": "All supported message transforms types.", "id": "MessageTransform", "properties": { +"disabled": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `false`.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "enabled": { -"description": "Optional. If set to true, the transform is enabled. If false, the transform is disabled and will not be applied to messages. Defaults to `true`.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. This field is deprecated, use the `disabled` field to disable transforms.", "type": "boolean" }, "javascriptUdf": { From 5a7dfccd9b865e51d74a91f512c329c795d2f16c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 31/35] feat(securitycenter): update the api #### securitycenter:v1 The following keys were added: - schemas.Chokepoint (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.Finding.properties.chokepoint.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Finding.properties.chokepoint.$ref (Total Keys: 1) #### securitycenter:v1beta1 The following keys were added: - schemas.Chokepoint (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.Finding.properties.chokepoint.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Finding.properties.chokepoint.$ref (Total Keys: 1) #### securitycenter:v1beta2 The following keys were added: - schemas.Chokepoint (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.Finding.properties.chokepoint.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Finding.properties.chokepoint.$ref (Total Keys: 1) --- ...HealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html | 5 ++ ...itycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html | 25 ++++++++ ...HealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html | 5 ++ ...ter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html | 35 +++++++++++ ...HealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html | 5 ++ ...tycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html | 25 ++++++++ .../documents/securitycenter.v1.json | 62 ++++++++++++++++--- .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json | 62 ++++++++++++++++--- .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json | 62 ++++++++++++++++--- 9 files changed, 259 insertions(+), 27 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index 3f273bd82c..5239ce2d06 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -676,6 +676,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html index dbdfc6990d..16c491933c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html @@ -245,6 +245,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -983,6 +988,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -1635,6 +1645,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -2300,6 +2315,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -2966,6 +2986,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index 8f063e67ca..fdbace63cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -676,6 +676,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html index c6abff9956..d8b8f61da3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html @@ -178,6 +178,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -830,6 +835,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -1553,6 +1563,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -2291,6 +2306,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -2943,6 +2963,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -3608,6 +3633,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -4274,6 +4304,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index 204aa5bc93..ec977bfb07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -676,6 +676,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html index 4fb2a1490c..ae9128317d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html @@ -245,6 +245,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -983,6 +988,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -1635,6 +1645,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -2300,6 +2315,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. @@ -2966,6 +2986,11 @@

Method Details

}, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" + "chokepoint": { # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). # Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests. + "relatedFindings": [ # List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings. + "A String", + ], + }, "cloudArmor": { # Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings. # Fields related to Cloud Armor findings. "adaptiveProtection": { # Information about [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/cloud-armor-overview#google-cloud-armor-adaptive-protection). # Information about potential Layer 7 DDoS attacks identified by [Google Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview). "confidence": 3.14, # A score of 0 means that there is low confidence that the detected event is an actual attack. A score of 1 means that there is high confidence that the detected event is an attack. See the [Adaptive Protection documentation](https://cloud.google.com/armor/docs/adaptive-protection-overview#configure-alert-tuning) for further explanation. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index 6bd7f58603..0acc4cc289 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -5938,7 +5938,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250308", +"revision": "20250315", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -6688,6 +6688,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Chokepoint": { +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations).", +"id": "Chokepoint", +"properties": { +"relatedFindings": { +"description": "List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CloudArmor": { "description": "Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings.", "id": "CloudArmor", @@ -7772,6 +7786,10 @@ "description": "The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: \"XSS_FLASH_INJECTION\"", "type": "string" }, +"chokepoint": { +"$ref": "Chokepoint", +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests." +}, "cloudArmor": { "$ref": "CloudArmor", "description": "Fields related to Cloud Armor findings." @@ -7890,7 +7908,8 @@ "SCC_ERROR", "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", -"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK" +"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", +"CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -7901,7 +7920,8 @@ "Describes an error that prevents some SCC functionality.", "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a group of security issues that, when the issues occur together, represent a greater risk than when the issues occur independently. A group of such issues is referred to as a toxic combination.", -"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data." +"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -9577,6 +9597,20 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint": { +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations).", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint", +"properties": { +"relatedFindings": { +"description": "List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2CloudArmor": { "description": "Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2CloudArmor", @@ -10440,6 +10474,10 @@ "description": "Immutable. The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. Example: \"XSS_FLASH_INJECTION\"", "type": "string" }, +"chokepoint": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint", +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests." +}, "cloudArmor": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2CloudArmor", "description": "Fields related to Cloud Armor findings." @@ -10559,7 +10597,8 @@ "SCC_ERROR", "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", -"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK" +"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", +"CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -10570,7 +10609,8 @@ "Describes an error that prevents some SCC functionality.", "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a combination of security issues that represent a more severe security problem when taken together.", -"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data." +"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -10805,11 +10845,13 @@ "description": "Type of group.", "enum": [ "GROUP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION" +"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION", +"GROUP_TYPE_CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Group represents a toxic combination." +"Group represents a toxic combination.", +"Group represents a chokepoint." ], "type": "string" } @@ -13039,11 +13081,13 @@ "description": "Type of group.", "enum": [ "GROUP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION" +"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION", +"GROUP_TYPE_CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Group represents a toxic combination." +"Group represents a toxic combination.", +"Group represents a chokepoint." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index a8bf91cf98..b4662a453c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250308", +"revision": "20250315", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -1475,6 +1475,20 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"Chokepoint": { +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations).", +"id": "Chokepoint", +"properties": { +"relatedFindings": { +"description": "List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CloudArmor": { "description": "Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings.", "id": "CloudArmor", @@ -2362,6 +2376,10 @@ "description": "The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: \"XSS_FLASH_INJECTION\"", "type": "string" }, +"chokepoint": { +"$ref": "Chokepoint", +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests." +}, "cloudArmor": { "$ref": "CloudArmor", "description": "Fields related to Cloud Armor findings." @@ -2480,7 +2498,8 @@ "SCC_ERROR", "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", -"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK" +"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", +"CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -2491,7 +2510,8 @@ "Describes an error that prevents some SCC functionality.", "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a group of security issues that, when the issues occur together, represent a greater risk than when the issues occur independently. A group of such issues is referred to as a toxic combination.", -"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data." +"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4248,6 +4268,20 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint": { +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations).", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint", +"properties": { +"relatedFindings": { +"description": "List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2CloudArmor": { "description": "Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2CloudArmor", @@ -5111,6 +5145,10 @@ "description": "Immutable. The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. Example: \"XSS_FLASH_INJECTION\"", "type": "string" }, +"chokepoint": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint", +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests." +}, "cloudArmor": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2CloudArmor", "description": "Fields related to Cloud Armor findings." @@ -5230,7 +5268,8 @@ "SCC_ERROR", "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", -"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK" +"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", +"CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -5241,7 +5280,8 @@ "Describes an error that prevents some SCC functionality.", "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a combination of security issues that represent a more severe security problem when taken together.", -"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data." +"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5476,11 +5516,13 @@ "description": "Type of group.", "enum": [ "GROUP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION" +"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION", +"GROUP_TYPE_CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Group represents a toxic combination." +"Group represents a toxic combination.", +"Group represents a chokepoint." ], "type": "string" } @@ -7693,11 +7735,13 @@ "description": "Type of group.", "enum": [ "GROUP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION" +"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION", +"GROUP_TYPE_CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Group represents a toxic combination." +"Group represents a toxic combination.", +"Group represents a chokepoint." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index 9b2328dc30..7c2f65e62e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250308", +"revision": "20250315", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -2425,6 +2425,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Chokepoint": { +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations).", +"id": "Chokepoint", +"properties": { +"relatedFindings": { +"description": "List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CloudArmor": { "description": "Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings.", "id": "CloudArmor", @@ -3459,6 +3473,10 @@ "description": "The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: \"XSS_FLASH_INJECTION\"", "type": "string" }, +"chokepoint": { +"$ref": "Chokepoint", +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests." +}, "cloudArmor": { "$ref": "CloudArmor", "description": "Fields related to Cloud Armor findings." @@ -3577,7 +3595,8 @@ "SCC_ERROR", "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", -"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK" +"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", +"CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -3588,7 +3607,8 @@ "Describes an error that prevents some SCC functionality.", "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a group of security issues that, when the issues occur together, represent a greater risk than when the issues occur independently. A group of such issues is referred to as a toxic combination.", -"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data." +"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5241,6 +5261,20 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint": { +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations).", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint", +"properties": { +"relatedFindings": { +"description": "List of resource names of findings associated with this chokepoint. For example, organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789. This list will have at most 100 findings.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2CloudArmor": { "description": "Fields related to Google Cloud Armor findings.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2CloudArmor", @@ -6104,6 +6138,10 @@ "description": "Immutable. The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. Example: \"XSS_FLASH_INJECTION\"", "type": "string" }, +"chokepoint": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Chokepoint", +"description": "Contains details about a chokepoint, which is a resource or resource group where high-risk attack paths converge, based on [attack path simulations] (https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/attack-exposure-learn#attack_path_simulations). This field cannot be updated. Its value is ignored in all update requests." +}, "cloudArmor": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2CloudArmor", "description": "Fields related to Cloud Armor findings." @@ -6223,7 +6261,8 @@ "SCC_ERROR", "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", -"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK" +"SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", +"CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -6234,7 +6273,8 @@ "Describes an error that prevents some SCC functionality.", "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a combination of security issues that represent a more severe security problem when taken together.", -"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data." +"Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6469,11 +6509,13 @@ "description": "Type of group.", "enum": [ "GROUP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION" +"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION", +"GROUP_TYPE_CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Group represents a toxic combination." +"Group represents a toxic combination.", +"Group represents a chokepoint." ], "type": "string" } @@ -8577,11 +8619,13 @@ "description": "Type of group.", "enum": [ "GROUP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION" +"GROUP_TYPE_TOXIC_COMBINATION", +"GROUP_TYPE_CHOKEPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Group represents a toxic combination." +"Group represents a toxic combination.", +"Group represents a chokepoint." ], "type": "string" } From 56ff88eecdbd98d473508d603b7435a3958a55da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 32/35] fix(storage): update the api #### storage:v1 The following keys were changed: - endpoints (Total Keys: 1) --- .../discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json | 119 +++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 117 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json index 4fe13e7db8..431a5a1791 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json @@ -29,11 +29,106 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.eu.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "eu" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-southwest1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west3" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west6" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west8" }, @@ -44,11 +139,31 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west10" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://storage.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "me-central2" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.us.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://storage.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-central1" }, @@ -93,7 +208,7 @@ "location": "us-west4" } ], -"etag": "\"323434373038373139383836363433393338\"", +"etag": "\"363938303832303939373531303639383731\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -4364,7 +4479,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250224", +"revision": "20250312", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdvanceRelocateBucketOperationRequest": { From 63ec516264baa6a5ce6a04bae96502c20ea6f624 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 33/35] fix(sts): update the api #### sts:v1 The following keys were changed: - endpoints (Total Keys: 1) #### sts:v1beta The following keys were changed: - endpoints (Total Keys: 1) --- .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json | 167 +++++++++++++++++- .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json | 167 +++++++++++++++++- 2 files changed, 332 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json index 4b7a57ed1a..20c1a782d1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json @@ -9,26 +9,156 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "asia-east1" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-north1" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-southwest1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west1" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west10" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west4" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west6" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-central1" }, @@ -44,13 +174,48 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-east7" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west8" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -163,7 +328,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250303", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json index 6a4dc1a88e..76e97021a6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json @@ -9,26 +9,156 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "asia-east1" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-north1" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-southwest1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west1" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west10" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west4" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west6" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-central1" }, @@ -44,13 +174,48 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-east7" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west8" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -163,7 +328,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250303", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { From d58429ee48e2499b322db153274fcc8be8ef9f66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 34/35] feat(verifiedaccess): update the api #### verifiedaccess:v2 The following keys were added: - schemas.DeviceSignals.properties.thirdPartyBlockingEnabled.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) --- docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v2.challenge.html | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json | 5 +++-- 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v2.challenge.html b/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v2.challenge.html index cc1295c37d..4c3a132f86 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v2.challenge.html +++ b/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v2.challenge.html @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"systemDnsServers": [ # List of the addesses of all OS level DNS servers configured in the device's network settings. "A String", ], - "thirdPartyBlockingEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether Chrome is blocking third-party software injection or not. This setting may be controlled by an enterprise policy: https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/?policy=ThirdPartyBlockingEnabled. Available on Windows only. + "thirdPartyBlockingEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated. The corresponding policy is now deprecated. Whether Chrome is blocking third-party software injection or not. This setting may be controlled by an enterprise policy: https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/?policy=ThirdPartyBlockingEnabled. Available on Windows only. "trigger": "A String", # Output only. The trigger which generated this set of signals. "windowsMachineDomain": "A String", # Output only. Windows domain that the current machine has joined. Available on Windows only. "windowsUserDomain": "A String", # Output only. Windows domain for the current OS user. Available on Windows only. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json index f6d2fd3038..0eca81a3ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250225", +"revision": "20250311", "rootUrl": "https://verifiedaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Antivirus": { @@ -468,7 +468,8 @@ "type": "array" }, "thirdPartyBlockingEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether Chrome is blocking third-party software injection or not. This setting may be controlled by an enterprise policy: https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/?policy=ThirdPartyBlockingEnabled. Available on Windows only.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. Deprecated. The corresponding policy is now deprecated. Whether Chrome is blocking third-party software injection or not. This setting may be controlled by an enterprise policy: https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/?policy=ThirdPartyBlockingEnabled. Available on Windows only.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, From abd45fe7cc867b5e624b8b167c2e82eee2eef086 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:10:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 35/35] chore(docs): Add new discovery artifacts and artifacts with minor updates --- docs/dyn/addressvalidation_v1.v1.html | 42 +- docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.edits.html | 2 +- ...jects.locations.resourceBackupConfigs.html | 2 +- ...cy_v1.projects.locations.dataPolicies.html | 14 +- ...ccounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html | 98 +-- .../cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html | 98 +-- docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.entries.html | 2 +- .../dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html | 4 +- ...beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html | 4 +- ...locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html | 4 +- ...ocations.repositories.workflowConfigs.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html | 8 +- ...ha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html | 10 +- ...jects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html | 6 +- ...businessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.html | 84 +-- ...untmanagement_v1.accounts.invitations.html | 14 +- ...nessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html | 42 +- ...usinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html | 28 +- ...inessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html | 56 +- .../mybusinessverifications_v1.locations.html | 42 +- docs/dyn/observability_v1.html | 111 ++++ docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.html | 91 +++ .../observability_v1.projects.locations.html | 181 ++++++ ...lity_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 235 +++++++ ...vability_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html | 144 +++++ docs/dyn/oslogin_v1.users.html | 6 +- docs/dyn/oslogin_v1.users.sshPublicKeys.html | 10 +- docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html | 6 +- .../oslogin_v1alpha.users.sshPublicKeys.html | 10 +- docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.html | 6 +- .../oslogin_v1beta.users.sshPublicKeys.html | 10 +- docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html | 72 +-- ...retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html | 2 +- ...l_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html | 2 +- ...il_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html | 2 +- ...v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html | 2 +- .../run_v2.projects.locations.services.html | 4 + ...projects.locations.services.revisions.html | 4 +- ...jects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html | 2 + docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/tasks_v1.tasks.html | 36 +- ...rojects.locations.workstationClusters.html | 16 +- ...orkstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html | 30 +- ...rojects.locations.workstationClusters.html | 16 +- ...orkstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html | 30 +- ...sters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html | 10 +- .../documents/addressvalidation.v1.json | 16 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json | 14 +- .../documents/androidpublisher.v3.json | 4 +- .../documents/backupdr.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/cloudchannel.v1.json | 16 +- .../documents/datacatalog.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json | 4 +- .../documents/dataform.v1beta1.json | 10 +- .../documents/firebase.v1beta1.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json | 12 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json | 12 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1beta.json | 12 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json | 12 +- .../documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json | 12 +- .../documents/gkehub.v2beta.json | 12 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json | 6 +- .../mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json | 16 +- .../mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json | 16 +- .../documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json | 16 +- .../documents/observability.v1.json | 588 ++++++++++++++++++ .../discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json | 4 +- .../documents/oslogin.v1beta.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json | 26 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json | 4 +- .../documents/retail.v2alpha.json | 4 +- .../documents/retail.v2beta.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json | 12 +- .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json | 4 +- .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json | 4 +- .../documents/servicenetworking.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/serviceusage.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json | 8 +- .../documents/workstations.v1.json | 12 +- .../documents/workstations.v1beta.json | 14 +- 86 files changed, 1982 insertions(+), 556 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/dyn/observability_v1.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.operations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html create mode 100644 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json diff --git a/docs/dyn/addressvalidation_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/addressvalidation_v1.v1.html index 9aebc6632f..cf1914f96d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/addressvalidation_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/addressvalidation_v1.v1.html @@ -123,22 +123,22 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The request for validating an address. - "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The address being validated. Unformatted addresses should be submitted via `address_lines`. The total length of the fields in this input must not exceed 280 characters. Supported regions can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/address-validation/coverage). The language_code value in the input address is reserved for future uses and is ignored today. The validated address result will be populated based on the preferred language for the given address, as identified by the system. The Address Validation API ignores the values in recipients and organization. Any values in those fields will be discarded and not returned. Please do not set them. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The address being validated. Unformatted addresses should be submitted via `address_lines`. The total length of the fields in this input must not exceed 280 characters. Supported regions can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/address-validation/coverage). The language_code value in the input address is reserved for future uses and is ignored today. The validated address result will be populated based on the preferred language for the given address, as identified by the system. The Address Validation API ignores the values in recipients and organization. Any values in those fields will be discarded and not returned. Please do not set them. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "enableUspsCass": True or False, # Enables USPS CASS compatible mode. This affects _only_ the [google.maps.addressvalidation.v1.ValidationResult.usps_data] field of [google.maps.addressvalidation.v1.ValidationResult]. Note: for USPS CASS enabled requests for addresses in Puerto Rico, a [google.type.PostalAddress.region_code] of the `address` must be provided as "PR", or an [google.type.PostalAddress.administrative_area] of the `address` must be provided as "Puerto Rico" (case-insensitive) or "PR". It's recommended to use a componentized `address`, or alternatively specify at least two [google.type.PostalAddress.address_lines] where the first line contains the street number and name and the second line contains the city, state, and zip code. "languageOptions": { # Preview: This feature is in Preview (pre-GA). Pre-GA products and features might have limited support, and changes to pre-GA products and features might not be compatible with other pre-GA versions. Pre-GA Offerings are covered by the [Google Maps Platform Service Specific Terms](https://cloud.google.com/maps-platform/terms/maps-service-terms). For more information, see the [launch stage descriptions](https://developers.google.com/maps/launch-stages). Enables the Address Validation API to include additional information in the response. # Optional. Preview: This feature is in Preview (pre-GA). Pre-GA products and features might have limited support, and changes to pre-GA products and features might not be compatible with other pre-GA versions. Pre-GA Offerings are covered by the [Google Maps Platform Service Specific Terms](https://cloud.google.com/maps-platform/terms/maps-service-terms). For more information, see the [launch stage descriptions](https://developers.google.com/maps/launch-stages). Enables the Address Validation API to include additional information in the response. @@ -178,22 +178,22 @@

Method Details

"missingComponentTypes": [ # The types of components that were expected to be present in a correctly formatted mailing address but were not found in the input AND could not be inferred. Components of this type are not present in `formatted_address`, `postal_address`, or `address_components`. An example might be `['street_number', 'route']` for an input like "Boulder, Colorado, 80301, USA". The list of possible types can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/geocoding/requests-geocoding#Types). "A String", ], - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The post-processed address represented as a postal address. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # The post-processed address represented as a postal address. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "unconfirmedComponentTypes": [ # The types of the components that are present in the `address_components` but could not be confirmed to be correct. This field is provided for the sake of convenience: its contents are equivalent to iterating through the `address_components` to find the types of all the components where the confirmation_level is not CONFIRMED or the inferred flag is not set to `true`. The list of possible types can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/geocoding/requests-geocoding#Types). "A String", @@ -221,22 +221,22 @@

Method Details

"missingComponentTypes": [ # The types of components that were expected to be present in a correctly formatted mailing address but were not found in the input AND could not be inferred. Components of this type are not present in `formatted_address`, `postal_address`, or `address_components`. An example might be `['street_number', 'route']` for an input like "Boulder, Colorado, 80301, USA". The list of possible types can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/geocoding/requests-geocoding#Types). "A String", ], - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The post-processed address represented as a postal address. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # The post-processed address represented as a postal address. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "unconfirmedComponentTypes": [ # The types of the components that are present in the `address_components` but could not be confirmed to be correct. This field is provided for the sake of convenience: its contents are equivalent to iterating through the `address_components` to find the types of all the components where the confirmation_level is not CONFIRMED or the inferred flag is not set to `true`. The list of possible types can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/geocoding/requests-geocoding#Types). "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html index b4c8cc553c..eb479403d1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html @@ -177,8 +177,8 @@

Method Details

PAGE_VIEWS - Number of page views. AD_REQUESTS - Number of ad units that requested ads (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads). An ad request may result in zero, one, or multiple individual ad impressions depending on the size of the ad unit and whether any ads were available. MATCHED_AD_REQUESTS - Requests that returned at least one ad. - TOTAL_IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user’s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads. - IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user’s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads. + TOTAL_IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user's device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads. + IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user's device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads. INDIVIDUAL_AD_IMPRESSIONS - Ads shown. Different ad formats will display varying numbers of ads. For example, a vertical banner may consist of 2 or more ads. Also, the number of ads in an ad unit may vary depending on whether the ad unit is displaying standard text ads, expanded text ads or image ads. CLICKS - Number of times a user clicked on a standard content ad. PAGE_VIEWS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of page views considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@

Method Details

COST_PER_CLICK - Amount the publisher earns each time a user clicks on an ad. CPC is calculated by dividing the estimated revenue by the number of clicks received. ADS_PER_IMPRESSION - Number of ad views per impression. TOTAL_EARNINGS - Total earnings are the gross estimated earnings from revenue shared traffic before any parent and child account revenue share is applied. - WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES - Number of results pages. + WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES - Number of results pages. This metric can only be used when generating a report in the Google timezone, not the account timezone. Since the account timezone is the default for report generation, this metric can only be used by explicitly specifying `reportingTimeZone=GOOGLE_TIME_ZONE`. FUNNEL_REQUESTS - Number of requests for non-ad units (for example a related search unit). For more information, see [Funnel requests](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586959). FUNNEL_IMPRESSIONS - Number of requests for non-ad units ads that returned content that was shown to the user. For more information, see [Funnel impressions](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585767). FUNNEL_CLICKS - Number of times a user clicked on a non-ad unit, triggering further ad requests. For more information, see [Funnel clicks](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586382). @@ -355,8 +355,8 @@

Method Details

PAGE_VIEWS - Number of page views. AD_REQUESTS - Number of ad units that requested ads (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads). An ad request may result in zero, one, or multiple individual ad impressions depending on the size of the ad unit and whether any ads were available. MATCHED_AD_REQUESTS - Requests that returned at least one ad. - TOTAL_IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user’s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads. - IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user’s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads. + TOTAL_IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user's device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads. + IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user's device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads. INDIVIDUAL_AD_IMPRESSIONS - Ads shown. Different ad formats will display varying numbers of ads. For example, a vertical banner may consist of 2 or more ads. Also, the number of ads in an ad unit may vary depending on whether the ad unit is displaying standard text ads, expanded text ads or image ads. CLICKS - Number of times a user clicked on a standard content ad. PAGE_VIEWS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of page views considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@

Method Details

COST_PER_CLICK - Amount the publisher earns each time a user clicks on an ad. CPC is calculated by dividing the estimated revenue by the number of clicks received. ADS_PER_IMPRESSION - Number of ad views per impression. TOTAL_EARNINGS - Total earnings are the gross estimated earnings from revenue shared traffic before any parent and child account revenue share is applied. - WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES - Number of results pages. + WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES - Number of results pages. This metric can only be used when generating a report in the Google timezone, not the account timezone. Since the account timezone is the default for report generation, this metric can only be used by explicitly specifying `reportingTimeZone=GOOGLE_TIME_ZONE`. FUNNEL_REQUESTS - Number of requests for non-ad units (for example a related search unit). For more information, see [Funnel requests](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586959). FUNNEL_IMPRESSIONS - Number of requests for non-ad units ads that returned content that was shown to the user. For more information, see [Funnel impressions](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585767). FUNNEL_CLICKS - Number of times a user clicked on a non-ad unit, triggering further ad requests. For more information, see [Funnel clicks](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586382). diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.edits.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.edits.html index 79a41a9e06..4938779d16 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.edits.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.edits.html @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

Args: packageName: string, Package name of the app. (required) editId: string, Identifier of the edit. (required) - changesNotSentForReview: boolean, Indicates that the changes in this edit will not be reviewed until they are explicitly sent for review from the Google Play Console UI. These changes will be added to any other changes that are not yet sent for review. + changesNotSentForReview: boolean, When a rejection happens, the parameter will make sure that the changes in this edit won't be reviewed until they are explicitly sent for review from within the Google Play Console UI. These changes will be added to any other changes that are not yet sent for review. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.resourceBackupConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.resourceBackupConfigs.html index 947786cbf8..227550f879 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.resourceBackupConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.resourceBackupConfigs.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve resource backup configs. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'. In Cloud Backup and DR, locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. (required) filter: string, Optional. Filtering results. orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results. - pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. + pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will use 100 as default. Maximum value is 500 and values above 500 will be coerced to 500. pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatapolicy_v1.projects.locations.dataPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatapolicy_v1.projects.locations.dataPolicies.html index 2608491199..2f8d910eec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatapolicy_v1.projects.locations.dataPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatapolicy_v1.projects.locations.dataPolicies.html @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Method Details

"routine": "A String", # The name of the BigQuery routine that contains the custom masking routine, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/datasets/{dataset_id}/routines/{routine_id}`. }, "dataPolicyId": "A String", # User-assigned (human readable) ID of the data policy that needs to be unique within a project. Used as {data_policy_id} in part of the resource name. - "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Type of data policy. + "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Required. Data policy type. Type of data policy. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this data policy, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/dataPolicies/{data_policy_id}`. "policyTag": "A String", # Policy tag resource name, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/taxonomies/{taxonomy_id}/policyTags/{policyTag_id}`. } @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"routine": "A String", # The name of the BigQuery routine that contains the custom masking routine, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/datasets/{dataset_id}/routines/{routine_id}`. }, "dataPolicyId": "A String", # User-assigned (human readable) ID of the data policy that needs to be unique within a project. Used as {data_policy_id} in part of the resource name. - "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Type of data policy. + "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Required. Data policy type. Type of data policy. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this data policy, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/dataPolicies/{data_policy_id}`. "policyTag": "A String", # Policy tag resource name, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/taxonomies/{taxonomy_id}/policyTags/{policyTag_id}`. } @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

"routine": "A String", # The name of the BigQuery routine that contains the custom masking routine, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/datasets/{dataset_id}/routines/{routine_id}`. }, "dataPolicyId": "A String", # User-assigned (human readable) ID of the data policy that needs to be unique within a project. Used as {data_policy_id} in part of the resource name. - "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Type of data policy. + "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Required. Data policy type. Type of data policy. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this data policy, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/dataPolicies/{data_policy_id}`. "policyTag": "A String", # Policy tag resource name, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/taxonomies/{taxonomy_id}/policyTags/{policyTag_id}`. } @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

Method Details

"routine": "A String", # The name of the BigQuery routine that contains the custom masking routine, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/datasets/{dataset_id}/routines/{routine_id}`. }, "dataPolicyId": "A String", # User-assigned (human readable) ID of the data policy that needs to be unique within a project. Used as {data_policy_id} in part of the resource name. - "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Type of data policy. + "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Required. Data policy type. Type of data policy. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this data policy, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/dataPolicies/{data_policy_id}`. "policyTag": "A String", # Policy tag resource name, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/taxonomies/{taxonomy_id}/policyTags/{policyTag_id}`. }, @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

"routine": "A String", # The name of the BigQuery routine that contains the custom masking routine, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/datasets/{dataset_id}/routines/{routine_id}`. }, "dataPolicyId": "A String", # User-assigned (human readable) ID of the data policy that needs to be unique within a project. Used as {data_policy_id} in part of the resource name. - "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Type of data policy. + "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Required. Data policy type. Type of data policy. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this data policy, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/dataPolicies/{data_policy_id}`. "policyTag": "A String", # Policy tag resource name, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/taxonomies/{taxonomy_id}/policyTags/{policyTag_id}`. } @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

"routine": "A String", # The name of the BigQuery routine that contains the custom masking routine, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/datasets/{dataset_id}/routines/{routine_id}`. }, "dataPolicyId": "A String", # User-assigned (human readable) ID of the data policy that needs to be unique within a project. Used as {data_policy_id} in part of the resource name. - "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Type of data policy. + "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Required. Data policy type. Type of data policy. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this data policy, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/dataPolicies/{data_policy_id}`. "policyTag": "A String", # Policy tag resource name, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/taxonomies/{taxonomy_id}/policyTags/{policyTag_id}`. } @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@

Method Details

"routine": "A String", # The name of the BigQuery routine that contains the custom masking routine, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/datasets/{dataset_id}/routines/{routine_id}`. }, "dataPolicyId": "A String", # User-assigned (human readable) ID of the data policy that needs to be unique within a project. Used as {data_policy_id} in part of the resource name. - "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Type of data policy. + "dataPolicyType": "A String", # Required. Data policy type. Type of data policy. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this data policy, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/dataPolicies/{data_policy_id}`. "policyTag": "A String", # Policy tag resource name, in the format of `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/taxonomies/{taxonomy_id}/policyTags/{policyTag_id}`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html index 345a88730f..b1ff5a8ebf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html @@ -137,22 +137,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -197,22 +197,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -282,22 +282,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -362,22 +362,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -434,22 +434,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -513,22 +513,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -574,22 +574,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html index 66db5aff7a..52350ac7f2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html @@ -171,22 +171,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -231,22 +231,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -316,22 +316,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -396,22 +396,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -468,22 +468,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -825,22 +825,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. @@ -886,22 +886,22 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The customer account contact's display name, formatted as a combination of the customer's first and last name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html index 8e866d7f1c..83ec5cbd5b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Method Details

linkedResource: string, The full name of the Google Cloud Platform resource the Data Catalog entry represents. For more information, see [Full Resource Name] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). Full names are case-sensitive. For example: * `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}` * `//pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/topics/{TOPIC_ID}` location: string, Location where the lookup should be performed. Required to lookup entry that is not a part of `DPMS` or `DATAPLEX` `integrated_system` using its `fully_qualified_name`. Ignored in other cases. project: string, Project where the lookup should be performed. Required to lookup entry that is not a part of `DPMS` or `DATAPLEX` `integrated_system` using its `fully_qualified_name`. Ignored in other cases. - sqlResource: string, The SQL name of the entry. SQL names are case-sensitive. Examples: * `pubsub.topic.{PROJECT_ID}.{TOPIC_ID}` * `pubsub.topic.{PROJECT_ID}.`\``{TOPIC.ID.SEPARATED.WITH.DOTS}`\` * `bigquery.table.{PROJECT_ID}.{DATASET_ID}.{TABLE_ID}` * `bigquery.dataset.{PROJECT_ID}.{DATASET_ID}` * `datacatalog.entry.{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}.{ENTRY_ID}` Identifiers (`*_ID`) should comply with the [Lexical structure in Standard SQL] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/lexical). + sqlResource: string, The SQL name of the entry. SQL names are case-sensitive. Examples: * `pubsub.topic.{PROJECT_ID}.{TOPIC_ID}` * `pubsub.topic.{PROJECT_ID}.`\``{TOPIC.ID.SEPARATED.WITH.DOTS}`\` * `bigquery.table.{PROJECT_ID}.{DATASET_ID}.{TABLE_ID}` * `bigquery.dataset.{PROJECT_ID}.{DATASET_ID}` * `datacatalog.entry.{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}.{ENTRY_ID}` Identifiers (`*_ID`) should comply with the [Lexical structure in GoogleSQL] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/lexical). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.entries.html index ad4852e8c9..b38656cfa5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.entries.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Method Details

Args: linkedResource: string, The full name of the Google Cloud Platform resource the Data Catalog entry represents. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name. Full names are case-sensitive. Examples: * //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/projectId/datasets/datasetId/tables/tableId * //pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/projectId/topics/topicId - sqlResource: string, The SQL name of the entry. SQL names are case-sensitive. Examples: * `pubsub.project_id.topic_id` * ``pubsub.project_id.`topic.id.with.dots` `` * `bigquery.table.project_id.dataset_id.table_id` * `bigquery.dataset.project_id.dataset_id` * `datacatalog.entry.project_id.location_id.entry_group_id.entry_id` `*_id`s should satisfy the standard SQL rules for identifiers. https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/lexical. + sqlResource: string, The SQL name of the entry. SQL names are case-sensitive. Examples: * `pubsub.project_id.topic_id` * ``pubsub.project_id.`topic.id.with.dots` `` * `bigquery.table.project_id.dataset_id.table_id` * `bigquery.dataset.project_id.dataset_id` * `datacatalog.entry.project_id.location_id.entry_group_id.entry_id` `*_id`s should satisfy the GoogleSQL rules for identifiers. https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/lexical. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 88c7abcf7f..dcae847bc2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

updateConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields

+

Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*

Method Details

close() @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

Method Details

updateConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) - 
Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields
+  
Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. The config name. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html
index a9f5189acb..e52140f15d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields

+
Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*

 

   queryDirectoryContents(name, commitSha=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, path=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns the contents of a given Repository directory. The Repository must not have a value for `git_remote_settings.url`.

@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields
+  
Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. The repository's name. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html
index 0cca04f4eb..38609ce1c0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates a single ReleaseConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields

+
Updates a single ReleaseConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates a single ReleaseConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields
+  
Updates a single ReleaseConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. The release config's name. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowConfigs.html
index 09eabefc60..bf188c5f18 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowConfigs.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates a single WorkflowConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields

+
Updates a single WorkflowConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates a single WorkflowConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields
+  
Updates a single WorkflowConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. The workflow config's name. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html
index 4fd79425d4..6110a55e1f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html
@@ -114,10 +114,10 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Sets the IAM policy that is attached to a ServiceAccount. Use this method to grant or revoke access to the service account. For example, you could grant a principal the ability to impersonate the service account. This method does not enable the service account to access other resources. To grant roles to a service account on a resource, follow these steps: 1. Call the resource's `getIamPolicy` method to get its current IAM policy. 2. Edit the policy so that it binds the service account to an IAM role for the resource. 3. Call the resource's `setIamPolicy` method to update its IAM policy. For detailed instructions, see [Manage access to project, folders, and organizations](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/service-accounts/granting-access-to-service-accounts) or [Manage access to other resources](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/access/manage-other-resources).

 

   signBlob(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
**Note:** This method is deprecated. Use the [signBlob](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/rest-credentials/v1/projects.serviceAccounts/signBlob) method in the IAM Service Account Credentials API instead. If you currently use this method, see the [migration guide](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/credentials/migrate-api) for instructions. Signs a blob using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.

+
 Signs a blob using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.

 

   signJwt(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
**Note:** This method is deprecated. Use the [signJwt](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/rest-credentials/v1/projects.serviceAccounts/signJwt) method in the IAM Service Account Credentials API instead. If you currently use this method, see the [migration guide](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/credentials/migrate-api) for instructions. Signs a JSON Web Token (JWT) using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.

+
 Signs a JSON Web Token (JWT) using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.

 

   testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Tests whether the caller has the specified permissions on a ServiceAccount.

@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     signBlob(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
**Note:** This method is deprecated. Use the [signBlob](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/rest-credentials/v1/projects.serviceAccounts/signBlob) method in the IAM Service Account Credentials API instead. If you currently use this method, see the [migration guide](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/credentials/migrate-api) for instructions. Signs a blob using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.
+  
 Signs a blob using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Deprecated. [Migrate to Service Account Credentials API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/credentials/migrate-api). The resource name of the service account. Use one of the following formats: * `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{UNIQUE_ID}` As an alternative, you can use the `-` wildcard character instead of the project ID: * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{UNIQUE_ID}` When possible, avoid using the `-` wildcard character, because it can cause response messages to contain misleading error codes. For example, if you try to access the service account `projects/-/serviceAccounts/fake@example.com`, which does not exist, the response contains an HTTP `403 Forbidden` error instead of a `404 Not Found` error. (required)
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     signJwt(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
**Note:** This method is deprecated. Use the [signJwt](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/rest-credentials/v1/projects.serviceAccounts/signJwt) method in the IAM Service Account Credentials API instead. If you currently use this method, see the [migration guide](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/credentials/migrate-api) for instructions. Signs a JSON Web Token (JWT) using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.
+  
 Signs a JSON Web Token (JWT) using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Deprecated. [Migrate to Service Account Credentials API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/credentials/migrate-api). The resource name of the service account. Use one of the following formats: * `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{UNIQUE_ID}` As an alternative, you can use the `-` wildcard character instead of the project ID: * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{UNIQUE_ID}` When possible, avoid using the `-` wildcard character, because it can cause response messages to contain misleading error codes. For example, if you try to access the service account `projects/-/serviceAccounts/fake@example.com`, which does not exist, the response contains an HTTP `403 Forbidden` error instead of a `404 Not Found` error. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html
index 289f2b69ba..f9a4133020 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "description": "A String", # A description of the preference set.
   "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. Maximum length is 63 characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the preference set.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the PreferenceSet.
   "regionPreferences": { # The user preferences relating to target regions. # Optional. Region preferences for assets using this preference set. If you are unsure which value to set, the migration service API region is often a good value to start with. If unspecified, VirtualMachinePreferences.RegionPreferences is used.
     "preferredRegions": [ # A list of preferred regions, ordered by the most preferred region first. Set only valid Google Cloud region names. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones for available regions.
       "A String",
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "description": "A String", # A description of the preference set.
   "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. Maximum length is 63 characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the preference set.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the PreferenceSet.
   "regionPreferences": { # The user preferences relating to target regions. # Optional. Region preferences for assets using this preference set. If you are unsure which value to set, the migration service API region is often a good value to start with. If unspecified, VirtualMachinePreferences.RegionPreferences is used.
     "preferredRegions": [ # A list of preferred regions, ordered by the most preferred region first. Set only valid Google Cloud region names. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones for available regions.
       "A String",
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "description": "A String", # A description of the preference set.
       "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. Maximum length is 63 characters.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the preference set.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the PreferenceSet.
       "regionPreferences": { # The user preferences relating to target regions. # Optional. Region preferences for assets using this preference set. If you are unsure which value to set, the migration service API region is often a good value to start with. If unspecified, VirtualMachinePreferences.RegionPreferences is used.
         "preferredRegions": [ # A list of preferred regions, ordered by the most preferred region first. Set only valid Google Cloud region names. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones for available regions.
           "A String",
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Updates the parameters of a preference set.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Name of the preference set. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Name of the PreferenceSet. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "description": "A String", # A description of the preference set.
   "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. Maximum length is 63 characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the preference set.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the PreferenceSet.
   "regionPreferences": { # The user preferences relating to target regions. # Optional. Region preferences for assets using this preference set. If you are unsure which value to set, the migration service API region is often a good value to start with. If unspecified, VirtualMachinePreferences.RegionPreferences is used.
     "preferredRegions": [ # A list of preferred regions, ordered by the most preferred region first. Set only valid Google Cloud region names. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones for available regions.
       "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html
index 425508ad3d..1e904d8c33 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "description": "A String", # A description of the preference set.
               "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. Maximum length is 63 characters.
-              "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the preference set.
+              "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the PreferenceSet.
               "regionPreferences": { # The user preferences relating to target regions. # Optional. Region preferences for assets using this preference set. If you are unsure which value to set, the migration service API region is often a good value to start with. If unspecified, VirtualMachinePreferences.RegionPreferences is used.
                 "preferredRegions": [ # A list of preferred regions, ordered by the most preferred region first. Set only valid Google Cloud region names. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones for available regions.
                   "A String",
@@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "description": "A String", # A description of the preference set.
               "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. Maximum length is 63 characters.
-              "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the preference set.
+              "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the PreferenceSet.
               "regionPreferences": { # The user preferences relating to target regions. # Optional. Region preferences for assets using this preference set. If you are unsure which value to set, the migration service API region is often a good value to start with. If unspecified, VirtualMachinePreferences.RegionPreferences is used.
                 "preferredRegions": [ # A list of preferred regions, ordered by the most preferred region first. Set only valid Google Cloud region names. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones for available regions.
                   "A String",
@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "description": "A String", # A description of the preference set.
                   "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. Maximum length is 63 characters.
-                  "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the preference set.
+                  "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the PreferenceSet.
                   "regionPreferences": { # The user preferences relating to target regions. # Optional. Region preferences for assets using this preference set. If you are unsure which value to set, the migration service API region is often a good value to start with. If unspecified, VirtualMachinePreferences.RegionPreferences is used.
                     "preferredRegions": [ # A list of preferred regions, ordered by the most preferred region first. Set only valid Google Cloud region names. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones for available regions.
                       "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.html
index 4e62e3b632..6440c3f73b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.html
@@ -121,22 +121,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
   "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
     },
     "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
     "registeredDomain": "A String", # Output only. The registered domain for the account.
@@ -162,22 +162,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
   "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
     },
     "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
     "registeredDomain": "A String", # Output only. The registered domain for the account.
@@ -210,22 +210,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
   "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
     },
     "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
     "registeredDomain": "A String", # Output only. The registered domain for the account.
@@ -263,22 +263,22 @@ 
Method Details

       "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
       "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-        "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-          "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+          "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-          "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
         },
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
         "registeredDomain": "A String", # Output only. The registered domain for the account.
@@ -323,22 +323,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
   "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
     },
     "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
     "registeredDomain": "A String", # Output only. The registered domain for the account.
@@ -366,22 +366,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
   "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
     },
     "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
     "registeredDomain": "A String", # Output only. The registered domain for the account.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.invitations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.invitations.html
index 17b34795f6..deddd5f61c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.invitations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.invitations.html
@@ -165,22 +165,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
         "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
         "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-          "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+            "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
           },
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
           "registeredDomain": "A String", # Output only. The registered domain for the account.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html
index 7538de4522..098f9354a8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html
@@ -305,22 +305,22 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
   },
   "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
   "websiteUri": "A String", # Optional. A URL for this business. If possible, use a URL that represents this individual business location instead of a generic website/URL that represents all locations, or the brand.
@@ -540,22 +540,22 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
   },
   "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
   "websiteUri": "A String", # Optional. A URL for this business. If possible, use a URL that represents this individual business location instead of a generic website/URL that represents all locations, or the brand.
@@ -787,22 +787,22 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
       },
       "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-      "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-        "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+        "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-        "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
       },
       "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
       "websiteUri": "A String", # Optional. A URL for this business. If possible, use a URL that represents this individual business location instead of a generic website/URL that represents all locations, or the brand.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html
index a65374060d..c5e9fb7ba2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html
@@ -299,22 +299,22 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
     "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-    "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
     },
     "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
     "websiteUri": "A String", # Optional. A URL for this business. If possible, use a URL that represents this individual business location instead of a generic website/URL that represents all locations, or the brand.
@@ -538,22 +538,22 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-        "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-          "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+          "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-          "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
         },
         "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
         "websiteUri": "A String", # Optional. A URL for this business. If possible, use a URL that represents this individual business location instead of a generic website/URL that represents all locations, or the brand.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html
index 9d6a46d53b..11aac4b394 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html
@@ -343,22 +343,22 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
   },
   "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
   "websiteUri": "A String", # Optional. A URL for this business. If possible, use a URL that represents this individual business location instead of a generic website/URL that represents all locations, or the brand.
@@ -627,22 +627,22 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
     "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-    "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
     },
     "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
     "websiteUri": "A String", # Optional. A URL for this business. If possible, use a URL that represents this individual business location instead of a generic website/URL that represents all locations, or the brand.
@@ -864,22 +864,22 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
   },
   "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
   "websiteUri": "A String", # Optional. A URL for this business. If possible, use a URL that represents this individual business location instead of a generic website/URL that represents all locations, or the brand.
@@ -1099,22 +1099,22 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
   },
   "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
   "websiteUri": "A String", # Optional. A URL for this business. If possible, use a URL that represents this individual business location instead of a generic website/URL that represents all locations, or the brand.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessverifications_v1.locations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessverifications_v1.locations.html
index d49829db4b..51a02cdc40 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessverifications_v1.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessverifications_v1.locations.html
@@ -108,22 +108,22 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for Verifications.FetchVerificationOptions.
   "context": { # Additional data for service business verification. # Optional. Extra context information for the verification of service businesses. Can only be applied to the locations whose business type is CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY. Specifying an accurate address could enable more options. INVALID_ARGUMENT will be thrown if it is set for other business types of locations.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The verification address of the location. It is used to either enable more verification options or send a postcard.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # The verification address of the location. It is used to either enable more verification options or send a postcard.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
     },
   },
   "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP 47 language code representing the language that is to be used for the verification process. Available options vary by language.
@@ -141,22 +141,22 @@ 
Method Details

   "options": [ # The available verification options.
     { # The verification option represents how to verify the location (indicated by verification method) and where the verification will be sent to (indicated by display data).
       "addressData": { # Display data for verifications through postcard. # Set only if the method is MAIL.
-        "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Address that a postcard can be sent to.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # Address that a postcard can be sent to.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-          "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+          "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-          "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
         },
         "business": "A String", # Merchant's business name.
         "expectedDeliveryDaysRegion": 42, # Expected number of days it takes to deliver a postcard to the address's region.
@@ -215,22 +215,22 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for Verifications.VerifyLocation.
   "context": { # Additional data for service business verification. # Optional. Extra context information for the verification of service businesses. It is only required for the locations whose business type is CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY. For ADDRESS verification, the address will be used to send out postcard. For other methods, it should be the same as the one that is passed to GetVerificationOptions. INVALID_ARGUMENT will be thrown if it is set for other types of business locations.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The verification address of the location. It is used to either enable more verification options or send a postcard.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # The verification address of the location. It is used to either enable more verification options or send a postcard.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+      "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
-      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.
     },
   },
   "emailAddress": "A String", # Optional. The input for EMAIL method. Email address where the PIN should be sent to. An email address is accepted only if it is one of the addresses provided by FetchVerificationOptions. If the EmailVerificationData has is_user_name_editable set to true, the client may specify a different user name (local-part) but must match the domain name.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d606bc7d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+
+
+
+
Observability API

+
Instance Methods

+

+  projects()
+

+
Returns the projects Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  new_batch_http_request()

+
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    new_batch_http_request()
+  
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ec958fe1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+
+
+
Observability API . projects

+
Instance Methods

+

+  locations()
+

+
Returns the locations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00f46398c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+
+
+
+
Observability API . projects . locations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  operations()
+

+
Returns the operations Resource.

+
+

+  scopes()
+

+
Returns the scopes Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets information about a location.

+

+  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+  "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+}

+

+
+

+    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+      "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87ee5582b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+
+
+
+
Observability API . projects . locations . operations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3f28a2bbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+
+
+
+
Observability API . projects . locations . scopes

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets details of a single Scope.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates the parameters of a single Scope.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets details of a single Scope.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope} The `{location}` field must be set to `global`. The `{scope}` field must be set to `_Default`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message describing Scope object
+  "logScope": "A String", # Required. The full resource name of the `LogScope`. For example: //logging.googleapis.com/projects/myproject/locations/global/logScopes/my-log-scope
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope} The `{location}` field must be set to `global`. The `{scope}` field must be set to `_Default`.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update timestamp. Note: The Update timestamp for the default scope is initially unset.
+}

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates the parameters of a single Scope.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the resource. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope} The `{location}` field must be set to `global`. The `{scope}` field must be set to `_Default`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing Scope object
+  "logScope": "A String", # Required. The full resource name of the `LogScope`. For example: //logging.googleapis.com/projects/myproject/locations/global/logScopes/my-log-scope
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope} The `{location}` field must be set to `global`. The `{scope}` field must be set to `_Default`.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update timestamp. Note: The Update timestamp for the default scope is initially unset.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Scope resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields present in the request will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message describing Scope object
+  "logScope": "A String", # Required. The full resource name of the `LogScope`. For example: //logging.googleapis.com/projects/myproject/locations/global/logScopes/my-log-scope
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope} The `{location}` field must be set to `global`. The `{scope}` field must be set to `_Default`.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update timestamp. Note: The Update timestamp for the default scope is initially unset.
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1.users.html
index ee472ae2db..46edfb5043 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1.users.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
       "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-      "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+      "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
     },
   },
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }
 
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
         "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
         "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-        "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+        "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
         "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
       },
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1.users.sshPublicKeys.html b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1.users.sshPublicKeys.html
index 687e1abe6d..cc576ce9d0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1.users.sshPublicKeys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1.users.sshPublicKeys.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }
 
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }

 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }

 

@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }
 
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }

 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
index 94ed0c845e..22fac029c1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
       "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-      "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+      "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
     },
   },
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }
 
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
         "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
         "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-        "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+        "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
         "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
       },
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.sshPublicKeys.html b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.sshPublicKeys.html
index b275b860a6..dab942e66e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.sshPublicKeys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.sshPublicKeys.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }
 
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }

 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }

 

@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }
 
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
   "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
-  "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.
+  "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name.
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.html b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.html index 1f7d3b773e..288cb1c23e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.html @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account. "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch. "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key. - "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6. + "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6. "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name. }, }, @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account. "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch. "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key. - "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6. + "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6. "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name. } @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account. "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch. "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key. - "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6. + "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6. "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.sshPublicKeys.html b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.sshPublicKeys.html index 31524f46e3..982fd89574 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.sshPublicKeys.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.sshPublicKeys.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account. "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch. "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key. - "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6. + "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6. "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name. } @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account. "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch. "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key. - "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6. + "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6. "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name. }
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account. "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch. "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key. - "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6. + "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6. "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name. } @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account. "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch. "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key. - "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6. + "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6. "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name. } @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account. "expirationTimeUsec": "A String", # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch. "fingerprint": "A String", # Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key. - "key": "A String", # Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6. + "key": "A String", # Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6. "name": "A String", # Output only. The canonical resource name. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html index 893a86a7f0..9b76c3d75f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html +++ b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html @@ -598,22 +598,22 @@

Method Details

"compoundCode": "A String", # Place's compound code, such as "33GV+HQ, Ramberg, Norway", containing the suffix of the global code and replacing the prefix with a formatted name of a reference entity. "globalCode": "A String", # Place's global (full) code, such as "9FWM33GV+HQ", representing an 1/8000 by 1/8000 degree area (~14 by 14 meters). }, - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The address in postal address format. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # The address in postal address format. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "priceLevel": "A String", # Price level of the place. "priceRange": { # The price range associated with a Place. `end_price` could be unset, which indicates a range without upper bound (e.g. "More than $100"). # The price range associated with a Place. @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pureServiceAreaBusiness": True or False, # Indicates whether the place is a pure service area business. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses may not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. "rating": 3.14, # A rating between 1.0 and 5.0, based on user reviews of this place. - "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an `open` period containing `day` with value `0`, `hour` with value `0`, and `minute` with value `0`. + "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an [`open`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Period) period containing [`day`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`, [`hour`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`, and [`minute`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`. "nextCloseTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period ends up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is active at the time of serving the request. "nextOpenTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period starts up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is not active at the time of serving the request. "openNow": True or False, # Whether the opening hours period is currently active. For regular opening hours and current opening hours, this field means whether the place is open. For secondary opening hours and current secondary opening hours, this field means whether the secondary hours of this place is active. @@ -761,10 +761,10 @@

Method Details

"servesVegetarianFood": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves vegetarian food. "servesWine": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves wine. "shortFormattedAddress": "A String", # A short, human-readable address for this place. - "subDestinations": [ # A list of sub destinations related to the place. - { # Sub-destinations are specific places associated with a main place. These provide more specific destinations for users who are searching inside a large or complex place, like an airport, national park, university, or stadium. For example, sub-destinations at an airport might include associated terminals and parking lots. Sub-destinations return the place ID and place resource name, which can be used in subsequent Place Details (new) requests to fetch richer details, including the sub-destination's display name and location. - "id": "A String", # The place id of the sub destination. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the sub destination. + "subDestinations": [ # A list of sub-destinations related to the place. + { # Sub-destinations are specific places associated with a main place. These provide more specific destinations for users who are searching within a large or complex place, like an airport, national park, university, or stadium. For example, sub-destinations at an airport might include associated terminals and parking lots. Sub-destinations return the place ID and place resource name, which can be used in subsequent Place Details (New) requests to fetch richer details, including the sub-destination's display name and location. + "id": "A String", # The place id of the sub-destination. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the sub-destination. }, ], "takeout": True or False, # Specifies if the business supports takeout. @@ -1179,22 +1179,22 @@

Method Details

"compoundCode": "A String", # Place's compound code, such as "33GV+HQ, Ramberg, Norway", containing the suffix of the global code and replacing the prefix with a formatted name of a reference entity. "globalCode": "A String", # Place's global (full) code, such as "9FWM33GV+HQ", representing an 1/8000 by 1/8000 degree area (~14 by 14 meters). }, - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The address in postal address format. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # The address in postal address format. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "priceLevel": "A String", # Price level of the place. "priceRange": { # The price range associated with a Place. `end_price` could be unset, which indicates a range without upper bound (e.g. "More than $100"). # The price range associated with a Place. @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pureServiceAreaBusiness": True or False, # Indicates whether the place is a pure service area business. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses may not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. "rating": 3.14, # A rating between 1.0 and 5.0, based on user reviews of this place. - "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an `open` period containing `day` with value `0`, `hour` with value `0`, and `minute` with value `0`. + "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an [`open`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Period) period containing [`day`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`, [`hour`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`, and [`minute`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`. "nextCloseTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period ends up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is active at the time of serving the request. "nextOpenTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period starts up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is not active at the time of serving the request. "openNow": True or False, # Whether the opening hours period is currently active. For regular opening hours and current opening hours, this field means whether the place is open. For secondary opening hours and current secondary opening hours, this field means whether the secondary hours of this place is active. @@ -1342,10 +1342,10 @@

Method Details

"servesVegetarianFood": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves vegetarian food. "servesWine": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves wine. "shortFormattedAddress": "A String", # A short, human-readable address for this place. - "subDestinations": [ # A list of sub destinations related to the place. - { # Sub-destinations are specific places associated with a main place. These provide more specific destinations for users who are searching inside a large or complex place, like an airport, national park, university, or stadium. For example, sub-destinations at an airport might include associated terminals and parking lots. Sub-destinations return the place ID and place resource name, which can be used in subsequent Place Details (new) requests to fetch richer details, including the sub-destination's display name and location. - "id": "A String", # The place id of the sub destination. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the sub destination. + "subDestinations": [ # A list of sub-destinations related to the place. + { # Sub-destinations are specific places associated with a main place. These provide more specific destinations for users who are searching within a large or complex place, like an airport, national park, university, or stadium. For example, sub-destinations at an airport might include associated terminals and parking lots. Sub-destinations return the place ID and place resource name, which can be used in subsequent Place Details (New) requests to fetch richer details, including the sub-destination's display name and location. + "id": "A String", # The place id of the sub-destination. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the sub-destination. }, ], "takeout": True or False, # Specifies if the business supports takeout. @@ -1890,22 +1890,22 @@

Method Details

"compoundCode": "A String", # Place's compound code, such as "33GV+HQ, Ramberg, Norway", containing the suffix of the global code and replacing the prefix with a formatted name of a reference entity. "globalCode": "A String", # Place's global (full) code, such as "9FWM33GV+HQ", representing an 1/8000 by 1/8000 degree area (~14 by 14 meters). }, - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The address in postal address format. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478. # The address in postal address format. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". - "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. + "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). - "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (for example, "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (Côte d'Ivoire). + "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district. }, "priceLevel": "A String", # Price level of the place. "priceRange": { # The price range associated with a Place. `end_price` could be unset, which indicates a range without upper bound (e.g. "More than $100"). # The price range associated with a Place. @@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pureServiceAreaBusiness": True or False, # Indicates whether the place is a pure service area business. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses may not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. "rating": 3.14, # A rating between 1.0 and 5.0, based on user reviews of this place. - "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an `open` period containing `day` with value `0`, `hour` with value `0`, and `minute` with value `0`. + "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an [`open`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Period) period containing [`day`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`, [`hour`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`, and [`minute`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`. "nextCloseTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period ends up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is active at the time of serving the request. "nextOpenTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period starts up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is not active at the time of serving the request. "openNow": True or False, # Whether the opening hours period is currently active. For regular opening hours and current opening hours, this field means whether the place is open. For secondary opening hours and current secondary opening hours, this field means whether the secondary hours of this place is active. @@ -2053,10 +2053,10 @@

Method Details

"servesVegetarianFood": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves vegetarian food. "servesWine": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves wine. "shortFormattedAddress": "A String", # A short, human-readable address for this place. - "subDestinations": [ # A list of sub destinations related to the place. - { # Sub-destinations are specific places associated with a main place. These provide more specific destinations for users who are searching inside a large or complex place, like an airport, national park, university, or stadium. For example, sub-destinations at an airport might include associated terminals and parking lots. Sub-destinations return the place ID and place resource name, which can be used in subsequent Place Details (new) requests to fetch richer details, including the sub-destination's display name and location. - "id": "A String", # The place id of the sub destination. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the sub destination. + "subDestinations": [ # A list of sub-destinations related to the place. + { # Sub-destinations are specific places associated with a main place. These provide more specific destinations for users who are searching within a large or complex place, like an airport, national park, university, or stadium. For example, sub-destinations at an airport might include associated terminals and parking lots. Sub-destinations return the place ID and place resource name, which can be used in subsequent Place Details (New) requests to fetch richer details, including the sub-destination's display name and location. + "id": "A String", # The place id of the sub-destination. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the sub-destination. }, ], "takeout": True or False, # Specifies if the business supports takeout. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html index e424855e8c..c206ce6c6b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

dataset: string, Determines which dataset to use for fetching completion. "user-data" will use the imported dataset through CompletionService.ImportCompletionData. "cloud-retail" will use the dataset generated by cloud retail based on user events. If leave empty, it will use the "user-data". Current supported values: * user-data * cloud-retail: This option requires enabling auto-learning function first. See [guidelines](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/completion-overview#generated-completion-dataset). deviceType: string, The device type context for completion suggestions. We recommend that you leave this field empty. It can apply different suggestions on different device types, e.g. `DESKTOP`, `MOBILE`. If it is empty, the suggestions are across all device types. Supported formats: * `UNKNOWN_DEVICE_TYPE` * `DESKTOP` * `MOBILE` * A customized string starts with `OTHER_`, e.g. `OTHER_IPHONE`. enableAttributeSuggestions: boolean, If true, attribute suggestions are enabled and provided in the response. This field is only available for the "cloud-retail" dataset. - entity: string, The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters. + entity: string, The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. This field will be applied to `completion_results` only. It has no effect on the `attribute_results`. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters. languageCodes: string, Note that this field applies for `user-data` dataset only. For requests with `cloud-retail` dataset, setting this field has no effect. The language filters applied to the output suggestions. If set, it should contain the language of the query. If not set, suggestions are returned without considering language restrictions. This is the BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see [Tags for Identifying Languages](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47). The maximum number of language codes is 3. (repeated) maxSuggestions: integer, Completion max suggestions. If left unset or set to 0, then will fallback to the configured value CompletionConfig.max_suggestions. The maximum allowed max suggestions is 20. If it is set higher, it will be capped by 20. query: string, Required. The query used to generate suggestions. The maximum number of allowed characters is 255. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html index 1605fa2f7b..59050cb9e1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Method Details

dataset: string, Determines which dataset to use for fetching completion. "user-data" will use the imported dataset through CompletionService.ImportCompletionData. "cloud-retail" will use the dataset generated by cloud retail based on user events. If leave empty, it will use the "user-data". Current supported values: * user-data * cloud-retail: This option requires enabling auto-learning function first. See [guidelines](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/completion-overview#generated-completion-dataset). deviceType: string, The device type context for completion suggestions. We recommend that you leave this field empty. It can apply different suggestions on different device types, e.g. `DESKTOP`, `MOBILE`. If it is empty, the suggestions are across all device types. Supported formats: * `UNKNOWN_DEVICE_TYPE` * `DESKTOP` * `MOBILE` * A customized string starts with `OTHER_`, e.g. `OTHER_IPHONE`. enableAttributeSuggestions: boolean, If true, attribute suggestions are enabled and provided in the response. This field is only available for the "cloud-retail" dataset. - entity: string, The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters. + entity: string, The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. This field will be applied to `completion_results` only. It has no effect on the `attribute_results`. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters. languageCodes: string, Note that this field applies for `user-data` dataset only. For requests with `cloud-retail` dataset, setting this field has no effect. The language filters applied to the output suggestions. If set, it should contain the language of the query. If not set, suggestions are returned without considering language restrictions. This is the BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see [Tags for Identifying Languages](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47). The maximum number of language codes is 3. (repeated) maxSuggestions: integer, Completion max suggestions. If left unset or set to 0, then will fallback to the configured value CompletionConfig.max_suggestions. The maximum allowed max suggestions is 20. If it is set higher, it will be capped by 20. query: string, Required. The query used to generate suggestions. The maximum number of allowed characters is 255. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html index e9838dd56b..34b9b27a4e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

dataset: string, Determines which dataset to use for fetching completion. "user-data" will use the imported dataset through CompletionService.ImportCompletionData. "cloud-retail" will use the dataset generated by cloud retail based on user events. If leave empty, it will use the "user-data". Current supported values: * user-data * cloud-retail: This option requires enabling auto-learning function first. See [guidelines](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/completion-overview#generated-completion-dataset). deviceType: string, The device type context for completion suggestions. We recommend that you leave this field empty. It can apply different suggestions on different device types, e.g. `DESKTOP`, `MOBILE`. If it is empty, the suggestions are across all device types. Supported formats: * `UNKNOWN_DEVICE_TYPE` * `DESKTOP` * `MOBILE` * A customized string starts with `OTHER_`, e.g. `OTHER_IPHONE`. enableAttributeSuggestions: boolean, If true, attribute suggestions are enabled and provided in the response. This field is only available for the "cloud-retail" dataset. - entity: string, The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters. + entity: string, The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. This field will be applied to `completion_results` only. It has no effect on the `attribute_results`. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters. languageCodes: string, Note that this field applies for `user-data` dataset only. For requests with `cloud-retail` dataset, setting this field has no effect. The language filters applied to the output suggestions. If set, it should contain the language of the query. If not set, suggestions are returned without considering language restrictions. This is the BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see [Tags for Identifying Languages](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47). The maximum number of language codes is 3. (repeated) maxSuggestions: integer, Completion max suggestions. If left unset or set to 0, then will fallback to the configured value CompletionConfig.max_suggestions. The maximum allowed max suggestions is 20. If it is set higher, it will be capped by 20. query: string, Required. The query used to generate suggestions. The maximum number of allowed characters is 255. diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html index 3afc4c5226..c5fabf7bde 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"canonicalCode": 42, # copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 canonical_code = 6; "code": 42, # Numeric code drawn from the space specified below. Often, this is the canonical error space, and code is drawn from google3/util/task/codes.proto copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 code = 1; "message": "A String", # Detail message copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string message = 3; - "messageSet": { # This is proto2's version of MessageSet. # message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5; + "messageSet": { # message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5; }, "space": "A String", # copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) Space to which this status belongs copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string space = 2; // Space to which this status belongs }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html index 3a1e8915ca..a33dbf991a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html @@ -296,6 +296,7 @@

Method Details

"encryptionKeyRevocationAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to take if the encryption key is revoked. "encryptionKeyShutdownDuration": "A String", # Optional. If encryption_key_revocation_action is SHUTDOWN, the duration before shutting down all instances. The minimum increment is 1 hour. "executionEnvironment": "A String", # Optional. The sandbox environment to host this Revision. + "gpuZonalRedundancyDisabled": True or False, # Optional. True if GPU zonal redundancy is disabled on this revision. "healthCheckDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables health checking containers during deployment. "labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. "a_key": "A String", @@ -655,6 +656,7 @@

Method Details

"encryptionKeyRevocationAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to take if the encryption key is revoked. "encryptionKeyShutdownDuration": "A String", # Optional. If encryption_key_revocation_action is SHUTDOWN, the duration before shutting down all instances. The minimum increment is 1 hour. "executionEnvironment": "A String", # Optional. The sandbox environment to host this Revision. + "gpuZonalRedundancyDisabled": True or False, # Optional. True if GPU zonal redundancy is disabled on this revision. "healthCheckDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables health checking containers during deployment. "labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1001,6 +1003,7 @@

Method Details

"encryptionKeyRevocationAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to take if the encryption key is revoked. "encryptionKeyShutdownDuration": "A String", # Optional. If encryption_key_revocation_action is SHUTDOWN, the duration before shutting down all instances. The minimum increment is 1 hour. "executionEnvironment": "A String", # Optional. The sandbox environment to host this Revision. + "gpuZonalRedundancyDisabled": True or False, # Optional. True if GPU zonal redundancy is disabled on this revision. "healthCheckDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables health checking containers during deployment. "labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1304,6 +1307,7 @@

Method Details

"encryptionKeyRevocationAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to take if the encryption key is revoked. "encryptionKeyShutdownDuration": "A String", # Optional. If encryption_key_revocation_action is SHUTDOWN, the duration before shutting down all instances. The minimum increment is 1 hour. "executionEnvironment": "A String", # Optional. The sandbox environment to host this Revision. + "gpuZonalRedundancyDisabled": True or False, # Optional. True if GPU zonal redundancy is disabled on this revision. "healthCheckDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables health checking containers during deployment. "labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html index 18b2061dd7..f8596e8d14 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Method Details

"canonicalCode": 42, # copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 canonical_code = 6; "code": 42, # Numeric code drawn from the space specified below. Often, this is the canonical error space, and code is drawn from google3/util/task/codes.proto copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 code = 1; "message": "A String", # Detail message copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string message = 3; - "messageSet": { # This is proto2's version of MessageSet. # message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5; + "messageSet": { # message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5; }, "space": "A String", # copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) Space to which this status belongs copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string space = 2; // Space to which this status belongs }, @@ -309,6 +309,7 @@

Method Details

"executionEnvironment": "A String", # The execution environment being used to host this Revision. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. For a deleted resource, the time after which it will be permamently deleted. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. "generation": "A String", # Output only. A number that monotonically increases every time the user modifies the desired state. + "gpuZonalRedundancyDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Output only. True if GPU zonal redundancy is disabled on this revision. "labels": { # Output only. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -535,6 +536,7 @@

Method Details

"executionEnvironment": "A String", # The execution environment being used to host this Revision. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. For a deleted resource, the time after which it will be permamently deleted. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. "generation": "A String", # Output only. A number that monotonically increases every time the user modifies the desired state. + "gpuZonalRedundancyDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Output only. True if GPU zonal redundancy is disabled on this revision. "labels": { # Output only. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html index 0fdc95e563..b354123bb5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html @@ -270,6 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"executionEnvironment": "A String", # The execution environment being used to host this Revision. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. For a deleted resource, the time after which it will be permamently deleted. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. "generation": "A String", # Output only. A number that monotonically increases every time the user modifies the desired state. + "gpuZonalRedundancyDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Output only. True if GPU zonal redundancy is disabled on this revision. "labels": { # Output only. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -496,6 +497,7 @@

Method Details

"executionEnvironment": "A String", # The execution environment being used to host this Revision. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. For a deleted resource, the time after which it will be permamently deleted. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. "generation": "A String", # Output only. A number that monotonically increases every time the user modifies the desired state. + "gpuZonalRedundancyDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Output only. True if GPU zonal redundancy is disabled on this revision. "labels": { # Output only. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html index 35bddfe4d0..000b1e6807 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request to create a subnetwork in a previously peered service network. "allowSubnetCidrRoutesOverlap": True or False, # Optional. Defines the allowSubnetCidrRoutesOverlap field of the subnet, e.g. Available in alpha and beta according to [Compute API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/subnetworks/insert) "checkServiceNetworkingUsePermission": True or False, # Optional. The IAM permission check determines whether the consumer project has 'servicenetworking.services.use' permission or not. - "computeIdempotencyWindow": "A String", # Optional. Specifies a custom time bucket for Arcus subnetwork request idempotency. If two equivalent concurrent requests are made, Arcus will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed or is in progress. Only requests with matching compute_idempotency_window have guaranteed idempotency. Changing this time window between requests results in undefined behavior. Zero (or empty) value with custom_compute_idempotency_window=true specifies no idempotency (i.e. no request ID is provided to Arcus). Maximum value of 14 days (enforced by Arcus limit). For more information on how to use, see: go/revisit-sn-idempotency-window + "computeIdempotencyWindow": "A String", # Optional. Specifies a custom time bucket for GCE subnetwork request idempotency. If two equivalent concurrent requests are made, GCE will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed or is in progress. Only requests with matching compute_idempotency_window have guaranteed idempotency. Changing this time window between requests results in undefined behavior. Zero (or empty) value with custom_compute_idempotency_window=true specifies no idempotency (i.e. no request ID is provided to GCE). Maximum value of 14 days (enforced by GCE limit). "consumer": "A String", # Required. A resource that represents the service consumer, such as `projects/123456`. The project number can be different from the value in the consumer network parameter. For example, the network might be part of a Shared VPC network. In those cases, Service Networking validates that this resource belongs to that Shared VPC. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Required. The name of the service consumer's VPC network. The network must have an existing private connection that was provisioned through the connections.create method. The name must be in the following format: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where {project} is a project number, such as `12345`. {network} is the name of a VPC network in the project. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the subnet. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

"subnetworkUsers": [ # A list of members that are granted the `roles/servicenetworking.subnetworkAdmin` role on the subnet. "A String", ], - "useCustomComputeIdempotencyWindow": True or False, # Optional. Specifies if Service Networking should use a custom time bucket for Arcus idempotency. If false, Service Networking uses a 300 second (5 minute) Arcus idempotency window. If true, Service Networking uses a custom idempotency window provided by the user in field compute_idempotency_window. For more information on how to use, see: go/revisit-sn-idempotency-window + "useCustomComputeIdempotencyWindow": True or False, # Optional. Specifies if Service Networking should use a custom time bucket for GCE idempotency. If false, Service Networking uses a 300 second (5 minute) GCE idempotency window. If true, Service Networking uses a custom idempotency window provided by the user in field compute_idempotency_window. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/tasks_v1.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/tasks_v1.tasks.html index 157011eeb0..cee4491a13 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/tasks_v1.tasks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/tasks_v1.tasks.html @@ -173,9 +173,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of the resource. This is always "tasks#task". "links": [ # Output only. Collection of links. This collection is read-only. { - "description": "A String", # The description. In HTML speak: Everything between <a> and </a>. + "description": "A String", # The description (might be empty). "link": "A String", # The URL. - "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email". + "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email", "generic", "chat_message", "keep_note". }, ], "notes": "A String", # Notes describing the task. Tasks assigned from Google Docs cannot have notes. Optional. Maximum length allowed: 8192 characters. @@ -219,9 +219,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of the resource. This is always "tasks#task". "links": [ # Output only. Collection of links. This collection is read-only. { - "description": "A String", # The description. In HTML speak: Everything between <a> and </a>. + "description": "A String", # The description (might be empty). "link": "A String", # The URL. - "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email". + "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email", "generic", "chat_message", "keep_note". }, ], "notes": "A String", # Notes describing the task. Tasks assigned from Google Docs cannot have notes. Optional. Maximum length allowed: 8192 characters. @@ -265,9 +265,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of the resource. This is always "tasks#task". "links": [ # Output only. Collection of links. This collection is read-only. { - "description": "A String", # The description. In HTML speak: Everything between <a> and </a>. + "description": "A String", # The description (might be empty). "link": "A String", # The URL. - "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email". + "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email", "generic", "chat_message", "keep_note". }, ], "notes": "A String", # Notes describing the task. Tasks assigned from Google Docs cannot have notes. Optional. Maximum length allowed: 8192 characters. @@ -330,9 +330,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of the resource. This is always "tasks#task". "links": [ # Output only. Collection of links. This collection is read-only. { - "description": "A String", # The description. In HTML speak: Everything between <a> and </a>. + "description": "A String", # The description (might be empty). "link": "A String", # The URL. - "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email". + "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email", "generic", "chat_message", "keep_note". }, ], "notes": "A String", # Notes describing the task. Tasks assigned from Google Docs cannot have notes. Optional. Maximum length allowed: 8192 characters. @@ -403,9 +403,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of the resource. This is always "tasks#task". "links": [ # Output only. Collection of links. This collection is read-only. { - "description": "A String", # The description. In HTML speak: Everything between <a> and </a>. + "description": "A String", # The description (might be empty). "link": "A String", # The URL. - "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email". + "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email", "generic", "chat_message", "keep_note". }, ], "notes": "A String", # Notes describing the task. Tasks assigned from Google Docs cannot have notes. Optional. Maximum length allowed: 8192 characters. @@ -450,9 +450,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of the resource. This is always "tasks#task". "links": [ # Output only. Collection of links. This collection is read-only. { - "description": "A String", # The description. In HTML speak: Everything between <a> and </a>. + "description": "A String", # The description (might be empty). "link": "A String", # The URL. - "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email". + "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email", "generic", "chat_message", "keep_note". }, ], "notes": "A String", # Notes describing the task. Tasks assigned from Google Docs cannot have notes. Optional. Maximum length allowed: 8192 characters. @@ -494,9 +494,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of the resource. This is always "tasks#task". "links": [ # Output only. Collection of links. This collection is read-only. { - "description": "A String", # The description. In HTML speak: Everything between <a> and </a>. + "description": "A String", # The description (might be empty). "link": "A String", # The URL. - "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email". + "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email", "generic", "chat_message", "keep_note". }, ], "notes": "A String", # Notes describing the task. Tasks assigned from Google Docs cannot have notes. Optional. Maximum length allowed: 8192 characters. @@ -541,9 +541,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of the resource. This is always "tasks#task". "links": [ # Output only. Collection of links. This collection is read-only. { - "description": "A String", # The description. In HTML speak: Everything between <a> and </a>. + "description": "A String", # The description (might be empty). "link": "A String", # The URL. - "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email". + "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email", "generic", "chat_message", "keep_note". }, ], "notes": "A String", # Notes describing the task. Tasks assigned from Google Docs cannot have notes. Optional. Maximum length allowed: 8192 characters. @@ -585,9 +585,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of the resource. This is always "tasks#task". "links": [ # Output only. Collection of links. This collection is read-only. { - "description": "A String", # The description. In HTML speak: Everything between <a> and </a>. + "description": "A String", # The description (might be empty). "link": "A String", # The URL. - "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email". + "type": "A String", # Type of the link, e.g. "email", "generic", "chat_message", "keep_note". }, ], "notes": "A String", # Notes describing the task. Tasks assigned from Google Docs cannot have notes. Optional. Maximum length allowed: 8192 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html index cb00138ac3..d5cc4ee305 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

], "controlPlaneIp": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the control plane for this workstation cluster. Workstation VMs need access to this IP address to work with the service, so make sure that your firewall rules allow egress from the workstation VMs to this address. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the cluster. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

}, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. - "tags": { # Optional. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" "a_key": "A String", }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

], "controlPlaneIp": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the control plane for this workstation cluster. Workstation VMs need access to this IP address to work with the service, so make sure that your firewall rules allow egress from the workstation VMs to this address. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the cluster. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@

Method Details

}, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. - "tags": { # Optional. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" "a_key": "A String", }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

], "controlPlaneIp": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the control plane for this workstation cluster. Workstation VMs need access to this IP address to work with the service, so make sure that your firewall rules allow egress from the workstation VMs to this address. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the cluster. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@

Method Details

}, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. - "tags": { # Optional. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" "a_key": "A String", }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@

Method Details

], "controlPlaneIp": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the control plane for this workstation cluster. Workstation VMs need access to this IP address to work with the service, so make sure that your firewall rules allow egress from the workstation VMs to this address. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the cluster. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@

Method Details

}, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. - "tags": { # Optional. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" "a_key": "A String", }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html index 189965edeb..af6cef3b96 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, - "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state. + "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state. { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

"workingDir": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default DIR specified by the image. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@

Method Details

"fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. "sizeGb": 42, # Optional. The GB capacity of a persistent home directory for each workstation created with this configuration. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Valid values are `10`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, or `1000`. Defaults to `200`. If less than `200` GB, the disk_type must be `"pd-balanced"` or `"pd-ssd"`. - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions. }, "mountPath": "A String", # Optional. Location of this directory in the running workstation. }, @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, - "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state. + "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state. { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@

Method Details

"workingDir": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default DIR specified by the image. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@

Method Details

"fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. "sizeGb": 42, # Optional. The GB capacity of a persistent home directory for each workstation created with this configuration. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Valid values are `10`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, or `1000`. Defaults to `200`. If less than `200` GB, the disk_type must be `"pd-balanced"` or `"pd-ssd"`. - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions. }, "mountPath": "A String", # Optional. Location of this directory in the running workstation. }, @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, - "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state. + "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state. { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@

Method Details

"workingDir": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default DIR specified by the image. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@

Method Details

"fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. "sizeGb": 42, # Optional. The GB capacity of a persistent home directory for each workstation created with this configuration. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Valid values are `10`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, or `1000`. Defaults to `200`. If less than `200` GB, the disk_type must be `"pd-balanced"` or `"pd-ssd"`. - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions. }, "mountPath": "A String", # Optional. Location of this directory in the running workstation. }, @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, - "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state. + "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state. { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@

Method Details

"workingDir": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default DIR specified by the image. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@

Method Details

"fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. "sizeGb": 42, # Optional. The GB capacity of a persistent home directory for each workstation created with this configuration. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Valid values are `10`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, or `1000`. Defaults to `200`. If less than `200` GB, the disk_type must be `"pd-balanced"` or `"pd-ssd"`. - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions. }, "mountPath": "A String", # Optional. Location of this directory in the running workstation. }, @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, - "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state. + "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state. { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@

Method Details

"workingDir": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default DIR specified by the image. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@

Method Details

"fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. "sizeGb": 42, # Optional. The GB capacity of a persistent home directory for each workstation created with this configuration. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Valid values are `10`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, or `1000`. Defaults to `200`. If less than `200` GB, the disk_type must be `"pd-balanced"` or `"pd-ssd"`. - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions. }, "mountPath": "A String", # Optional. Location of this directory in the running workstation. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html index ad2178bf53..48db794fe6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

], "controlPlaneIp": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the control plane for this workstation cluster. Workstation VMs need access to this IP address to work with the service, so make sure that your firewall rules allow egress from the workstation VMs to this address. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the cluster. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. - "tags": { # Optional. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" "a_key": "A String", }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

], "controlPlaneIp": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the control plane for this workstation cluster. Workstation VMs need access to this IP address to work with the service, so make sure that your firewall rules allow egress from the workstation VMs to this address. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the cluster. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. - "tags": { # Optional. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" "a_key": "A String", }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@

Method Details

], "controlPlaneIp": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the control plane for this workstation cluster. Workstation VMs need access to this IP address to work with the service, so make sure that your firewall rules allow egress from the workstation VMs to this address. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the cluster. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. - "tags": { # Optional. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" "a_key": "A String", }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

], "controlPlaneIp": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the control plane for this workstation cluster. Workstation VMs need access to this IP address to work with the service, so make sure that your firewall rules allow egress from the workstation VMs to this address. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the cluster. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. - "tags": { # Optional. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" "a_key": "A String", }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html index 7dfbec9997..2050c17097 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, - "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state. + "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state. { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

"workingDir": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default DIR specified by the image. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@

Method Details

"fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. "sizeGb": 42, # Optional. The GB capacity of a persistent home directory for each workstation created with this configuration. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Valid values are `10`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, or `1000`. Defaults to `200`. If less than `200` GB, the disk_type must be `"pd-balanced"` or `"pd-ssd"`. - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions. }, "mountPath": "A String", # Optional. Location of this directory in the running workstation. }, @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, - "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state. + "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state. { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@

Method Details

"workingDir": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default DIR specified by the image. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@

Method Details

"fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. "sizeGb": 42, # Optional. The GB capacity of a persistent home directory for each workstation created with this configuration. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Valid values are `10`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, or `1000`. Defaults to `200`. If less than `200` GB, the disk_type must be `"pd-balanced"` or `"pd-ssd"`. - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions. }, "mountPath": "A String", # Optional. Location of this directory in the running workstation. }, @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, - "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state. + "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state. { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@

Method Details

"workingDir": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default DIR specified by the image. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@

Method Details

"fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. "sizeGb": 42, # Optional. The GB capacity of a persistent home directory for each workstation created with this configuration. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Valid values are `10`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, or `1000`. Defaults to `200`. If less than `200` GB, the disk_type must be `"pd-balanced"` or `"pd-ssd"`. - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions. }, "mountPath": "A String", # Optional. Location of this directory in the running workstation. }, @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, - "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state. + "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state. { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@

Method Details

"workingDir": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default DIR specified by the image. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@

Method Details

"fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. "sizeGb": 42, # Optional. The GB capacity of a persistent home directory for each workstation created with this configuration. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Valid values are `10`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, or `1000`. Defaults to `200`. If less than `200` GB, the disk_type must be `"pd-balanced"` or `"pd-ssd"`. - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions. }, "mountPath": "A String", # Optional. Location of this directory in the running workstation. }, @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, - "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state. + "conditions": [ # Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state. { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@

Method Details

"workingDir": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default DIR specified by the image. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@

Method Details

"fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. "sizeGb": 42, # Optional. The GB capacity of a persistent home directory for each workstation created with this configuration. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Valid values are `10`, `50`, `100`, `200`, `500`, or `1000`. Defaults to `200`. If less than `200` GB, the disk_type must be `"pd-balanced"` or `"pd-ssd"`. - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions. }, "mountPath": "A String", # Optional. Location of this directory in the running workstation. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html index f022953161..2c031e37e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the workstation. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation. "env": { # Optional. Environment variables passed to the workstation container's entrypoint. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the workstation. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation. "env": { # Optional. Environment variables passed to the workstation container's entrypoint. @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the workstation. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation. "env": { # Optional. Environment variables passed to the workstation container's entrypoint. @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the workstation. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation. "env": { # Optional. Environment variables passed to the workstation container's entrypoint. @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was created. - "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. + "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the workstation. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation. "env": { # Optional. Environment variables passed to the workstation container's entrypoint. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json index d201b7316a..9ff2c734e7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241120", +"revision": "20250318", "rootUrl": "https://addressvalidation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { @@ -769,18 +769,18 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleTypePostalAddress": { -"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478", +"description": "Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478.", "id": "GoogleTypePostalAddress", "properties": { "addressLines": { -"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", +"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "administrativeArea": { -"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.", +"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.", "type": "string" }, "languageCode": { @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "locality": { -"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.", +"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.", "type": "string" }, "organization": { @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "postalCode": { -"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).", +"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).", "type": "string" }, "recipients": { @@ -816,11 +816,11 @@ "type": "integer" }, "sortingCode": { -"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", +"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (for example, \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", "type": "string" }, "sublocality": { -"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.", +"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json index 8e20755bb6..25346f1a09 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json @@ -1193,8 +1193,8 @@ false "Number of page views.", "Number of ad units that requested ads (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads). An ad request may result in zero, one, or multiple individual ad impressions depending on the size of the ad unit and whether any ads were available.", "Requests that returned at least one ad.", -"Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user\u2019s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.", -"Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user\u2019s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.", +"Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user's device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.", +"Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user's device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.", "Ads shown. Different ad formats will display varying numbers of ads. For example, a vertical banner may consist of 2 or more ads. Also, the number of ads in an ad unit may vary depending on whether the ad unit is displaying standard text ads, expanded text ads or image ads.", "Number of times a user clicked on a standard content ad.", "Fraction of page views considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.", @@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ false "Amount the publisher earns each time a user clicks on an ad. CPC is calculated by dividing the estimated revenue by the number of clicks received.", "Number of ad views per impression.", "Total earnings are the gross estimated earnings from revenue shared traffic before any parent and child account revenue share is applied.", -"Number of results pages.", +"Number of results pages. This metric can only be used when generating a report in the Google timezone, not the account timezone. Since the account timezone is the default for report generation, this metric can only be used by explicitly specifying `reportingTimeZone=GOOGLE_TIME_ZONE`.", "Number of requests for non-ad units (for example a related search unit). For more information, see [Funnel requests](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586959).", "Number of requests for non-ad units ads that returned content that was shown to the user. For more information, see [Funnel impressions](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585767).", "Number of times a user clicked on a non-ad unit, triggering further ad requests. For more information, see [Funnel clicks](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586382).", @@ -1566,8 +1566,8 @@ false "Number of page views.", "Number of ad units that requested ads (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads). An ad request may result in zero, one, or multiple individual ad impressions depending on the size of the ad unit and whether any ads were available.", "Requests that returned at least one ad.", -"Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user\u2019s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.", -"Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user\u2019s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.", +"Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user's device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.", +"Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user's device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.", "Ads shown. Different ad formats will display varying numbers of ads. For example, a vertical banner may consist of 2 or more ads. Also, the number of ads in an ad unit may vary depending on whether the ad unit is displaying standard text ads, expanded text ads or image ads.", "Number of times a user clicked on a standard content ad.", "Fraction of page views considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.", @@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ false "Amount the publisher earns each time a user clicks on an ad. CPC is calculated by dividing the estimated revenue by the number of clicks received.", "Number of ad views per impression.", "Total earnings are the gross estimated earnings from revenue shared traffic before any parent and child account revenue share is applied.", -"Number of results pages.", +"Number of results pages. This metric can only be used when generating a report in the Google timezone, not the account timezone. Since the account timezone is the default for report generation, this metric can only be used by explicitly specifying `reportingTimeZone=GOOGLE_TIME_ZONE`.", "Number of requests for non-ad units (for example a related search unit). For more information, see [Funnel requests](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586959).", "Number of requests for non-ad units ads that returned content that was shown to the user. For more information, see [Funnel impressions](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585767).", "Number of times a user clicked on a non-ad unit, triggering further ad requests. For more information, see [Funnel clicks](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586382).", @@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ false } } }, -"revision": "20250313", +"revision": "20250320", "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json index aebd0909d5..4f04720bf0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "changesNotSentForReview": { -"description": "Indicates that the changes in this edit will not be reviewed until they are explicitly sent for review from the Google Play Console UI. These changes will be added to any other changes that are not yet sent for review.", +"description": "When a rejection happens, the parameter will make sure that the changes in this edit won't be reviewed until they are explicitly sent for review from within the Google Play Console UI. These changes will be added to any other changes that are not yet sent for review.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -4732,7 +4732,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250227", +"revision": "20250318", "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Abi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json index 5456ee9c34..6b9f63e914 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json @@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will use 100 as default. Maximum value is 500 and values above 500 will be coerced to 500.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250305", +"revision": "20250317", "rootUrl": "https://backupdr.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonBackupRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json index 5014e3df86..f12eb69a1c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240806", +"revision": "20250317", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatapolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataPolicyType": { -"description": "Type of data policy.", +"description": "Required. Data policy type. Type of data policy.", "enum": [ "DATA_POLICY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "COLUMN_LEVEL_SECURITY_POLICY", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json index b466804c7a..2f36fe24a0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241202", +"revision": "20250318", "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": { @@ -5962,18 +5962,18 @@ false "type": "object" }, "GoogleTypePostalAddress": { -"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478", +"description": "Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478.", "id": "GoogleTypePostalAddress", "properties": { "addressLines": { -"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", +"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "administrativeArea": { -"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.", +"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.", "type": "string" }, "languageCode": { @@ -5981,7 +5981,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "locality": { -"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.", +"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.", "type": "string" }, "organization": { @@ -5989,7 +5989,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "postalCode": { -"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).", +"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).", "type": "string" }, "recipients": { @@ -6009,11 +6009,11 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "sortingCode": { -"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", +"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (for example, \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", "type": "string" }, "sublocality": { -"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.", +"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json index 899d91c44b..68ad2ce89e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sqlResource": { -"description": "The SQL name of the entry. SQL names are case-sensitive. Examples: * `pubsub.topic.{PROJECT_ID}.{TOPIC_ID}` * `pubsub.topic.{PROJECT_ID}.`\\``{TOPIC.ID.SEPARATED.WITH.DOTS}`\\` * `bigquery.table.{PROJECT_ID}.{DATASET_ID}.{TABLE_ID}` * `bigquery.dataset.{PROJECT_ID}.{DATASET_ID}` * `datacatalog.entry.{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}.{ENTRY_ID}` Identifiers (`*_ID`) should comply with the [Lexical structure in Standard SQL] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/lexical).", +"description": "The SQL name of the entry. SQL names are case-sensitive. Examples: * `pubsub.topic.{PROJECT_ID}.{TOPIC_ID}` * `pubsub.topic.{PROJECT_ID}.`\\``{TOPIC.ID.SEPARATED.WITH.DOTS}`\\` * `bigquery.table.{PROJECT_ID}.{DATASET_ID}.{TABLE_ID}` * `bigquery.dataset.{PROJECT_ID}.{DATASET_ID}` * `datacatalog.entry.{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}.{ENTRY_ID}` Identifiers (`*_ID`) should comply with the [Lexical structure in GoogleSQL] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/lexical).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250212", +"revision": "20250314", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json index 70bbc4e9d3..0852ba994e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sqlResource": { -"description": "The SQL name of the entry. SQL names are case-sensitive. Examples: * `pubsub.project_id.topic_id` * ``pubsub.project_id.`topic.id.with.dots` `` * `bigquery.table.project_id.dataset_id.table_id` * `bigquery.dataset.project_id.dataset_id` * `datacatalog.entry.project_id.location_id.entry_group_id.entry_id` `*_id`s should satisfy the standard SQL rules for identifiers. https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/lexical.", +"description": "The SQL name of the entry. SQL names are case-sensitive. Examples: * `pubsub.project_id.topic_id` * ``pubsub.project_id.`topic.id.with.dots` `` * `bigquery.table.project_id.dataset_id.table_id` * `bigquery.dataset.project_id.dataset_id` * `datacatalog.entry.project_id.location_id.entry_group_id.entry_id` `*_id`s should satisfy the GoogleSQL rules for identifiers. https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/lexical.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250212", +"revision": "20250314", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json index bbfb680081..a376f4dd27 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ ] }, "updateConfig": { -"description": "Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields", +"description": "Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/config", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.updateConfig", @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields", +"description": "Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.patch", @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a single ReleaseConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields", +"description": "Updates a single ReleaseConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/releaseConfigs/{releaseConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.patch", @@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a single WorkflowConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement*, (see [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134), in particular: - The wildcard entry (**\\***) is treated as a bad request - When the **field_mask** is omitted, instead of only updating the set fields, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields", +"description": "Updates a single WorkflowConfig. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/workflowConfigs/{workflowConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.workflowConfigs.patch", @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250306", +"revision": "20250316", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assertion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json index 7151421ca7..72ec48eb81 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250303", +"revision": "20250319", "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { @@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "MessageSet": { -"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet.", +"description": "LINT.ThenChange( //depot/google3/third_party/protobuf/github/src/google/protobuf/bridge/message_set.proto ) This is proto2's version of MessageSet.", "id": "MessageSet", "properties": {}, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json index 962ae67d2f..444fef61e9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250302", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -6245,6 +6245,11 @@ "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_HTTP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_TCP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_NETWORK_ENDPOINT_GROUPS", +"LEGACY_MC_SECRETS", +"WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_REQUIRED", +"NON_STANDARD_BINARY_USAGE", +"UNSUPPORTED_GATEWAY_CLASS", +"MANAGED_CNI_NOT_ENABLED", "MODERNIZATION_SCHEDULED", "MODERNIZATION_IN_PROGRESS", "MODERNIZATION_COMPLETED", @@ -6284,6 +6289,11 @@ "HTTPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "TCPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "NetworkEndpointGroup quota exceeded error code.", +"Legacy istio secrets found for multicluster error code", +"Workload identity required error code", +"Non-standard binary usage error code", +"Unsupported gateway class error code", +"Managed CNI not enabled error code", "Modernization is scheduled for a cluster.", "Modernization is in progress for a cluster.", "Modernization is completed for a cluster.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json index 828ac1b27f..0c6da4cdbf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json @@ -2255,7 +2255,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250302", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -6817,6 +6817,11 @@ "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_HTTP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_TCP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_NETWORK_ENDPOINT_GROUPS", +"LEGACY_MC_SECRETS", +"WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_REQUIRED", +"NON_STANDARD_BINARY_USAGE", +"UNSUPPORTED_GATEWAY_CLASS", +"MANAGED_CNI_NOT_ENABLED", "MODERNIZATION_SCHEDULED", "MODERNIZATION_IN_PROGRESS", "MODERNIZATION_COMPLETED", @@ -6856,6 +6861,11 @@ "HTTPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "TCPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "NetworkEndpointGroup quota exceeded error code.", +"Legacy istio secrets found for multicluster error code", +"Workload identity required error code", +"Non-standard binary usage error code", +"Unsupported gateway class error code", +"Managed CNI not enabled error code", "Modernization is scheduled for a cluster.", "Modernization is in progress for a cluster.", "Modernization is completed for a cluster.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json index 6c8b553b0f..d903071095 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250302", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -6371,6 +6371,11 @@ "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_HTTP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_TCP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_NETWORK_ENDPOINT_GROUPS", +"LEGACY_MC_SECRETS", +"WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_REQUIRED", +"NON_STANDARD_BINARY_USAGE", +"UNSUPPORTED_GATEWAY_CLASS", +"MANAGED_CNI_NOT_ENABLED", "MODERNIZATION_SCHEDULED", "MODERNIZATION_IN_PROGRESS", "MODERNIZATION_COMPLETED", @@ -6410,6 +6415,11 @@ "HTTPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "TCPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "NetworkEndpointGroup quota exceeded error code.", +"Legacy istio secrets found for multicluster error code", +"Workload identity required error code", +"Non-standard binary usage error code", +"Unsupported gateway class error code", +"Managed CNI not enabled error code", "Modernization is scheduled for a cluster.", "Modernization is in progress for a cluster.", "Modernization is completed for a cluster.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json index 1c345bdc5b..d323d8cbea 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250302", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { @@ -2988,6 +2988,11 @@ "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_HTTP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_TCP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_NETWORK_ENDPOINT_GROUPS", +"LEGACY_MC_SECRETS", +"WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_REQUIRED", +"NON_STANDARD_BINARY_USAGE", +"UNSUPPORTED_GATEWAY_CLASS", +"MANAGED_CNI_NOT_ENABLED", "MODERNIZATION_SCHEDULED", "MODERNIZATION_IN_PROGRESS", "MODERNIZATION_COMPLETED", @@ -3027,6 +3032,11 @@ "HTTPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "TCPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "NetworkEndpointGroup quota exceeded error code.", +"Legacy istio secrets found for multicluster error code", +"Workload identity required error code", +"Non-standard binary usage error code", +"Unsupported gateway class error code", +"Managed CNI not enabled error code", "Modernization is scheduled for a cluster.", "Modernization is in progress for a cluster.", "Modernization is completed for a cluster.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json index 356b0add8d..1aacdb2b85 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250302", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { @@ -2988,6 +2988,11 @@ "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_HTTP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_TCP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_NETWORK_ENDPOINT_GROUPS", +"LEGACY_MC_SECRETS", +"WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_REQUIRED", +"NON_STANDARD_BINARY_USAGE", +"UNSUPPORTED_GATEWAY_CLASS", +"MANAGED_CNI_NOT_ENABLED", "MODERNIZATION_SCHEDULED", "MODERNIZATION_IN_PROGRESS", "MODERNIZATION_COMPLETED", @@ -3027,6 +3032,11 @@ "HTTPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "TCPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "NetworkEndpointGroup quota exceeded error code.", +"Legacy istio secrets found for multicluster error code", +"Workload identity required error code", +"Non-standard binary usage error code", +"Unsupported gateway class error code", +"Managed CNI not enabled error code", "Modernization is scheduled for a cluster.", "Modernization is in progress for a cluster.", "Modernization is completed for a cluster.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json index 7efa32b88d..8b6ff66d37 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250302", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { @@ -2988,6 +2988,11 @@ "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_HTTP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_TCP_FILTERS", "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_NETWORK_ENDPOINT_GROUPS", +"LEGACY_MC_SECRETS", +"WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_REQUIRED", +"NON_STANDARD_BINARY_USAGE", +"UNSUPPORTED_GATEWAY_CLASS", +"MANAGED_CNI_NOT_ENABLED", "MODERNIZATION_SCHEDULED", "MODERNIZATION_IN_PROGRESS", "MODERNIZATION_COMPLETED", @@ -3027,6 +3032,11 @@ "HTTPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "TCPFilter quota exceeded error code.", "NetworkEndpointGroup quota exceeded error code.", +"Legacy istio secrets found for multicluster error code", +"Workload identity required error code", +"Non-standard binary usage error code", +"Unsupported gateway class error code", +"Managed CNI not enabled error code", "Modernization is scheduled for a cluster.", "Modernization is in progress for a cluster.", "Modernization is completed for a cluster.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index e5aefe0935..03cd42e53e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ }, "signBlob": { "deprecated": true, -"description": "**Note:** This method is deprecated. Use the [signBlob](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/rest-credentials/v1/projects.serviceAccounts/signBlob) method in the IAM Service Account Credentials API instead. If you currently use this method, see the [migration guide](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/credentials/migrate-api) for instructions. Signs a blob using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.", +"description": " Signs a blob using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccountsId}:signBlob", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "iam.projects.serviceAccounts.signBlob", @@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@ }, "signJwt": { "deprecated": true, -"description": "**Note:** This method is deprecated. Use the [signJwt](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/rest-credentials/v1/projects.serviceAccounts/signJwt) method in the IAM Service Account Credentials API instead. If you currently use this method, see the [migration guide](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/credentials/migrate-api) for instructions. Signs a JSON Web Token (JWT) using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.", +"description": " Signs a JSON Web Token (JWT) using the system-managed private key for a ServiceAccount.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccountsId}:signJwt", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "iam.projects.serviceAccounts.signJwt", @@ -3188,7 +3188,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250213", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessRestrictions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json index 4f15909a7a..e7b6b40faf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json @@ -1831,7 +1831,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Name of the preference set.", +"description": "Output only. Name of the PreferenceSet.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/preferenceSets/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250220", +"revision": "20250312", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { @@ -7100,7 +7100,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Name of the preference set.", +"description": "Output only. Name of the PreferenceSet.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json index 20cec6cde0..0d4acbf0ba 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241120", +"revision": "20250319", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptInvitationRequest": { @@ -844,18 +844,18 @@ "type": "object" }, "PostalAddress": { -"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478", +"description": "Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478.", "id": "PostalAddress", "properties": { "addressLines": { -"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", +"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "administrativeArea": { -"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.", +"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.", "type": "string" }, "languageCode": { @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "locality": { -"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.", +"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.", "type": "string" }, "organization": { @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "postalCode": { -"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).", +"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).", "type": "string" }, "recipients": { @@ -891,11 +891,11 @@ "type": "integer" }, "sortingCode": { -"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", +"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (for example, \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", "type": "string" }, "sublocality": { -"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.", +"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json index 3e56a06868..463e711cf4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250217", +"revision": "20250319", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdWordsLocationExtensions": { @@ -1387,18 +1387,18 @@ "type": "object" }, "PostalAddress": { -"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478", +"description": "Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478.", "id": "PostalAddress", "properties": { "addressLines": { -"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", +"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "administrativeArea": { -"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.", +"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.", "type": "string" }, "languageCode": { @@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "locality": { -"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.", +"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.", "type": "string" }, "organization": { @@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "postalCode": { -"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).", +"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).", "type": "string" }, "recipients": { @@ -1434,11 +1434,11 @@ "type": "integer" }, "sortingCode": { -"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", +"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (for example, \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", "type": "string" }, "sublocality": { -"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.", +"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json index ce35318b83..fa7b843828 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241120", +"revision": "20250319", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessverifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddressVerificationData": { @@ -370,18 +370,18 @@ "type": "object" }, "PostalAddress": { -"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478", +"description": "Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478.", "id": "PostalAddress", "properties": { "addressLines": { -"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", +"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "administrativeArea": { -"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.", +"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.", "type": "string" }, "languageCode": { @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "locality": { -"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.", +"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.", "type": "string" }, "organization": { @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "postalCode": { -"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).", +"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).", "type": "string" }, "recipients": { @@ -417,11 +417,11 @@ "type": "integer" }, "sortingCode": { -"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", +"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (for example, \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", "type": "string" }, "sublocality": { -"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.", +"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc7966f83a --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json @@ -0,0 +1,588 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://observability.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "Cloud Observability", +"description": "", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "observability:v1", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://observability.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "observability", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"projects": { +"resources": { +"locations": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets information about a location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "observability.projects.locations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Location" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "observability.projects.locations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/locations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListLocationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "observability.projects.locations.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", +"request": { +"$ref": "CancelOperationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "observability.projects.locations.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "observability.projects.locations.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "observability.projects.locations.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"scopes": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Scope.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/scopes/{scopesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "observability.projects.locations.scopes.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope} The `{location}` field must be set to `global`. The `{scope}` field must be set to `_Default`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/scopes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Scope" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single Scope.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/scopes/{scopesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "observability.projects.locations.scopes.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope} The `{location}` field must be set to `global`. The `{scope}` field must be set to `_Default`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/scopes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Scope resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields present in the request will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Scope" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Scope" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20250313", +"rootUrl": "https://observability.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"CancelOperationRequest": { +"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", +"id": "CancelOperationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Empty": { +"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", +"id": "Empty", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListLocationsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", +"id": "ListLocationsResponse", +"properties": { +"locations": { +"description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Location" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The standard List next-page token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListOperationsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", +"id": "ListOperationsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The standard List next-page token.", +"type": "string" +}, +"operations": { +"description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Location": { +"description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", +"id": "Location", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}", +"type": "object" +}, +"locationId": { +"description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Operation": { +"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", +"id": "Operation", +"properties": { +"done": { +"description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation." +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"OperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", +"id": "OperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Scope": { +"description": "Message describing Scope object", +"id": "Scope", +"properties": { +"logScope": { +"description": "Required. The full resource name of the `LogScope`. For example: //logging.googleapis.com/projects/myproject/locations/global/logScopes/my-log-scope", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope} The `{location}` field must be set to `global`. The `{scope}` field must be set to `_Default`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update timestamp. Note: The Update timestamp for the default scope is initially unset.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "Observability API", +"version": "v1", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json index 5fa18954f2..0a60096f56 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240630", +"revision": "20250317", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "key": { -"description": "Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.", +"description": "Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.", "type": "string" }, "name": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json index edc0d9b6e4..bd71b7d929 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250302", +"revision": "20250317", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "key": { -"description": "Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.", +"description": "Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.", "type": "string" }, "name": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json index 07233ac0a7..4ef2600fd6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250302", +"revision": "20250317", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "key": { -"description": "Public key text in SSH format, defined by RFC4253 section 6.6.", +"description": "Required. Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt) section 6.6.", "type": "string" }, "name": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json index 16d46ba2cf..7220ef8f37 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250312", +"revision": "20250318", "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { @@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ }, "regularOpeningHours": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHours", -"description": "The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an `open` period containing `day` with value `0`, `hour` with value `0`, and `minute` with value `0`." +"description": "The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an [`open`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Period) period containing [`day`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`, [`hour`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`, and [`minute`](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/reference/rest/v1/places#Point) with value `0`." }, "regularSecondaryOpeningHours": { "description": "Contains an array of entries for information about regular secondary hours of a business. Secondary hours are different from a business's main hours. For example, a restaurant can specify drive through hours or delivery hours as its secondary hours. This field populates the type subfield, which draws from a predefined list of opening hours types (such as DRIVE_THROUGH, PICKUP, or TAKEOUT) based on the types of the place.", @@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "subDestinations": { -"description": "A list of sub destinations related to the place.", +"description": "A list of sub-destinations related to the place.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceSubDestination" }, @@ -1711,15 +1711,15 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceSubDestination": { -"description": "Sub-destinations are specific places associated with a main place. These provide more specific destinations for users who are searching inside a large or complex place, like an airport, national park, university, or stadium. For example, sub-destinations at an airport might include associated terminals and parking lots. Sub-destinations return the place ID and place resource name, which can be used in subsequent Place Details (new) requests to fetch richer details, including the sub-destination's display name and location.", +"description": "Sub-destinations are specific places associated with a main place. These provide more specific destinations for users who are searching within a large or complex place, like an airport, national park, university, or stadium. For example, sub-destinations at an airport might include associated terminals and parking lots. Sub-destinations return the place ID and place resource name, which can be used in subsequent Place Details (New) requests to fetch richer details, including the sub-destination's display name and location.", "id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceSubDestination", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "The place id of the sub destination.", +"description": "The place id of the sub-destination.", "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the sub destination.", +"description": "The resource name of the sub-destination.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2332,18 +2332,18 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleTypePostalAddress": { -"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478", +"description": "Represents a postal address (for example, for postal delivery or payments addresses). Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage, an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input or editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput. - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478.", "id": "GoogleTypePostalAddress", "properties": { "addressLines": { -"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", +"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in `address_lines` do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (for example, \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country or region of the address. In places where this can vary (for example, Japan), `address_language` is used to make it explicit (for example, \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). In this way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a `region_code` with all remaining information placed in the `address_lines`. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a `region_code` and `address_lines` and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "administrativeArea": { -"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.", +"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. For Spain, this is the province and not the autonomous community (for example, \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example, in Switzerland, this should be left unpopulated.", "type": "string" }, "languageCode": { @@ -2351,7 +2351,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "locality": { -"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.", +"description": "Optional. Generally refers to the city or town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave `locality` empty and use `address_lines`.", "type": "string" }, "organization": { @@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "postalCode": { -"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).", +"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (for example, state or zip code validation in the United States).", "type": "string" }, "recipients": { @@ -2379,11 +2379,11 @@ "type": "integer" }, "sortingCode": { -"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", +"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (for example, \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", "type": "string" }, "sublocality": { -"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.", +"description": "Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be a neighborhood, borough, or district.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json index cdbaebe901..5f0a707961 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "entity": { -"description": "The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters.", +"description": "The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. This field will be applied to `completion_results` only. It has no effect on the `attribute_results`. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250314", +"revision": "20250315", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json index a4bbf6edc6..655f56b568 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "entity": { -"description": "The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters.", +"description": "The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. This field will be applied to `completion_results` only. It has no effect on the `attribute_results`. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250314", +"revision": "20250315", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json index 3efd0bb04a..0d1a3756c8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "entity": { -"description": "The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters.", +"description": "The entity for customers who run multiple entities, domains, sites, or regions, for example, `Google US`, `Google Ads`, `Waymo`, `google.com`, `youtube.com`, etc. If this is set, it must be an exact match with UserEvent.entity to get per-entity autocomplete results. This field will be applied to `completion_results` only. It has no effect on the `attribute_results`. Also, this entity should be limited to 256 characters, if too long, it will be truncated to 256 characters in both generation and serving time, and may lead to mis-match. To ensure it works, please set the entity with string within 256 characters.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250314", +"revision": "20250315", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index e2d1c737db..2a87fbba51 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250309", +"revision": "20250314", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { @@ -3365,6 +3365,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"gpuZonalRedundancyDisabled": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. True if GPU zonal redundancy is disabled on this revision.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -3572,6 +3577,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"gpuZonalRedundancyDisabled": { +"description": "Optional. True if GPU zonal redundancy is disabled on this revision.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "healthCheckDisabled": { "description": "Optional. Disables health checking containers during deployment.", "type": "boolean" @@ -6543,7 +6552,6 @@ false "type": "object" }, "Proto2BridgeMessageSet": { -"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet.", "id": "Proto2BridgeMessageSet", "properties": {}, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json index 4f763668a6..7c11949bd7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250227", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddTenantProjectRequest": { @@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@ "description": "Some settings." }, "libraryPackage": { -"description": "The package name to use in Java. Clobbers the java_package option set in the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the language_settings.java.package_name\" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should use the protobuf java_package option where possible. Example of a YAML configuration:: publishing: java_settings: library_package: com.google.cloud.pubsub.v1", +"description": "The package name to use in Java. Clobbers the java_package option set in the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the language_settings.java.package_name\" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should use the protobuf java_package option where possible. Example of a YAML configuration:: publishing: library_settings: java_settings: library_package: com.google.cloud.pubsub.v1", "type": "string" }, "serviceClassNames": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json index 8c3735691a..5ec93963c2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250227", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ "description": "Some settings." }, "libraryPackage": { -"description": "The package name to use in Java. Clobbers the java_package option set in the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the language_settings.java.package_name\" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should use the protobuf java_package option where possible. Example of a YAML configuration:: publishing: java_settings: library_package: com.google.cloud.pubsub.v1", +"description": "The package name to use in Java. Clobbers the java_package option set in the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the language_settings.java.package_name\" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should use the protobuf java_package option where possible. Example of a YAML configuration:: publishing: library_settings: java_settings: library_package: com.google.cloud.pubsub.v1", "type": "string" }, "serviceClassNames": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json index 1868ff304d..4f2dfe18b4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250312", +"revision": "20250316", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { @@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "computeIdempotencyWindow": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies a custom time bucket for Arcus subnetwork request idempotency. If two equivalent concurrent requests are made, Arcus will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed or is in progress. Only requests with matching compute_idempotency_window have guaranteed idempotency. Changing this time window between requests results in undefined behavior. Zero (or empty) value with custom_compute_idempotency_window=true specifies no idempotency (i.e. no request ID is provided to Arcus). Maximum value of 14 days (enforced by Arcus limit). For more information on how to use, see: go/revisit-sn-idempotency-window", +"description": "Optional. Specifies a custom time bucket for GCE subnetwork request idempotency. If two equivalent concurrent requests are made, GCE will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed or is in progress. Only requests with matching compute_idempotency_window have guaranteed idempotency. Changing this time window between requests results in undefined behavior. Zero (or empty) value with custom_compute_idempotency_window=true specifies no idempotency (i.e. no request ID is provided to GCE). Maximum value of 14 days (enforced by GCE limit).", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "useCustomComputeIdempotencyWindow": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies if Service Networking should use a custom time bucket for Arcus idempotency. If false, Service Networking uses a 300 second (5 minute) Arcus idempotency window. If true, Service Networking uses a custom idempotency window provided by the user in field compute_idempotency_window. For more information on how to use, see: go/revisit-sn-idempotency-window", +"description": "Optional. Specifies if Service Networking should use a custom time bucket for GCE idempotency. If false, Service Networking uses a 300 second (5 minute) GCE idempotency window. If true, Service Networking uses a custom idempotency window provided by the user in field compute_idempotency_window.", "type": "boolean" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index 7f6d9c9ba6..c5c465317d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250227", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -2428,7 +2428,7 @@ "description": "Some settings." }, "libraryPackage": { -"description": "The package name to use in Java. Clobbers the java_package option set in the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the language_settings.java.package_name\" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should use the protobuf java_package option where possible. Example of a YAML configuration:: publishing: java_settings: library_package: com.google.cloud.pubsub.v1", +"description": "The package name to use in Java. Clobbers the java_package option set in the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the language_settings.java.package_name\" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should use the protobuf java_package option where possible. Example of a YAML configuration:: publishing: library_settings: java_settings: library_package: com.google.cloud.pubsub.v1", "type": "string" }, "serviceClassNames": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index ab15991e22..4157cefe4e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250227", +"revision": "20250313", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -3069,7 +3069,7 @@ "description": "Some settings." }, "libraryPackage": { -"description": "The package name to use in Java. Clobbers the java_package option set in the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the language_settings.java.package_name\" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should use the protobuf java_package option where possible. Example of a YAML configuration:: publishing: java_settings: library_package: com.google.cloud.pubsub.v1", +"description": "The package name to use in Java. Clobbers the java_package option set in the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the language_settings.java.package_name\" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should use the protobuf java_package option where possible. Example of a YAML configuration:: publishing: library_settings: java_settings: library_package: com.google.cloud.pubsub.v1", "type": "string" }, "serviceClassNames": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json index 249339bee5..bc4a9c2165 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "canonicalName": "Tasks", "description": "The Google Tasks API lets you manage your tasks and task lists.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", -"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/tasks/", +"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/tasks/", "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250302", +"revision": "20250316", "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AssignmentInfo": { @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ "items": { "properties": { "description": { -"description": "The description. In HTML speak: Everything between and .", +"description": "The description (might be empty).", "type": "string" }, "link": { @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Type of the link, e.g. \"email\".", +"description": "Type of the link, e.g. \"email\", \"generic\", \"chat_message\", \"keep_note\".", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json index 118c896ba4..8f8213eed6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250219", +"revision": "20250311", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "sourceSnapshot": { -"description": "Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty.", +"description": "Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2325,7 +2325,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "degraded": { -"description": "Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions.", +"description": "Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the cluster.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Optional. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\"", +"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\"", "type": "object" }, "uid": { @@ -2415,7 +2415,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "conditions": { -"description": "Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state.", +"description": "Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state.", "items": { "$ref": "Status" }, @@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "degraded": { -"description": "Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field.", +"description": "Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json index efb6efb435..f344f0dc2b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250219", +"revision": "20250311", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "sourceSnapshot": { -"description": "Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty.", +"description": "Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. If set, size_gb and fs_type must be empty. Must be formatted as ext4 file system with no partitions.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "degraded": { -"description": "Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions.", +"description": "Output only. Whether this workstation is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the workstation.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "degraded": { -"description": "Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions.", +"description": "Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the cluster.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Optional. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\"", +"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\"", "type": "object" }, "uid": { @@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "conditions": { -"description": "Output only. Status conditions describing the current resource state.", +"description": "Output only. Status conditions describing the workstation configuration's current state.", "items": { "$ref": "Status" }, @@ -2381,7 +2381,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "degraded": { -"description": "Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field.", +"description": "Output only. Whether this workstation configuration is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. The conditions field contains detailed information about the status of the configuration.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" },